SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT
TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
[ X ]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
OR
[ ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to ___________
Commission file number 0-16211
DENTSPLY International Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 39-1434669
(State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
570 West College Avenue, York, Pennsylvania 17405-0872
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (717) 845-7511
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
None Not applicable
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
D1
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer
(as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
Yes [X] No [ ]
The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2002 was $2,827,512,659.
The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of
the close of business on March 3, 2003 was 78,458,951.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrant's annual report to shareholders for
fiscal year 2002 (the "2002 Annual Report to Shareholders") are incorporated
by reference into Parts I and II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the
extent provided herein. Certain portions of the definitive Proxy Statement
of DENTSPLY International Inc. to be used in connection with the 2003 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent
provided herein. Except as specifically incorporated by reference herein,
neither the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders nor the Proxy Statement are
to be deemed filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
D1
PART I
Item 1. Business
Certain statements made by the Company, including without limitation,
statements containing the words "plans", "anticipates", "believes",
"expects", or words of similar import may be deemed to be forward-looking
statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors are cautioned
that forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which are
described in this Item 1 and which may materially affect the Company's
business and prospects.
History and Overview
DENTSPLY International Inc. ("DENTSPLY" or the "Company"), a Delaware
corporation, was created by a merger of Dentsply International Inc. ("Old
Dentsply") and GENDEX Corporation in 1993. Old Dentsply, founded in 1899,
was a manufacturer and distributor of artificial teeth, dental equipment,
and dental consumable products. GENDEX, founded in 1983, was a manufacturer
of dental x-ray equipment and handpieces. Today, DENTSPLY is the world's
largest designer, developer, manufacturer and marketer of a broad range of
products for the dental market. The Company's worldwide headquarters and
executive offices are located in York, Pennsylvania.
The Company operates in a single reporting segment as a designer,
manufacturer and distributor of dental products in two principal categories:
1). Dental consumables and small equipment, and 2). Large equipment. Sales
of the Company's dental products accounted for approximately 98% of
DENTSPLY's consolidated sales for the year ended December 31, 2002. The
remaining 2% of consolidated sales is primarily related to materials sold to
the investment casting industry.
The Company conducts its business in over 120 foreign countries,
principally through its foreign subsidiaries. DENTSPLY has a
long-established presence in Canada and in the European market, particularly
in Germany, Switzerland, France, Italy and the United Kingdom. Through its
recent acquisitions, the Company has also established a stronger presence in
other European markets in the Netherlands and Austria. The Company also has
a significant market presence in Central and South America including Brazil,
Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, and Chile; in South Africa; and in the Pacific
Rim including Australia, New Zealand, China (including Hong Kong), Thailand,
India, Philippines, Taiwan, Korea, Vietnam, Indonesia and Japan. DENTSPLY
has also established marketing activities in Moscow, Russia to serve the
countries of the former Soviet Union.
For 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company's sales to customers outside the
United States, including export sales, accounted for approximately 55%, 49%
and 42%, respectively, of consolidated net sales. The information about the
Company's United States and foreign sales and assets set forth in Note 4 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's 2002 Annual
Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
As a result of the Company's significant international operations,
DENTSPLY is subject to fluctuations in exchange rates of various foreign
currencies and other risks associated with foreign trade. The impact of
currency fluctuations in any given period can be favorable or unfavorable.
The impact of foreign currency fluctuations of European currencies on
operating income is partially offset by sales in the United States of
products sourced from plants and third party suppliers located overseas,
principally in Germany and Switzerland. The Company enters into forward
foreign exchange contracts to selectively hedge assets, liabilities and
purchases denominated in foreign currencies. The information regarding
foreign exchange risk management activities set forth in Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk under Item 7A and Note 15 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company's 2002 Annual
Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
D1
DENTSPLY believes that the dental products industry is experiencing
substantial consolidation with respect to both product manufacturing and
distribution, although it continues to be fragmented creating numerous
acquisition opportunities. As a result, during the past three years, the
Company has made numerous acquisitions including three significant
acquisitions made during 2001. In January 2001, the Company acquired the
outstanding shares of Friadent GmbH ("Friadent"), a global dental implant
manufacturer and marketer previously headquartered in Mannheim, Germany. In
March 2001, the Company acquired the dental injectible anaesthetic assets of
AstraZeneca ("AZ Assets"). In October 2001, the Company acquired the Degussa
Dental Group ("Degussa Dental"), a manufacturer and seller of dental
products, including precious metal alloys, ceramics, dental laboratory
equipment and chairside products previously headquartered in Hanau, Germany.
Information about these acquisitions and the other acquisition and
divestiture activities is set forth in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders and
is incorporated herein by reference. These acquisitions are intended to
supplement DENTSPLY's core growth and assure ongoing expansion of its
business. In addition, acquisitions continue to provide DENTSPLY with new
technologies and additional product breadth.
Certain provisions of DENTSPLY's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
and of Delaware law could have the effect of making it difficult for a third
party to acquire control of DENTSPLY. Such provisions include the division
of the Board of Directors of DENTSPLY into three classes, with the
three-year term of a class expiring each year, a provision allowing the
Board of Directors to issue preferred stock having rights senior to those of
the common stock and certain procedural requirements which make it difficult
for stockholders to amend DENTSPLY's By-laws and which preclude stockholders
from calling special meetings of stockholders. In addition, members of
DENTSPLY's management and participants in its Employee Stock Ownership Plan
collectively own approximately 10% of the outstanding common stock of
DENTSPLY, which may discourage a third party from attempting to acquire
control of DENTSPLY in a transaction that is opposed by DENTSPLY's
management and employees.
Principal Products
The worldwide professional dental industry encompasses the diagnosis,
treatment and prevention of disease and ailments of the teeth, gums and
supporting bone. DENTSPLY's two principal dental product lines are consumables
and small equipment and large equipment. These products are produced by the
Company in the United States and internationally and are distributed throughout
the world under some of the most well-established brand names and trademarks in
the industry, including ACUCAM(R), ANKYLOS(R), AQUASIL(TM), CAULK(R),
CAVITRON(R), CERAMCO(R), CERCON(R), DELTON(R), DENOPTIX(TM), DENTSPLY(R),
DETREY(R), ELEPHANT(R), ESTHET.X(R), FRIALIT(R), GAC ORTHOWORKS(TM), GENDEX(R),
IN-OVATION(TM), MAILLEFER(R), MIDWEST(R), NUPRO(R), PEPGEN P-15(TM), PROFILE(R),
RINN(R), R&R(R), SANI-TIP(R), THERMAFIL(R) and TRUBYTE(R).
Consumables and Small Equipment. Consumable products consist of dental
sundries used in dental offices in the treatment of patients and in dental
laboratories in the preparation of dental appliances. DENTSPLY's products
in this category include dental prosthetics, including artificial teeth,
endodontic (root canal) instruments and materials, dental injectable
anesthetics, prophylaxis paste, dental sealants, implants, impression
materials, restorative materials, precious metal dental alloys, dental
ceramics, crown and bridge materials, tooth whiteners, topical fluoride,
cutting instruments, dental needles, and orthodontic appliances and
accessories. The Company manufactures thousands of different consumable and
laboratory products marketed under more than a hundred brand names. Small
equipment products consist of various durable goods used in dental offices
for treatment of patients as well as in dental laboratories. DENTSPLY's
small equipment products include high and low speed handpieces, computer
aided machining (CAM) ceramics systems, intraoral lighting systems,
ultrasonic scalers and polishers, air abrasion systems and porcelain
furnaces. Sales of consumable and small equipment accounted for
approximately 92% of the Company's consolidated sales for the year ended
December 31, 2002.
Large Equipment. Large equipment products consist of various durable
goods used in dental offices primarily for the diagnosis of patients .
DENTSPLY's large equipment product lines include conventional and digital
dental x-ray systems and related support equipment and accessories,
intraoral cameras, computer imaging systems and related software. Sales of
large equipment accounted for approximately 6% of the Company's consolidated
sales for the year ended December 31, 2002.
D1
Markets, Sales and Distribution
DENTSPLY distributes approximately 60% of its dental products through
domestic and foreign distributors, dealers and importers. However, certain
highly technical products such as precious metal dental alloys, dental
ceramics, crown and bridge porcelain products, endodontic instruments and
materials, orthodontic appliances, implants and bone substitute and grafting
materials are sold directly to the dental laboratory or dentist in some
markets. No customers accounted for more than ten percent of consolidated
net sales in 2002.
The information about the Company's foreign and domestic operations and
export sales set forth in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is
incorporated herein by reference.
Although much of its sales are made to distributors, dealers, and
importers, DENTSPLY focuses its marketing efforts on the dentists, dental
hygienists, dental assistants, dental laboratories and dental schools who
are the end users of its products. As part of this end-user "pull through"
marketing approach, DENTSPLY employs approximately 1,700 highly trained,
product-specific sales and technical staff to provide comprehensive
marketing and service tailored to the particular sales and technical support
requirements of the dealers and the end users. The Company conducts
extensive distributor and end-user marketing programs and trains laboratory
technicians and dentists in the proper use of its products, introducing them
to the latest technological developments at its Educational Centers located
in key dental markets. The Company also maintains ongoing relationships
with various dental associations and recognized worldwide opinion leaders in
the dental field.
DENTSPLY believes that demand in a given geographic market for dental
procedures and products varies according to the stage of social, economic
and technical development that the market has attained. Geographic markets
for DENTSPLY's dental products can be categorized into the following three
stages of development:
The United States, Canada, Western Europe, the United Kingdom, Japan, and
Australia are highly developed markets that demand the most advanced dental
procedures and products and have the highest level of expenditures on dental
care. In these markets, the focus of dental care is increasingly upon
preventive care and specialized dentistry. In addition to basic procedures
such as the excavation and filling of cavities and tooth extraction and
denture replacement, dental professionals perform an increasing volume of
preventive and cosmetic procedures. These markets require varied and
complex dental products, utilize sophisticated diagnostic and imaging
equipment, and demand high levels of attention to protection against
infection and patient cross-contamination.
In certain countries in Central America, South America and the Pacific
Rim, dental care is often limited to the excavation and filling of cavities
and other restorative techniques, reflecting more modest per capita
expenditures for dental care. These markets demand diverse products such as
high and low speed handpieces, restorative compounds, finishing devices and
custom restorative devices.
In the People's Republic of China, India, Eastern Europe, the countries
of the former Soviet Union, and other developing countries, dental ailments
are treated primarily through tooth extraction and denture replacement.
These procedures require basic surgical instruments, artificial teeth for
dentures and bridgework, and anchoring devices such as posts.
The Company offers products and equipment for use in markets at each of
these stages of development. The Company believes that as each of these
markets develop, demand for more technically advanced products will
increase. The Company also believes that its recognized brand names, high
quality and innovative products, technical support services and strong
international distribution capabilities position it well to take advantage
of any opportunities for growth in all of the markets that it serves.
D1
The Company believes that the following trends support the Company's
confidence in its industry growth outlook:
o Increasing worldwide population - Population growth continues
throughout the world.
o Growth of the population 65 or older - The percentage of the United
States, European and Japanese population over age 65 is expected to
nearly double by the year 2030. In addition to having significant needs
for dental care, the elderly are well positioned to pay for the required
procedures since they control sizable amounts of discretionary income.
o Natural teeth are being retained longer - Individuals with natural
teeth are much more likely to visit a dentist in a given year than those
without any natural teeth remaining.
o The Changing Dental Practice in the U.S. - Dentistry in North America
has been transformed from a profession primarily dealing with pain,
infections and tooth decay to one with increased emphasis on preventive
care and cosmetic dentistry.
o Per capita and discretionary incomes are increasing in emerging nations
- As personal incomes continue to rise in the emerging nations of the
Pacific Rim and Latin America, healthcare, including dental services, are
a growing priority.
o The Company's business is less susceptible than other industries to
general downturns in the economies in which it operates. Many of the
products the Company offers relate to dental procedures that are
considered necessary by patients regardless of the economic environment.
Product Development
Technological innovation and successful product development are critical
to strengthening the Company's prominent position in worldwide dental
markets, maintaining its leadership positions in product categories where it
has a high market share, and increasing market share in product categories
where gains are possible. While many of DENTSPLY's innovations represent
sequential improvements of existing products, the Company also continues to
successfully launch products that represent fundamental change. Its research
centers throughout the world employ approximately 350 scientists, Ph.D.'s,
engineers and technicians dedicated to research and product development.
Approximately $41.6 million, $28.3 million, and $20.4 million, respectively,
was internally invested by the Company in connection with the development of
new products and in the improvement of existing products in the years ended
2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. There can be no assurance that DENTSPLY
will be able to continue to develop innovative products and that regulatory
approval of any new products will be obtained, or that if such approvals are
obtained, such products will be accepted in the marketplace.
Operating and Technical Expertise
DENTSPLY believes that its manufacturing capabilities are important to
its success. The Company continues to automate its global manufacturing
operations in order to remain a low cost producer.
The manufacture of the Company's products requires substantial and varied
technical expertise. Complex materials technology and processes are
necessary to manufacture the Company's products.
DENTSPLY has completed or has in progress a number of key initiatives
around the world that are focused on helping the Company improve its
operating margins.
o The Company is constructing a plant site outside Chicago, where it will
establish a major dental anesthetic filling plant. The Company believes
that the plant will become operational during 2004, which includes the
FDA validation of the manufacturing practices and the provision of
products to certain international markets. This initiative is very
important to the Company since AstraZeneca, the Company's current
supplier, will cease to supply product to certain markets by year-end
2004. As a result, this plant must be operational prior to that time to
avoid any disruption in supply.
o A Corporate Purchasing office has been established to leverage the
buying power of Dentsply around the world and reduce our product costs
through lower prices and reduced related overhead.
o The Company has centralized its warehousing and distribution in North
America and Europe. While the initial gains from this strategy have been
realized, ongoing efforts are in place to maximize additional
opportunities that can be gained through improving our functional
expertise in supply chain management.
o A Corporate Quality group is focused on improving manufacturing and
distribution processes throughout the Company with a goal to eliminate
non-value added activities, improving product quality and expanding
product margins.
o DENTSPLY has seen significant gains from the formation of a North
American Shared Services group. The Company has established a task force
to assess possible efficiency opportunities related to the accounting and
finance processes within Europe.
o Information technology initiatives are underway to standardize
worldwide telecommunications, implement improved manufacturing and
financial accounting systems and an ongoing training of IT users to
maximize the capabilities of global systems.
o DENTSPLY continues to pursue opportunities to leverage its assets by
consolidating business units where appropriate and to optimize its
diversity of worldwide manufacturing capabilities.
Financing
DENTSPLY's long-term debt at December 31, 2002 was $769.8 million and the
ratio of long-term debt to total capitalization was 47.9%. DENTSPLY may
incur additional debt in the future, including the funding of additional
acquisitions and capital expenditures. DENTSPLY's ability to make payments
on its indebtedness, and to fund its operations depends on its future
performance and financial results, which, to a certain extent, are subject
to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors
that are beyond its control. Although the Management believes that the
Company has and will continue to have sufficient liquidity, there can be no
assurance that DENTSPLY's business will generate sufficient cash flow from
operations in the future to service its debt and operate its business.
DENTSPLY's existing borrowing documentation contains a number of
covenants and financial ratios which it is required to satisfy. Any breach
of any such covenants or restrictions would result in a default under the
existing borrowing documentation that would permit the lenders to declare
all borrowings under such documentation to be immediately due and payable
and, through cross default provisions, would entitle DENTSPLY's other
lenders to accelerate their loans. DENTSPLY may not be able to meet its
obligations under its outstanding indebtedness in the event that any cross
default provision is triggered.
Additional information about DENTSPLY's working capital, liquidity and
capital resources is incorporated herein by reference to the material under
the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders.
D1
Competition
The Company conducts its operations, both domestic and foreign, under
highly competitive market conditions. Competition in the dental products
industry is based primarily upon product performance, quality, safety and
ease of use, as well as price, customer service, innovation and acceptance
by professionals and technicians. DENTSPLY believes that its principal
strengths include its well-established brand names, its reputation for
high-quality and innovative products, its leadership in product development
and manufacturing, and its commitment to customer service and technical
support.
The size and number of the Company's competitors vary by product line and
from region to region. There are many companies that produce some, but not
all, of the same types of products as those produced by the Company.
Certain of DENTSPLY's competitors may have greater resources than does the
Company in certain of its product offerings.
The worldwide market for dental supplies and equipment is highly
competitive. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully
identify new product opportunities and develop and market new products
successfully, or that new products and technologies introduced by
competitors will not render the Company's products obsolete or
noncompetitive.
Regulation
The Company's products are subject to regulation by, among other
governmental entities, the United States Food and Drug Administration (the
"FDA"). In general, if a dental "device" is subject to FDA regulation,
compliance with the FDA's requirements constitutes compliance with
corresponding state regulations. In order to ensure that dental products
distributed for human use in the United States are safe and effective, the
FDA regulates the introduction, manufacture, advertising, labeling,
packaging, marketing and distribution of, and record-keeping for, such
products. The anesthetic products sold by the Company are regulated as a
drug by the FDA and by all other similar regulatory agencies around the
world.
Dental devices of the types sold by DENTSPLY are generally classified by
the FDA into a category that renders them subject only to general controls
that apply to all medical devices, including regulations regarding
alteration, misbranding, notification, record-keeping and good manufacturing
practices. DENTSPLY's facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the
FDA to monitor DENTSPLY's compliance with these regulations. There can be no
assurance that the FDA will not raise compliance concerns. Failure to
satisfy FDA requirements can result in FDA enforcement actions, including
product seizure, injunction and/or criminal or civil proceedings. In the
European Union, DENTSPLY's products are subject to the medical devices laws
of the various member states which are based on a Directive of the European
Commission. Such laws generally regulate the safety of the products in a
similar way to the FDA regulations. DENTSPLY products in Europe bear the CE
sign showing that such products adhere to the European regulations.
All dental amalgam filling materials, including those manufactured and
sold by DENTSPLY, contain mercury. Various groups have alleged that dental
amalgam containing mercury is harmful to human health and have actively
lobbied state and federal lawmakers and regulators to pass laws or adopt
regulatory changes restricting the use, or requiring a warning against
alleged potential risks, of dental amalgams. The FDA's Dental Devices
Classification Panel, the National Institutes of Health and the United
States Public Health Service have each indicated that no direct hazard to
humans from exposure to dental amalgams has been demonstrated. If the FDA
were to reclassify dental mercury and amalgam filling materials as classes
of products requiring FDA pre-market approval, there can be no assurance
that the required approval would be obtained or that the FDA would permit
the continued sale of amalgam filling materials pending its determination.
In Europe, in particular in Scandinavia and Germany, the contents of mercury
in amalgam filling materials has been the subject of public discussion. As a
consequence, in 1994 the German health authorities required suppliers of
dental amalgam to amend the instructions for use for amalgam filling
materials, to include a precaution against the use of amalgam for children
under eighteen years of age and to women of childbearing age. DENTSPLY also
manufactures and sells non-amalgam dental filling materials that do not
contain mercury.
The introduction and sale of dental products of the types produced by the
Company are also subject to government regulation in the various foreign
countries in which they are produced or sold. Some of these regulatory
requirements are more stringent than those applicable in the United States.
DENTSPLY believes that it is in substantial compliance with the foreign
regulatory requirements that are applicable to its products and
manufacturing operations.
D1
Sources and Supply of Raw Materials
All of the raw materials used by the Company in the manufacture of its
products are purchased from various suppliers and are available from
numerous sources. No single supplier, except for the supplier of precious
metal raw materials, accounts for a significant percentage of DENTSPLY's raw
material requirements. There are alternative suppliers of precious metal raw
materials readily available.
Intellectual Property
Products manufactured by DENTSPLY are sold primarily under its own
trademarks and trade names. DENTSPLY also owns and maintains more than 1,000
patents throughout the world and is licensed under a small number of patents
owned by others.
DENTSPLY's policy is to protect its products and technology through
patents and trademark registrations in the United States and in significant
international markets for its products. The Company carefully monitors
trademark use worldwide, and promotes enforcement of its patents and
trademarks in a manner that is designed to balance the cost of such
protection against obtaining the greatest value for the Company. DENTSPLY
believes its patents and trademark properties are important and contribute
to the Company's marketing position but it does not consider its overall
business to be materially dependent upon any individual patent or trademark.
Employees
As of December 31, 2002, the Company and its subsidiaries employed
approximately 7,800 employees. A small percentage of the Company's
employees are represented by labor unions. Hourly workers at the Company's
Ransom & Randolph facility in Maumee, Ohio are represented by Local No. 12
of the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agriculture
Implement Workers of America under a collective bargaining agreement that
expires on January 31, 2004. Hourly workers at the Company's Midwest Dental
Products facility in Des Plaines, Illinois are represented by Automobile
Mechanics' Local No. 701 in Chicago under a collective bargaining agreement
that expires on May 31, 2003. In addition, approximately 20% of Degussa
Dental Germany's workforce is represented by labor unions. The Company
believes that its relationship with its employees is good.
The Company's success is dependent upon its management and employees.
The loss of senior management employees or any failure to recruit and train
needed managerial, sales and technical personnel could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
Environmental Matters
DENTSPLY believes that its operations comply in all material respects
with applicable environmental laws and regulations. Maintaining this level
of compliance has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on
the Company's capital expenditures or on its business.
Website Materials
DENTSPLY makes available free of charge through its website at
www.dentsply.com its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed
with or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.
D1
Item 2. Properties
The following is a list of DENTSPLY's principal manufacturing locations
as of December31, 2002:
Leased
Location Function or Owned
United States:
Los Angeles, California Manufacture and distribution of investment Leased
casting products
Yucaipa , California Manufacture and distribution of dental Owned
laboratory products and dental ceramics
Lakewood, Colorado Manufacture and distribution of bone grafting Leased
materials and hydroxylapatite plasma-feed coating
materials and distribution of dental implant poducts
Milford, Delaware Manufacture of consumable dental products Owned
Des Plaines, Illinois Manufacture and assembly of dental handpieces Leased
and components and dental x-ray equipment
Elk Grove Village, Illinois Future manufacture of anesthetic products Owned and Leased
Elgin, Illinois Manufacture of dental x-ray film holders, film Owned
mounts and accessories
Franklin Park, Illinois Manufacture and distribution of needles and Owned
needle-related products, primarily for the dental
profession
Maumee, Ohio Manufacture and distribution of investment Owned
casting products
York, Pennsylvania Manufacture and distribution of artificial teeth Owned
and other dental laboratory products;
corporate headquarters
York, Pennsylvania Manufacture of small dental equipment and Owned
preventive dental products
Johnson City, Tennessee Manufacture and distribution of endodontic Leased
instruments and materials
Foreign:
Catanduva, Brazil Manufacture and distribution of consumable Owned
dental products
Petropolis, Brazil Manufacture and distribution of artificial teeth Owned
and consumable dental products
D1
Leased
Location Function or Owned
Petropolis, Brazil Manufacture and distribution of dental Owned
anesthetics
Tianjin, China Manufacture and distribution of dental products Leased
Plymouth, England Manufacture of dental hand instruments Leased
Sur-Seine, France Manufacture and distribution of investment Leased
casting products
Bohmte, Germany Manufacture and distribution of dental Owned
laboratory products
Hanau, Germany Manufacture and distribution of precious metal Owned
dental alloys, dental ceramics and dental
implant products
Konstanz, Germany Manufacture and distribution of consumable Owned
dental products
Mannheim, Germany Manufacture and distribution of dental Owned
implant products
Munich, Germany Manufacture and distribution of endodontic Owned
instruments and materials
Rosbach, Germany Manufacture and distribution of dental ceramics Owned
New Delhi, India Manufacture and distribution of dental products Leased
Milan, Italy Manufacture and distribution of dental Leased
x-ray equipment
Nasu, Japan Manufacture and distribution of precious metal Owned
dental alloys, consumable dental products and
orthodontic products
Hoorn, Netherlands Manufacture and distribution of precious metal Owned
dental alloys and dental ceramics
Las Piedras, Puerto Rico Manufacture of crown and bridge materials Owned
Ballaigues, Switzerland Manufacture and distribution of endodontic Owned
instruments
Ballaigues, Switzerland Manufacture and distribution of endodontic Owned
instruments, plastic components and
packaging material
Le Creux, Switzerland Manufacture and distribution of endodontic Owned
instruments
D1
In addition, the Company maintains sales and distribution offices at
certain of its foreign and domestic manufacturing facilities, as well as at
various other United States and international locations. Most of the
various sites around the world that are used exclusively for sales and
distribution are leased.
DENTSPLY believes that its properties and facilities are well maintained
and are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are
used.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
DENTSPLY and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits
arising out of their respective operations. The Company believes it is
remote that pending litigation to which DENTSPLY is a party will have a
material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
In June 1995, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of
Justice initiated an antitrust investigation regarding the policies and
conduct undertaken by the Company's Trubyte Division with respect to the
distribution of artificial teeth and related products. On January 5, 1999,
the Department of Justice filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S.
District Court in Wilmington, Delaware alleging that the Company's tooth
distribution practices violate the antitrust laws and seeking an order for
the Company to discontinue its practices. Three follow on private class
action suits on behalf of dentists, laboratories and denture patients in
seventeen states, respectively, who purchased Trubyte teeth or products
containing Trubyte teeth, were filed and transferred to the U.S. District
Court in Wilmington, Delaware. The class action filed on behalf of the
dentists has been dismissed by the plaintiffs. The private party suits seek
damages in an unspecified amount. The Court has granted the Company's
motion on the lack of standing of the laboratory and patient class actions
to pursue damage claims. Four private party class actions on behalf of
indirect purchasers were filed in California state court. These cases are
based on allegations similar to those in the Department of Justice case. In
response to the Company's motion, these cases have been consolidated in one
Judicial District in Los Angeles. A similar private party action has been
filed in Florida. The trial in the government's case was held in April and
May 2002, the post-trial briefing occurred during the summer and the final
arguments were made in September of 2002. The case is pending a decision by
the Federal District Court Judge who heard the case. It is the Company's
position that the conduct and activities of the Trubyte division do not
violate the antitrust laws.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Not applicable.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of the Company as of February 28, 2003.
Name Age Position
John C. Miles II 61 Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Gerald K. Kunkle Jr. 56 President and Chief Operating
Officer
Thomas L. Whiting 60 Executive Vice President
Christopher T. Clark 41 Senior Vice President
William R. Jellison 45 Senior Vice President
Rudolf Lehner 45 Senior Vice President
James G. Mosch 46 Senior Vice President
J. Henrik Roos 45 Senior Vice President
W. William Weston 55 Senior Vice President
Bret W. Wise 42 Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Brian M. Addison 48 Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel
D1
John C. Miles II was named Chairman of the Board effective May 20, 1998.
Prior thereto, he was Vice Chairman of the Board since January 1, 1997. He
was named Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon the resignation of
Burton C. Borgelt from that position on January 1, 1996. Prior to that he
was President and Chief Operating Officer and a director of the Company
since the Merger. Prior to that he served as President and Chief Operating
Officer and a director of Old Dentsply commencing in January 1990.
Gerald K. Kunkle Jr. was named President and Chief Operating Officer
effective January 1, 1997. Prior thereto, Mr. Kunkle served as President of
Johnson and Johnson's Vistakon Division, a manufacturer and marketer of
contact lenses, from January 1994 and, from early 1992 until January 1994,
was President of Johnson and Johnson Orthopaedics, Inc., a manufacturer of
orthopaedic implants, fracture management products and trauma devices.
Thomas L. Whiting was named Executive Vice President effective November
1, 2002 and directly oversees the following operating units: DENTSPLY
Anesthetics, DENTSPLY Sankin and ESP LLC. In addition, he oversees the
groups managed by Mr. Roos and Mr. Weston. Prior to this appointment, Mr.
Whiting served as Senior Vice President since early 1995. Prior to his
Senior Vice President appointment, Mr. Whiting was Vice President and
General Manager of the Company's L.D. Caulk Operating unit from March 1987
to early 1995. Prior to that time, Mr. Whiting held management positions
with Deseret Medical and the Parker-Davis Company.
Christopher T. Clark was named Senior Vice President effective November
1, 2002 and oversees the following areas: business development and strategic
planning; North American Group Marketing and Administration; Alliance and
Government Sales; and the Ransom and Randolph operating unit. Prior to this
appointment, Mr. Clark served as Vice President and General Manager of the
Gendex operating unit since June 1999. Prior to that time, he served as
Vice President and General Manager of the Trubyte operating unit since July
of 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Clark was Director of Marketing of the Trubyte
Operating Unit since September 1992 when he started with the Company.
William R. Jellison was named Senior Vice President effective November 1,
2002 and oversees the following operating units: DENTSPLY Asia, DENTSPLY
Professional, Maillefer, Tulsa Dental Products and Vereinigte Dentalwerke
("VDW"). Prior to this appointment, Mr. Jellison served as Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since April 1998.
Prior to that time, Mr. Jellison held the position of Vice President of
Finance, Treasurer and Corporate Controller for Donnelly Corporation of
Holland, Michigan since 1994. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Jellison was
Donnelly's Vice President of Financial Operations, Treasurer and Corporate
Controller. Prior to that, he served one year as Treasurer and Corporate
Controller and in other financial management positions for Donnelly. Mr.
Jellison is a Certified Management Accountant.
Rudolf Lehner was named Senior Vice President effective December 12, 2001
and oversees the following operating units: Degussa Dental Germany, Degussa
Dental Austria and Elephant Dental. Prior to that time, Mr Lehner was Chief
Operating Officer of Degussa Dental since mid-2000. From 1999 to mid 2000,
he had the overall responsibilities for Sales & Marketing at Degussa Dental.
From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Lehner held the position of Chief Executive Officer
of Elephant Dental. From 1990 to 1994, he had overall responsibility for
international activities at Degussa Dental. Prior to that, Mr Lehner held
various positions at Degussa Dental and its parent, Degussa AG, since
starting in 1984.
James G. Mosch was named Senior Vice President effective November 1, 2002
and oversees the following operating units: DENTSPLY Australia, DENTSPLY
Brazil, DENTSPLY Canada, DENTSPLY Latin America, DENTSPLY Mexico, Gendex and
Rinn. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Mosch served as Vice President and
General Manager of the DENTSPLY Professional operating unit since July 1994
when he started with the Company.
J. Henrik Roos was named Senior Vice President effective June 1, 1999 and
oversees the following operating units: Ceramco, CeraMed, Friadent, GAC, and
Trubyte. Prior to his Senior Vice President appointment, Mr. Roos served as
Vice President and General Manager of the Company's Gendex division from
June 1995 to June 1999. Prior to that, he served as President of Gendex
European operations in Frankfurt, Germany since joining the Company in
August 1993.
W. William Weston was named Senior Vice President effective January 1,
1996 and oversees the following operating units: DeDent, DENTSPLY France,
DENTSPLY Italy, DENTSPLY Russia, DENTSPLY United Kingdom, L.D. Caulk, and
Middle East/Africa. Prior to his Senior Vice President appointment, Mr.
Weston served as the Vice President and General Manager of DENTSPLY's DeDent
Operations in Europe from October 1, 1990 to January 1, 1996. Prior to that
time he was Pharmaceutical Director for Pfizer in Germany.
D1
Bret W. Wise was named Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of the Company effective December 1, 2002. Prior to that time, Mr. Wise was
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with Ferro Corporation of
Cleveland, OH. Prior to joining Ferro Corporate in 1999, Mr. Wise held the
position of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at WCI Steel, Inc.,
of Warren, OH, from 1994 to 1999. Prior to joining WCI Steel, Inc., Mr. Wise
was a partner with KPMG LLP. Mr. Wise is a Certified Public Accountant.
Brian M. Addison has been Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
of the Company since January 1, 1998. Prior to that he was Assistant
Secretary and Corporate Counsel since December 1994. From August 1994 to
December 1994 he was a Partner at the Harrisburg, Pennsylvania law firm of
McNees, Wallace & Nurick. Prior to that he was Senior Counsel at Hershey
Foods Corporation.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters
The information set forth under the caption "Supplemental Stock
Information" in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The information set forth under the caption "Selected Financial Data" in
the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations
The information set forth under the caption "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the Company's
2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
The information set forth under the caption "Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosure About Market Risk" in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to
Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information set forth under the captions "Management's Financial
Responsibility," "Report of Independent Accountants," "Consolidated
Statements of Income," "Consolidated Balance Sheets," "Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders' Equity," "Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows," and "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in the Company's
2002 Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
The information (i) set forth under the caption "Executive Officers of
the Registrant" in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and (ii) set
forth under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the 2003 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
D1
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation" in
the 2003 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
The information set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the 2003 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides information at December 31, 2002 regarding
compensation plans and arrangements under which equity securities of
DENTSPLY are authorized for issuance.
Number of securities
Number of securities Weighted average securities remaining
to be issued upon exercise price available for future issuance
exercise of of outstanding under equity compensation
outstanding options, options, warrants plans (excluding securities
warrants and rights and rights reflected in column (a))
(a) (b) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders (1) 7,646,589 24.56 7,253,405 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders (3) 45,000 14.83 n/a
Other equity compensation plans not approved
by security holders (4) 108,147 n/a n/a
Total 7,799,736
(1) Consists of the DENTSPLY International Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan,
1998 Stock Option Plan and 2002 Stock Option Plan.
(2) The maximum number of shares available for issuance under the 2002
Stock Option Plan is 7,000,000 shares of common stock (plus any shares
of common stock covered by any unexercised portion of canceled or
terminated stock options granted under the 1993 Stock Option Plan or
1998 Stock Option Plan) (the "Maximum Number"). The Maximum Number
shall be increased on January 1 of each calendar year during the term
of the 2002 Stock Option Plan to equal 7% of the outstanding shares of
common stock on such date, prior to such increase.
(3) Consists of the Burton C. Borgelt Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement
as further described below.
(4) See below for a description of the Directors' Deferred Compensation
Plan and the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan pursuant to which
shares of common stock may be issued to outside directors and certain
management employees.
Burton C. Borgelt Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement
On January 13, 1994, the Company entered an agreement with Mr. Burton C.
Borgelt granting Mr. Borgelt an option to acquire 45,000 shares of the
Company's common stock at the exercise price of $14.83 (as effected by
subsequent stock dividends). At the time of the grant, Mr. Borgelt was
serving as the Company's Chairman of its Board of Directors. The option was
granted to provide an additional incentive to Mr. Borgelt to devote his
efforts to the future success of the Company.
D1
Directors Deferred Compensation Plan
Effective January 1, 1997, the Company established a Directors'
Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Deferred Plan"). The Deferred Plan permits
non-employee directors to elect to defer receipt of directors fees or other
compensation for their services as directors. Non-employee directors can
elect to have their deferred payments administered as a cash with interest
account or a stock unit account. Distributions to a director under the
Deferred Plan will not be made to any non-employee director until the
non-employee director ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors. Upon
ceasing to be a member of the Board of Directors, the deferred non-employee
director fees are paid based on an earlier election to have their accounts
distributed immediately or in annual installments for up to ten (10) years.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
Effective January 1, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company
adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Plan"). The purpose
of the Plan is to provide additional retirement benefits for a limited group
of management employees whom the Board concluded were not receiving
competitive retirement benefits. No actual benefits are put aside for
participants and the participants are general creditors of the Company for
payment of the benefits upon retirement or termination from the Company.
Participants can elect to have these benefits administered as an interest
bearing cash or stock unit account. Upon retirement/termination, the
participant is paid the benefits in their account based on an earlier
election to have their accounts distributed immediately or in annual
installments for up to five (5) years.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
No relationships or transactions are required to be reported.
Item 14. Controls and Procedures
(a) As of March 12, 2003, the Company carried out an evaluation under the
supervision and with the participation of the Company's management,
including the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") and Chief Financial
Officer ("CFO"), of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure
controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO
concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures have
been designed and are functioning effectively to provide reasonable
assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company
in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. A controls system,
no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute
assurance that the objectives of the controls systems are met, and no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control
issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been
detected.
(b) Subsequent to the date of the most recent evaluation of the Company's
internal controls, there were no significant changes in the Company's
internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
D1
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
(a) Documents filed as part of this Report
1 Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company set
forth in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders are
incorporated herein by reference:
Report of Independent Accountants
Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001
and 2000
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - Years ended December
31, 2002, 2001 and 2000
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2 Financial Statement Schedules
The following financial statement schedule and the Report of
Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedule are filed as
part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable
accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are
not required to be included herein under the related instructions or
are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
D1
3 Exhibits. The Exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by
reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Exhibit
Number Description
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation (17)
3.2 By-Laws, as amended (16)
4.1. (a) United States Commercial Paper Issuing and paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 12,1999 between
the Company and the Chase Manhattan Bank. (13)
(b) United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 between the Company and
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
(c) United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 between the Company and
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation.
(d) Euro Commercial Paper Note Agreement dated as of July 18, 2002 between the Company and
Citibank International plc.
(e) Euro Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of July 18, 2002 between the Company and Citibank
International plc and Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited.
4.2 (a) Note Agreement (governing Series A, Series B and Series C Notes) dated March 1, 2001 between the
Company and Prudential Insurance Company of America. (14)
(b) First Amendment to Note Agreement dated September 1, 2001 between the Company and Prudential
Insurance Company of America. (16)
4.3 (a) 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as of May 25, 2001
among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the ABN Amro Bank, N.V
as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
Documentation Agents. (16)
(b) 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as of May 25, 2001
among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the ABN Amro Bank, N.V
as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
Documentation Agents. (16)
(c) Amendment to the 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of May 25, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents.
(d) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated
as of May 25, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents.
(e) Amendment to the 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of August 30, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the
ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank as Documentation Agents.
(f) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of August 30, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the
ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank as Documentation Agents.
(g) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated
as of May 24, 2002 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents.
4.4 Private placement note dated December 28, 2001 between the Company and Massachusetts Mutual Life
Insurance Company and Nationwide Life Insurance Company. (16)
4.5 (a) Eurobonds Agency Agreement dated December 13, 2001 between the Company and Citibank, N.A. (16)
(b) Eurobond Subscription Agreement dated December 11, 2001 between the Company and Credit Suisse
First Boston (Europe) Limited, UBS AG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., First Union Securities, Inc.; and
Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc (the Managers). (16)
D1
(c) Pages 4 through 16 of the Company's Eurobond Offering Circular dated December 11, 2001. (16)
10.1 1993 Stock Option Plan (2)
10.2 1998 Stock Option Plan (1)
10.3 2002 Stock Option Plan (17)
10.4 Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Burton C. Borgelt (3)
10.5 Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended, restated as of January 1, 1997
10.6 (a) Trust Agreement for the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan between the Company
and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000. (14)
(b) Plan Recordkeeping Agreement for the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan between
the Company and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000. (14)
10.7 (a) Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 1987 between the Company and John C. Miles II (5)*
(b) Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and John C. Miles II dated
February 16, 1996, effective January 1, 1996 (9)*
10.8 Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the Company and W. William Weston (9)*
10.9 Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the Company and Thomas L. Whiting (9)*
10.10 Employment Agreement dated October 11,1996 between the Company and Gerald K. Kunkle Jr. (10)*
10.11 Employment Agreement dated April 20, 1998 between the Company and William R. Jellison (12)*
10.12 Employment Agreement dated September 10, 1998 between the Company and Brian M. Addison (12)*
10.13 Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1999 between the Company and J. Henrik Roos (13)*
10.14 Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2001 between the Company and Rudolf Lehner (16)*
10.15 Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between the Company and Christopher T. Clark*
10.16 Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between the Company and James G. Mosch*
10.17 Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2002 between the Company and Bret W. Wise*
10.18 DENTSPLY International Inc. Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan effective
January 1, 1997 (10)*
10.19 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 1999 (12)*
10.20 Written Description of Year 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.21 (a) AZLAD Products Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB and
Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (a subsidiary of the Company). (14)
(b) AZLAD Products Manufacturing Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB
and Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (14)
(c) AZ Trade Marks License Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB
and Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (14)
10.22 Degussa Dental Group Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated May 28/29, 2001 between
Degussa AG (Seller) and Dentsply Hanau GmbH & Co. KG, Dentsply Research & Development
Corporation and Dentsply EU S.a.r.l. (Purchasers and subsidiaries of the Company). (15)
10.23 (a) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated November 30, 2001 between
Fleet Precious Metal Inc. and the Company. (16)
(b) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between
JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Company. (16)
(c) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between
Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Company. (16)
13 Pages 9 through 47 of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year 2002
(only those portions of the Annual Report incorporated by reference in this report
are deemed "filed")
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of Independent Accountants - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
99.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification Statement.
99.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification Statement.
* Management contract or compensatory plan.
D1
(1) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-56093).
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-71792).
(3) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-79094).
(4) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-52616).
(5) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1993, File No.
0-16211.
(6) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, File
No. 0-16211.
(7) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year December 31, 1994, File No.
0-16211.
(8) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 1996, File No. 0-16211.
(9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, File
No. 0-16211.
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, File
No. 0-16211.
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, File
No. 0-16211.
(12) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, File
No. 0-16211.
(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, File
No. 0-16211.
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, File
No. 0-16211.
(15) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2001, File
No. 0-16211.
(16) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, File
No. 0-16211.
(17) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-101548).
D1
Loan Documents
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have entered into various
loan and credit agreements and issued various promissory notes and
guaranties of such notes, listed below, the aggregate principal amount of
which is less than 10% of its assets on a consolidated basis. The Company
has not filed copies of such documents but undertakes to provide copies
thereof to the Securities and Exchange Commission supplementally upon
request.
(1) Master Grid Note dated November 4, 1996 executed in favor of The
Chase Manhattan Bank in connection with a line of credit up to
$20,000,000 between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank.
(2) Agreement dated June 13, 2001 between Midland Bank PLC and
Dentsply Limited for GBP 3,000,000 overdraft and $2,000,000 foreign
exchange facility.
(3) Agreement dated June 21, 2001 in the principal amount of
$6,000,000 between Dentsply Research and Development Corp, Hong Kong
Branch and Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi.
(4) Form of "comfort letters" to various foreign commercial lending
institutions having a lending relationship with one or more of the
Company's international subsidiaries.
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
None
D1
Report of Independent Accountants on
Financial Statement Schedule
To the Board of Directors of
DENTSPLY International Inc.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our
report dated January 23, 2003 appearing in the 2002 Annual Report to
Shareholders of DENTSPLY International Inc. (which report and consolidated
financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed
in Item 15(a) 2 of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement
schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated
financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, PA
January 23, 2003
D1
SCHEDULE II
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
Additions
---------------------------
Charged
Balance at (Credited) Charged to Write-offs Balance
Beginning To Costs Other Net of Translation at End
Description of Period And Expenses Accounts Recoveries Adjustment of Period
(in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
For Year Ended December 31,
2000 $ 8,152 $ 397 $ 34 (a) $ (2,078) $ (145) $ 6,360
2001 6,360 2,844 5,289 (b) (1,638) (253) 12,602
2002 12,602 2,904 3,560 (c) (1,987) 1,413 18,492
Allowance for trade discounts:
For Year Ended December 31,
2000 1,388 1,318 - (1,031) (46) 1,629
2001 1,629 555 - (1,194) (77) 913
2002 913 988 - (871) 61 1,091
Inventory valuation reserves:
For Year Ended December 31,
2000 15,364 5,584 52 (d) (5,741) (317) 14,942
2001 14,942 4,369 8,409 (e) (2,996) (365) 24,359
2002 24,359 4,855 4,671 (f) (5,581) 2,366 30,670
- ------------------
(a) Includes $34 from acquisition of Midwest Orthodontic Manufacturing.
(b) Includes $389 from acquisition of Friadent and $4,900 from acquisition of Degussa Dental.
(c) Includes $797 from acquisition of Austenal and $2,763 related to the acquisition of Degussa Dental.
(d) Includes $52 from acquisition of Midwest Orthodontic Manufacturing.
(e) Includes $1,580 from acquisition of Friadent and $6,829 from acquisition of Degussa Dental.
(f) Includes $588 from acquisition of Austenal and $4,083 related to the acquisition of Degussa Dental.
D1
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:/s/ John C. Miles II
-----------------------
John C. Miles II
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ John C. Miles II March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
John C. Miles II Date
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer and a Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Gerald K. Kunkle March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Gerald K. Kunkle Date
President and Chief
Operating Officer and a Director
/s/ Bret W. Wise March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Bret W. Wise Date
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ Dr. Michael C. Alfano March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Dr. Michael C. Alfano Date
Director
/s/ Burton C. Borgelt March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Burton C. Borgelt Date
Director
D1
/s/ Paula H. Cholmondeley March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Paula H. Cholmondeley Date
Director
/s/ Michael J. Coleman March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Michael J. Coleman Date
Director
/s/ William F. Hecht March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
William F. Hecht Date
Director
/s/ Leslie A. Jones March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Leslie A. Jones Date
Director
/s/ Betty Jane Scheihing March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Betty Jane Scheihing Date
Director
/s/Edgar H. Schollmaier March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
Edgar H. Schollmaier Date
Director
/s/ W. Keith Smith March 28, 2003
- ------------------------- --------------------
W. Keith Smith Date
Director
D1
Section 302 Certifications Statement
I, John C. Miles II, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DENTSPLY International
Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and
c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the
Evaluation Date;
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit
committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent function):
a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal
controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls;
and
6. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this
annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal
controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal
controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.
Date: March 28, 2003
/s/ John C. Miles II
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
D1
Section 302 Certifications Statement
I, Bret W. Wise, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DENTSPLY International
Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this
annual report (the "Evaluation Date"); and
c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the
Evaluation Date;
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on
our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit
committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent function):
a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal
controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls;
and
6. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this
annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal
controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal
controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any
corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.
Date: March 28, 2003
/s/ Bret W. Wise
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
D1
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Exhibit
Number Description Reference
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation (17)
3.2 By-Laws, as amended (16)
4.1. (a) United States Commercial Paper Issuing and paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 12,1999 between
the Company and the Chase Manhattan Bank. (13)
(b) United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of March 28, 2002 between the Company and
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. D2
(c) United States Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of April 30, 2002 between the Company and
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. D3
(d) Euro Commercial Paper Note Agreement dated as of July 18, 2002 between the Company and
Citibank International plc. D4
(e) Euro Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated as of July 18, 2002 between the Company and Citibank
International plc and Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited. D5
4.2 (a) Note Agreement (governing Series A, Series B and Series C Notes) dated March 1, 2001 between the
Company and Prudential Insurance Company of America. (14)
(b) First Amendment to Note Agreement dated September 1, 2001 between the Company and Prudential
Insurance Company of America. (16)
4.3 (a) 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as of May 25, 2001
among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the ABN Amro Bank, N.V
as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
Documentation Agents. (16)
(b) 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as of May 25, 2001
among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the ABN Amro Bank, N.V
as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
Documentation Agents. (16)
(c) Amendment to the 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of May 25, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents. D6
(d) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated
as of May 25, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents. D7
(e) Amendment to the 5-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of August 30, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the
ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank as Documentation Agents. D8
(f) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated as
of August 30, 2001 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein, the
ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank as Documentation Agents. D9
(g) Amendment to the 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreements dated
as of May 24, 2002 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, the banks named therein,
the ABN Amro Bank, N.V as Administrative Agent, and First Union National Bank and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank as Documentation Agents. D10
4.4 Private placement note dated December 28, 2001 between the Company and Massachusetts Mutual Life
Insurance Company and Nationwide Life Insurance Company. (16)
4.5 (a) Eurobonds Agency Agreement dated December 13, 2001 between the Company and Citibank, N.A. (16)
(b) Eurobond Subscription Agreement dated December 11, 2001 between the Company and Credit Suisse
First Boston (Europe) Limited, UBS AG, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., First Union Securities, Inc.; and
Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc (the Managers). (16)
D1
(c) Pages 4 through 16 of the Company's Eurobond Offering Circular dated December 11, 2001. (16)
10.1 1993 Stock Option Plan (2)
10.2 1998 Stock Option Plan (1)
10.3 2002 Stock Option Plan (17)
10.4 Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Burton C. Borgelt (3)
10.5 Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended, restated as of January 1, 1997 D11
10.6 (a) Trust Agreement for the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan between the Company
and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000. (14)
(b) Plan Recordkeeping Agreement for the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan between
the Company and T. Rowe Price Trust Company dated as of November 1, 2000. (14)
10.7 (a) Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 1987 between the Company and John C. Miles II (5)*
(b) Amendment to Employment Agreement between the Company and John C. Miles II dated
February 16, 1996, effective January 1, 1996 (9)*
10.8 Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the Company and W. William Weston (9)*
10.9 Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between the Company and Thomas L. Whiting (9)*
10.10 Employment Agreement dated October 11,1996 between the Company and Gerald K. Kunkle Jr. (10)*
10.11 Employment Agreement dated April 20, 1998 between the Company and William R. Jellison (12)*
10.12 Employment Agreement dated September 10, 1998 between the Company and Brian M. Addison (12)*
10.13 Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1999 between the Company and J. Henrik Roos (13)*
10.14 Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2001 between the Company and Rudolf Lehner (16)*
10.15 Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between the Company and Christopher T. Clark* D12
10.16 Employment Agreement dated November 1, 2002 between the Company and James G. Mosch* D13
10.17 Employment Agreement dated December 1, 2002 between the Company and Bret W. Wise* D14
10.18 DENTSPLY International Inc. Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan effective
January 1, 1997 (10)*
10.19 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan effective January 1, 1999 (12)*
10.20 Written Description of Year 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan. D15
10.21 (a) AZLAD Products Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB and
Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (a subsidiary of the Company). (14)
(b) AZLAD Products Manufacturing Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB
and Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (14)
(c) AZ Trade Marks License Agreement, dated January 18, 2001 between AstraZeneca AB
and Maillefer Instruments Holdings, S.A. (14)
10.22 Degussa Dental Group Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated May 28/29, 2001 between
Degussa AG (Seller) and Dentsply Hanau GmbH & Co. KG, Dentsply Research & Development
Corporation and Dentsply EU S.a.r.l. (Purchasers and subsidiaries of the Company). (15)
10.23 (a) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated November 30, 2001 between
Fleet Precious Metal Inc. and the Company. (16)
(b) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between
JPMorgan Chase Bank and the Company. (16)
(c) Precious metal inventory Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 20, 2001 between
Mitsui & Co., Precious Metals Inc. and the Company. (16)
13 Pages 9 through 47 of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year 2002
(only those portions of the Annual Report incorporated by reference in this report
are deemed "filed") D16
21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company D17
23.1 Consent of Independent Accountants - PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP D18
99.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification Statement. D19
99.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification Statement. D20
D1
(1) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-56093).
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-71792).
(3) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-79094).
(4) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 33-52616).
(5) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1993, File No.
0-16211.
(6) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, File
No. 0-16211.
(7) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year December 31, 1994, File No.
0-16211.
(8) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 1996, File No. 0-16211.
(9) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, File
No. 0-16211.
(10) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, File
No. 0-16211.
(11) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, File
No. 0-16211.
(12) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, File
No. 0-16211.
(13) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999, File
No. 0-16211.
(14) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, File
No. 0-16211.
(15) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2001, File
No. 0-16211.
(16) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, File
No. 0-16211.
(17) Incorporated by reference to exhibit included in the Company's
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-101548).
D1
COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
between
DENTSPLY International Inc., as Issuer
and
Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an Issuing and Paying
Agency Agreement dated as of August 12, 1999 between the Issuer
and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank), as
Issuing and Paying Agent.
Dated as of
March 28, 2002
D2
COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
This agreement ("Agreement") sets forth the understandings
between the Issuer and the Dealer, each named on the cover page
hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of
its short-term promissory notes (the "Note") through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in
Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or
Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby
incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
Section 1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation
to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to
arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and
(ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the
Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the
account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case
where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for
the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or
sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained
herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions
and in the manner provided herein.
1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and
in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof,
the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer,
solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes, in the
United States except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers
which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers
with respect to the Notes by executing with Issuer one or more
agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to
those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the
Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or
(b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum
hereto, which are executing or have executed agreements with the
Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to
Section 1 of this Agreement. In no event shall the Issuer offer,
solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly
on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than
broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of
$250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will
bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at
such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by
the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding
365 days from the date of issuance (exclusive of days of grace)
and shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or
automatic "rollover."
D2
1.4 The authentication and issuance of, and payment for,
the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and
Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual
physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by a Master
Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in the form or
forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms
of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note
arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement
with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal
amount, maturity and interest rate (in the case of
interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes
issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the
Dealer's services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the
Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in
accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the
purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the
Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except
as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an
agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or
make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the
Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has
theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will
promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of
the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and
upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If
such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the
Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an equitable
basis for the Dealer's loss of the use of such funds for the
period such funds were credited to the Issuer's account.
1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to
observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales
and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
(a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the
Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably
believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers
("QIBs"), Institutional Accredited Investors or
Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and (ii)
non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes
for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably
believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited
Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.
(b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the
holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the
restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.
(c) No general solicitation or general advertising
shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without
the prior written approval of the other party, a party shall
not issue any press release or place or publish any
"tombstone" or other advertisement relating to the Notes.
D2
(d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for
less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note
shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If
the purchaser is a Non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of
others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must
purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.
(e) Offers and sales of the Notes by the Issuer
through the Dealer acting as agent for the Issuer shall be
made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act,
and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the
legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend
substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear
as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in
connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well
as on each individual certificate representing a Note and
each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and
sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished
to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the
Dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement
Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a
copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect.
The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that
any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an
opportunity to ask questions of, and receive publicly
available information from, the Issuer and the Dealer and
shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of
the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer may
be obtained.
(g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer
and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time
to time of the Notes that, if at any time the Issuer shall
not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to
the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of
Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in
compliance with Rule 144A(d).
(h) In the event that any Note offered or to be
offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under
Rule 144A, the Issuer shall immediately notify the Dealer
(by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall
promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or
supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing
the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such
ineligibility and any other relevant information relating
thereto.
D2
(i) The Issuer represents that it is not currently
issuing commercial paper in the United States market in
reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of
the Securities Act. However, the Issuer agrees that if the
Issuer were to issue such 3(a)(3) commercial paper, (a) the
proceeds from the sale of the Notes would be segregated from
the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper
by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer would
institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that
the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer pursuant
to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption would not be integrated
with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the
Issuer would comply with each of the requirements of Section
3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or
other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the
United States.
(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later than 15
days after the first sale of Notes as contemplated by this
Agreement, it will file with the SEC a notice on Form D in
accordance with Rule 503 under the Securities Act and that
will thereafter file such amendments to such notice as Rule
503 may require.
D2
1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the
Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as
follows:
(a) The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer that
(except as permitted by Section 1.6(i)) within the preceding
six months neither the Issuer nor any person other than the
Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2
hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold
within the United States any Notes, or any substantially
similar security of the Issuer (including, without
limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer, but
excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, loan notes issued
under the Issuer's revolving credit facility, Note Purchase
Agreement dated March 1, 2001 as amended September 1, 2001
among Dentsply International Inc. and the Noteholders and
Note Purchase Agreement dated December 28, 2001 among
Dentsply International and the Noteholders), to, or
solicited offers to buy any such security from , any person
other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in
Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except as
permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the Notes are being
offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers
referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and
until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder
has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person other
than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section
1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof)
will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security
of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such
security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other
dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof which could
adversely affect the entitlement of the Notes to the
exemption from registration under the Securities Act
pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. The Issuer hereby
represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to
take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that
would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be
integrated with any other offering of securities, whether
such offering is made by the Issuer or some other party or
parties.
(b) In the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as
principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such
purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation
T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell
such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably
believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it reasonably believes are
acting for other QIBs, in each case in accordance with Rule
144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation
of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
D2
2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement.
2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with
their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and subject,
as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless
of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
law).
2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as
provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly
and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in
accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought
in a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.4 The offer and sale of Notes in the manner contemplated
hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the
Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration
contained in Section 4(2) thereof and Regulation D thereunder,
and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other
unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j), no consent or
action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or
public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is
required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection
with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement,
the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as
may be required by the securities or Blue Sky Laws of the various
states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
D2
2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of
the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms
and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result
in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or
encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties
or assets of the Issuer, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or
a default under any of the terms of the Issuer's charter
documents or by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the
Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any
law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of
any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is
subject or by which it or its property is bound, which breach or
default might have a material adverse effect on the condition
(financial or otherwise), operations or business prospects of the
Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations
under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement.
2.8 Except as disclosed in the Company Information, there
is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the
knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the
Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which would likely result in a
material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), operations or business prospects of the Issuer or the
ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9 The Issuer is not an "investment company" or an entity
"controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the
Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.
2.11 Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and
(b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum
shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer to
the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after
giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such
amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties
given by the Issuer set forth above in this Section 2 remain true
and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such
date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being
issued on such date have been duly and validly issued and
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer,
enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to
enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
law) and (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the
date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has
been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), or operations of the Issuer which has not been
disclosed to the Dealer in writing.
D2
Section 3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in
any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of
any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the
Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a
complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change
in the Issuer's condition (financial or otherwise), operations or
business prospects or any development or occurrence in relation
to the Issuer that would be material to holders of the Notes or
potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or
receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any
review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the
Issuer's securities by any nationally recognized statistical
rating organization which has published a rating of Notes),
promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of
Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in
writing) of such change, development or occurrence; provided,
that the Issuer shall not be obligated to notify the Dealer of
such change, development or occurrence if such notification would
result in the disclosure of non-public information in violation
of the provisions of Regulation FD.
3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to the
Dealer such publicly available information as the Dealer may
reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press
releases or material provided by the Issuer to any national
securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer's
operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization
and execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer's ability to pay
the Notes as they mature.
3.4 The Issuer will take all such action as the Dealer may
reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the
Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws;
provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to file
any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so
qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing
business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so
subject.
3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of its
obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the Issuing and
Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are
outstanding.
D2
3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the
Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the
Issuer, addressed to the Dealer, satisfactory in form and
substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and
Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer,
satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by
the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing
execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and
consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby, (d) prior to the issuance of any Notes
represented by a book-entry note registered in the name of DTC or
its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations
among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and (e)
such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the
Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
3.7. As long as any Note is outstanding, the Issuer shall
maintain liquidity facilities in an available amount at least
equal to the amount of outstanding Notes relative to outstanding
Notes on a no less than one to one ratio. Prior to the first
issuance of Notes through the Dealer, the Issuer shall deliver to
the Dealer copies of the agreements with respect to such
liquidity facilities as then in effect, and shall deliver to the
Dealer copies of any amendments to such liquidity facilities as
shall be entered into from time to time promptly following the
effectiveness thereof.
Section 4. Disclosure.
4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents
(other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole
responsibility of the Issuer. The Private Placement Memorandum
shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for
each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive
answers from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and to
obtain relevant additional publicly available information which
the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort
or expense.
4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the
Company Information as it becomes available.
4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the Dealer
promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or
affecting the Issuer that would cause the Company Information
then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material
fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, which
notice may include an instruction from the Issuer to not disclose
such information to holders and prospective holders of Notes as a
result of the Issuer's determination that such disclosure of such
information would violate Regulation FD.
D2
(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the Dealer
notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the
Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the
Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private
Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as
amended or supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the
Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the
Dealer; provided, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to
supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum to the
extent that such amendment or supplement would result in the
disclosure of non-public information in violation of the
provisions of Regulation FD.
(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives the Dealer
notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not
notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and
(iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the
Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause
(b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be
suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or
supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such
amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.
Section 5. Indemnification and Contribution
5.1 The Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer,
each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or
other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer
or any such controlling entity and their respective directors,
officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders,
servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the "Indemnitees")
against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of
action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including,
without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel) or
judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a "Claim"), imposed
upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out
of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement
Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided
by the Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or
includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of
any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of
or based upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement, covenant
or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement. This
indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim
arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information.
5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification
under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
D2
5.3 In order to provide for just and equitable contribution
in circumstances in ;which the indemnification provided for in
this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold
harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with
the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to the
aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any
Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of
the Issuer and the Dealer; provided, however, that such
contribution by the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the
aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the
aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer
hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which
such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be
calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer
of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and
fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
Section 6. Definitions.
6.1 "Claim" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
6.2 "Company Information" at any given time shall mean the
Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent
applicable, (i) the Issuer's most recent report on Form 10-K
filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by
the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii)
the Issuer's most recent annual audited financial statements and
each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent
thereto, if not included in item (i) above, (iii) the Issuer's
and its affiliates' other publicly available recent reports,
including, but not limited to , any publicly available filing or
reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other
information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof
and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for
dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.
6.3 "Dealer Information" shall mean material concerning the
Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion
in the Private Placement Memorandum.
6.4 "DTC" shall mean The Depository Trust Company.
6.5 "Exchange Act" shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.
6.6 "Indemnitee" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.1.
D2
6.7 "Institutional Accredited Investor" shall mean an
institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the
meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that
it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an
investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank,
as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings
and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section
3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its
individual or fiduciary capacity.
6.8 "Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement" shall mean the
issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page
of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.
6.9 "Issuing and Paying Agent" shall mean the party
designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as
issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement, or any successor thereto in accordance with the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
6.10 "Non-bank fiduciary or agent" shall mean a fiduciary or
agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined
in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
6.11 "Private Placement Memorandum" shall mean offering
materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including
materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference
therein) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the
Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which
may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this
Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been
completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).
6.12 "Qualified Institutional Buyer" shall have the meaning
assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
6.13 "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D (Rules 501 et
seq.) under the Securities Act.
6.14 "Rule 144A" shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities
Act.
6.15 "SEC" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission.
6.16 "Securities Act" shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
D2
6.17 "Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor" shall
mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the
meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on
his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is
reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor
(i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a
fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in
financial and business matters that he or she is capable of
evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the
Notes and (ii) having a net worth of at least $5 million.
Section 7. General.
7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, in all
notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in
writing and shall be effective when received at the address of
the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard
to its conflict of laws provisions.
7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or proceeding
brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in connection with or
arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale
of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal
courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the
State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF
THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the
Issuer, upon one business day's prior notice to such effect to
the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day's prior notice
to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however,
shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections
3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations,
warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of
the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this
Agreement.
7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either party hereto
without the written consent of the other party; provided,
however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations
under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer.
7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same
instrument.
7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the
parties, hereto, and their respective permitted successors and
assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever.
D2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above
written.
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as
Issuer
By:
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC., as Dealer
By:
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
D2
ADDENDUM
The following additional clause shall apply to the Agreement
and be deemed a part thereof:
1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2
of the Agreement are Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse First
Boston.
2. The addresses of the respective parties for purposes of
notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer DENTSPLY International
Inc.
Address 570 West College Avenue
York, Pennsylvania 17405
Attention: Treasurer
Telephone number: 717-849-4262
Fax number: 717-849-4759
For the Dealer: Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Address: 390 Greenwich Street -
4th Floor
New York, New York 10013
Attention: Money Markets Origination
Telephone number: (212) 723-6378
Fax number: (212) 723-8624
D2
FORM OF LEGEND FOR
PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM AND NOTES
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1993, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES
LAW AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE
WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT
IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS
RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING
SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND THAT IT IS
EITHER (A) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR HIGHLY SOPHISTICATED
INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE
MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN
INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN
FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF
EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE
NOTES AND (ii) HAS A NET WORTH OF AT LEAST $5 MILLION (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" OR "SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR", RESPECTIVELY) AND THAT EITHER IS PURCHASING
NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, IS A U.S. BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION
3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER
INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING
IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR IS A FIDUCIARY OR
AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION)
PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH IS SUCH
AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR (i) WHICH ITSELF POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND
EXPERIENCE OR (ii) WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PURCHASER HAS SOLE
INVESTMENT DISCRETION; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
("QIB") WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS
ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS.
EACH OF WHICH IS A QIB AND WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF WHICH THE
PURCHASER HAS SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION; AND THE PURCHASER
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE
PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE
OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER
OR TO SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC. OR ANOTHER PERSON DESIGNATED BY
THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE
"PLACEMENT AGENTS"), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO
ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION
THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM
AMOUNTS OF $250,000.
D2
EXHIBIT B
FURTHER PROVISIONS RELATING
TO INDEMNIFICATION
(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for all
expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of internal and
external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with
investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action
in respect of which indemnification may be sought and is required under
Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such
proceedings), except to the extent that the expenses relate to a claim
which is not, on its face, subject to the coverage of Section 5.
(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the
existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify the Issuer in writing
of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify
the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer from any liability which it may
have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise
learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission so to
notify the Issuer will not relieve it from liability which it may have
to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity
agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and
it notifies the Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be
entitled to participate therein, and the extent that it may elect by
written notice delivered to the Indemnitee , to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee;
provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the
Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that
there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or
additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall not have
the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such
Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate
counsel to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee.
Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the
Issuer's election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval
by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable to such
Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in
connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of
investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate
counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in
accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being
understood, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable for the
expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local
counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by
the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim),
(ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time
after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has
authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee.
The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer
hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer may
otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal
representatives of the Issuer and any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees
that without the Dealer's prior written consent, it will not settle,
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in
respect of which indemnification may be sought under the
indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer
or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim).
D2
COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
between
DENTSPLY International Inc., as Issuer
and
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, as Dealer
Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an Issuing
and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of August 12, 1999
between the Issuer and JPMorgan Chase Bank (formerly
The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Issuing and Paying Agent.
Dated as of
April 30, 2002
D3
COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
This agreement ("Agreement") sets forth the
understandings between the Issuer and the Dealer, each
named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the
issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term
promissory notes (the "Note") through the Dealer.
Certain terms used in this Agreement are
defined in Section 6 hereof.
The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes
or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such
Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement
and made fully a part hereof.
Section 1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.
1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no
obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit
the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the
account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and
shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the
Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the
account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in
any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the
Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the
Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the
Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein
or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions
and in the manner provided herein.
1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in
effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in
Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the
consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers
to purchase, or sell, any Notes, in the United States
except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers
which may from time to time after the date hereof
become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing
with Issuer one or more agreements which contain
provisions substantially identical to those contained
in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer
hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice
or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on
the Addendum hereto, which are executing or have
executed agreements with the Issuer which contain
provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this
Agreement. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit
or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes
directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons
other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in
this Section 1.2.
1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination
of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest
bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their
face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and
the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 365
days from the date of issuance (exclusive of days of
grace) and shall not contain any provision for
extension, renewal or automatic "rollover."
D3
1.4 The authentication and issuance of, and
payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance
with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the
Notes shall be either individual physical certificates
or book-entry notes evidenced by a Master Note
registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in the
form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement.
1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on
the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or
the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including,
but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date
of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity
and interest rate (in the case of interest-bearing
Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued
on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for
the Dealer's services hereunder) pursuant to this
Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be
issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of
the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for
such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof,
either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing
and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer.
Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the
Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall
either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a
Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall
promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has
theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer
will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against
its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a
certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in
the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure
occurred for any reason other than default by the
Dealer, the Issuer shall reimburse the Dealer on an
equitable basis for the Dealer's loss of the use of
such funds for the period such funds were credited to
the Issuer's account.
1.6 The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish
and agree to observe the following procedures in
connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or
other transfers of the Notes:
(a) Offers and sales of the Notes by or
through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i)
investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be
Qualified Institutional Buyers ("QIBs"),
Institutional Accredited Investors or
Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors and
(ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be
purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of
which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be
an Institutional Accredited Investor or
Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor.
(b) Resales and other transfers of the Notes
by the holders thereof shall be made only in
accordance with the restrictions in the legend
described in clause (e) below.
(c) No general solicitation or general
advertising shall be used in connection with the
offering of the Notes. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, without the prior
written approval of the other party, a party shall
not issue any press release or place or publish
any "tombstone" or other advertisement relating to
the Notes.
D3
(d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser
shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face
amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller
principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a
Non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others,
each person for whom such purchaser is acting must
purchase at least $250,000 principal or face
amount of Notes.
(e) Offers and sales of the Notes by the
Issuer through the Dealer acting as agent for the
Issuer shall be made in accordance with Rule 506
under the Securities Act, and shall be subject to
the restrictions described in the legend appearing
on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to
the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part
of the Private Placement Memorandum used in
connection with offers and sales of Notes
hereunder, as well as on each individual
certificate representing a Note and each Master
Note representing book-entry Notes offered and
sold pursuant to this Agreement.
(f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have
furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it
has acted as the Dealer a copy of the then-current
Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser
has previously received a copy of the Private
Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The
Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state
that any person to whom Notes are offered shall
have an opportunity to ask questions of, and
receive publicly available information from, the
Issuer and the Dealer and shall provide the names,
addresses and telephone numbers of the persons
from whom information regarding the Issuer may be
obtained.
(g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of
the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective
purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, if
at any time the Issuer shall not be subject to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its
expense, to the Dealer and to holders and
prospective purchasers of Notes information
required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with
Rule 144A(d).
(h) In the event that any Note offered or to
be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for
resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall
immediately notify the Dealer (by telephone,
confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall
promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an
amendment or supplement to the Private Placement
Memorandum describing the Notes that are
ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and
any other relevant information relating thereto.
D3
(i) The Issuer represents that it is not
currently issuing commercial paper in the United
States market in reliance upon the exemption
provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities
Act. However, the Issuer agrees that if the
Issuer were to issue such 3(a)(3) commercial
paper, (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes
would be segregated from the proceeds of the sale
of any such commercial paper by being placed in a
separate account; (b) the Issuer would institute
appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that
the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer
pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption would
not be integrated with offerings and sales of
Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer would comply
with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3)
of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper
or other short-term debt securities other than the
Notes in the United States.
(j) The Issuer hereby agrees that, not later
than 15 days after the first sale of Notes as
contemplated by this Agreement, it will file with
the SEC a notice on Form D in accordance with Rule
503 under the Securities Act and that will
thereafter file such amendments to such notice as
Rule 503 may require.
1.7 The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to
the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and
resales of Notes, as follows:
D3
(a) The Issuer hereby confirms to the Dealer
that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i))
within the preceding six months neither the Issuer
nor any person other than the Dealer or the other
dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting
on behalf of the Issuer has offered or sold within
the United States any Notes, or any substantially
similar security of the Issuer (including, without
limitation, medium-term notes issued by the
Issuer, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt,
loan notes issued under the Issuer's revolving
credit facility, Note Purchase Agreement dated
March 1, 2001 as amended September 1, 2001 among
Dentsply International Inc. and the Noteholders
and Note Purchase Agreement dated December 28,
2001 among Dentsply International and the
Noteholders), to, or solicited offers to buy any
such security from , any person other than the
Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section
1.2 hereof. The Issuer also agrees that (except
as permitted by Section 1.6(i)), as long as the
Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and
the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2
hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least
six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has
been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any person
other than the Dealer or the other dealers
referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as
contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the
Notes or any substantially similar security of the
Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any
such security from, any person other than the
Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section
1.2 hereof which could adversely affect the
entitlement of the Notes to the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act pursuant to
Section 4(2) thereof. The Issuer hereby represents
and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to
take, and will not take or omit to take, any
action that would cause the offering and sale of
Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other
offering of securities, whether such offering is
made by the Issuer or some other party or parties.
(b) In the event that the Dealer purchases
Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes
on the day of such purchase, to the extent
necessary to comply with Regulation T and the
interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell
such Notes either (i) only to offerees it
reasonably believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it
reasonably believes are acting for other QIBs, in
each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in
a manner which would not cause a violation of
Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties of Issuer.
The Issuer represents and warrants that:
2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the
requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement
and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
D3
2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying
Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid
and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable
against the Issuer in accordance with their terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and
subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of
equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in
a proceeding in equity or at law).
2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when
issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance
with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to
general principles of equity (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
law).
2.4 The offer and sale of Notes in the manner
contemplated hereby do not require registration of the
Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the
exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2)
thereof and Regulation D thereunder, and no indenture
in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified
under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with
all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of
the Issuer.
2.6 Except as provided in Section 1.6(j), no
consent or action of, or filing or registration with,
any governmental or public regulatory body or
authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize,
or is otherwise required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement,
the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,
except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky
Laws of the various states in connection with the offer
and sale of the Notes.
2.7 Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement,
nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the
fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and
provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i)
result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage,
lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever
upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, or
(ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under
any of the terms of the Issuer's charter documents or
by-laws, any contract or instrument to which the Issuer
is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or
any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction
or decree of any court or government instrumentality,
to which the Issuer is subject or by which it or its
property is bound, which breach or default might have a
material adverse effect on the condition (financial or
otherwise), operations or business prospects of the
Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
D3
2.8 Except as disclosed in the Company
Information, there is no litigation or governmental
proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer
threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of
its subsidiaries which would likely result in a
material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), operations or business prospects of the
Issuer or the ability of the Issuer to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
2.9 The Issuer is not an "investment company" or
an entity "controlled" by an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended.
2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor
the Company Information contains any untrue statement
of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
2.11 Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer
hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the
Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by the Issuer to the
Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and
after giving effect to such issuance and after giving
effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the
representations and warranties given by the Issuer set
forth above in this Section 2 remain true and correct
on and as of such date as if made on and as of such
date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the
Notes being issued on such date have been duly and
validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the
Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as
to enforceability, to general principles of equity
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding in equity or at law) and (iii) in the case
of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most
recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no
material adverse change in the condition (financial or
otherwise), or operations of the Issuer which has not
been disclosed to the Dealer in writing.
Section 3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer.
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice
(but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of
Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of
or waiver with respect to, the Notes or the Issuing and
Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of
any such amendment, modification or waiver.
D3
3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur
any change in the Issuer's condition (financial or
otherwise), operations or business prospects or any
development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer
that would be material to holders of the Notes or
potential holders of the Notes (including any
downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or
potential downgrading or any review for potential
change in the rating accorded any of the Issuer's
securities by any nationally recognized statistical
rating organization which has published a rating of
Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any
subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the
Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such
change, development or occurrence; provided, that the
Issuer shall not be obligated to notify the Dealer of
such change, development or occurrence if such
notification would result in the disclosure of
non-public information in violation of the provisions
of Regulation FD.
3.3 The Issuer shall from time to time furnish to
the Dealer such publicly available information as the
Dealer may reasonably request, including, without
limitation, any press releases or material provided by
the Issuer to any national securities exchange or
rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer's operations
and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and
execution of the Notes and (iii) the Issuer's ability
to pay the Notes as they mature.
3.4 The Issuer will take all such action as the
Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer
and each sale of the Notes will comply with any
applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that
the Issuer shall not be obligated to file any general
consent to service of process or to qualify as a
foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is
not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in
respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which
it is not otherwise so subject.
3.5 The Issuer will not be in default of any of
its obligations hereunder, under the Notes or under the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that
any of the Notes are outstanding.
3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder
until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of
counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Dealer,
satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a
copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of resolutions
adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer,
satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and
certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the
Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the
Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency
Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
(d) prior to the issuance of any Notes represented by a
book-entry note registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of
Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and
Paying Agent and DTC and (e) such other certificates,
opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall
have reasonably requested.
D3
3.7. As long as any Note is outstanding, the
Issuer shall maintain liquidity facilities in an
available amount at least equal to the amount of
outstanding Notes relative to outstanding Notes on a no
less than one to one ratio. Prior to the first
issuance of Notes through the Dealer, the Issuer shall
deliver to the Dealer copies of the agreements with
respect to such liquidity facilities as then in effect,
and shall deliver to the Dealer copies of any
amendments to such liquidity facilities as shall be
entered into from time to time promptly following the
effectiveness thereof.
Section 4. Disclosure.
4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its
contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be
the sole responsibility of the Issuer. The Private
Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement
expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective
purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers
from, the Issuer concerning the offering of Notes and
to obtain relevant additional publicly available
information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire
without unreasonable effort or expense.
4.2 The Issuer agrees to promptly furnish the
Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available.
4.3 (a) The Issuer further agrees to notify the
Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event
relating to or affecting the Issuer that would cause
the Company Information then in existence to include an
untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading, which notice may include an instruction
from the Issuer to not disclose such information to
holders and prospective holders of Notes as a result of
the Issuer's determination that such disclosure of such
information would violate Regulation FD.
(b) In the event that the Issuer gives the
Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer
notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is
holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to
supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so
that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or
supplemented shall not contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such
supplement or amendment available to the Dealer;
provided, that the Issuer shall not be obligated to
supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum to
the extent that such amendment or supplement would
result in the disclosure of non-public information in
violation of the provisions of Regulation FD.
D3
(c) In the event that (i) the Issuer gives
the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the
Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then
holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses
not to promptly amend or supplement the Private
Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause
(b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes
shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so
amended or supplemented the Private Placement
Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement
available to the Dealer.
Section 5. Indemnification and Contribution
5.1 The Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless
the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership,
trust, association or other entity controlling the
Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such
controlling entity and their respective directors,
officers, employees, partners, incorporators,
shareholders, servants, trustees and agents
(hereinafter the "Indemnitees") against any and all
liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action,
losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including,
without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel)
or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a
"Claim"), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against
the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any
allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the
Company Information or any information provided by the
Issuer to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time)
or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading or (ii) arising out of or based
upon the breach by the Issuer of any agreement,
covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this
Agreement. This indemnification shall not apply to the
extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon
Dealer Information.
5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for
indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on
Exhibit B to this Agreement.
5.3 In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution in circumstances in ;which the
indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held
to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the
Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the
terms of this Section 5, the Issuer shall contribute to
the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in
connection with any Claim in the proportion of the
respective economic interests of the Issuer and the
Dealer; provided, however, that such contribution by
the Issuer shall be in an amount such that the
aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed
the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the
Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of
Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective
economic interests shall be calculated by reference to
the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes
issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees
earned by the Dealer hereunder.
Section 6. Definitions.
6.1 "Claim" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5.1.
D3
6.2 "Company Information" at any given time shall
mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to
the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer's most recent
report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report
on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC
since the most recent Form 10-K, (ii) the Issuer's most
recent annual audited financial statements and each
interim financial statement or report prepared
subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above,
(iii) the Issuer's and its affiliates' other publicly
available recent reports, including, but not limited to
, any publicly available filing or reports provided to
their respective shareholders, (iv) any other
information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section
4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved
by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or
potential investors in the Notes.
6.3 "Dealer Information" shall mean material
concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing
expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement
Memorandum.
6.4 "DTC" shall mean The Depository Trust Company.
6.5 "Exchange Act" shall mean the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
6.6 "Indemnitee" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 5.1.
6.7 "Institutional Accredited Investor" shall
mean an institutional investor that is an accredited
investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the
Securities Act and that has such knowledge and
experience in financial and business matters that it is
capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of
an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited
to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or
other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of
the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or
fiduciary capacity.
6.8 "Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement" shall
mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described
on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement
may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
6.9 "Issuing and Paying Agent" shall mean the
party designated as such on the cover page of this
Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the
Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or any successor
thereto in accordance with the Issuing and Paying
Agency Agreement.
6.10 "Non-bank fiduciary or agent" shall mean a
fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings
and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A)
of the Securities Act.
D3
6.11 "Private Placement Memorandum" shall mean
offering materials prepared in accordance with Section
4 (including materials referred to therein or
incorporated by reference therein) provided to
purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and
shall include amendments and supplements thereto which
may be prepared from time to time in accordance with
this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement
that has been completely superseded by a later
amendment or supplement).
6.12 "Qualified Institutional Buyer" shall have
the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act.
6.13 "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D (Rules
501 et seq.) under the Securities Act.
6.14 "Rule 144A" shall mean Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.
6.15 "SEC" shall mean the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission.
6.16 "Securities Act" shall mean the U.S.
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
6.17 "Sophisticated Individual Accredited
Investor" shall mean an individual who (a) is an
accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D
under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her
pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is
reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated
investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience
(or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such
knowledge and experience) in financial and business
matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and
bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes
and (ii) having a net worth of at least $5 million.
Section 7. General.
7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein,
in all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto
shall be in writing and shall be effective when
received at the address of the respective party set
forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York, without regard to its conflict of laws
provisions.
7.3 The Issuer agrees that any suit, action or
proceeding brought by the Issuer against the Dealer in
connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the
Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be
brought solely in the United States federal courts
located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of
the State of New York located in the Borough of
Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER AND THE ISSUER WAIVES
ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR
PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
D3
7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any
time, by the Issuer, upon one business day's prior
notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer
upon one business day's prior notice to such effect to
the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not
affect the obligations of the Issuer under Sections
3.7, 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective
representations, warranties, agreements, covenants,
rights or responsibilities of the parties made or
arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by either
party hereto without the written consent of the other
party; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign
its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any
affiliate of the Dealer.
7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with
the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto
were upon the same instrument.
7.7 This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit
of the parties, hereto, and their respective permitted
successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be
deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim to any other person whatsoever.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year
first above written.
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC., as
Issuer
By:
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
Name:
Title:
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
CORPORATION, as Dealer
By:
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
D3
ADDENDUM
The following additional clause shall apply to the
Agreement and be deemed a part thereof:
1. The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of
Section 1.2 of the Agreement are Goldman, Sachs & Co.
and Credit Suisse First Boston.
2. The addresses of the respective parties for
purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
For the Issuer DENTSPLY International
Inc.
Address 570 West College Avenue
York, Pennsylvania 17405
Attention: Treasurer
Telephone number: 717-849-4262
Fax number: 717-849-4759
For the Dealer: Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation
Address: 11 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010
Attention: Short-Term Product Group
Telephone number: (212) 325-7198
Fax number: (212) 743-5825
D3
FORM OF LEGEND FOR
PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM AND NOTES
THE NOTES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY OTHER
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF
MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL DEEMED TO
REPRESENT THAT IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO
INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE
NOTES, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW
TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND THAT IT IS EITHER (A)
AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR HIGHLY SOPHISTICATED
INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR
WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND
WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH
KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS
MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND
BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES
AND (ii) HAS A NET WORTH OF AT LEAST $5 MILLION (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR" OR "SOPHISTICATED
INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR", RESPECTIVELY) AND THAT
EITHER IS PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, IS A
U.S. BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR
A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS
DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS
INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR IS A FIDUCIARY OR
AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN
ASSOCIATION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS
EACH OF WHICH IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR (i) WHICH ITSELF POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND
EXPERIENCE OR (ii) WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PURCHASER
HAS SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION; OR (B) A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER ("QIB") WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS. EACH OF WHICH IS
A QIB AND WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF WHICH THE PURCHASER
HAS SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION; AND THE PURCHASER
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY
UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO
BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER
THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE
ISSUER OR TO CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION OR
ANOTHER PERSON DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT
AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE "PLACEMENT
AGENTS"), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO
ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, SOPHISTICATED
INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A
QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF
RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.
D3
EXHIBIT B
FURTHER PROVISIONS RELATING
TO INDEMNIFICATION
(a) The Issuer agrees to reimburse each Indemnitee for
all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of
internal and external counsel) as they are incurred by it in
connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim,
damage, liability or action in respect of which
indemnification may be sought and is required under Section 5
of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such
proceedings), except to the extent that the expenses relate
to a claim which is not, on its face, subject to the coverage
of Section 5.
(b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice
of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim
in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer, notify
the Issuer in writing of the existence thereof; provided that
(i) the omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve the
Issuer from any liability which it may have hereunder unless
and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such
Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
Issuer of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the
omission so to notify the Issuer will not relieve it from
liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than
on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such
Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the
Issuer of the existence thereof, the Issuer will be entitled
to participate therein, and the extent that it may elect by
written notice delivered to the Indemnitee , to assume the
defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim
include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer, and the
Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it which are different from or
additional to those available to the Issuer, the Issuer shall
not have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on
behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the
right to select separate counsel to assert such legal
defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of
notice from the Issuer to such Indemnitee of the Issuer's
election so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval
by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer will not be liable
to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the
Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than
reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee
shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the
assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to
the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however,
that the Issuer shall not be liable for the expenses of more
than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel
in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved
by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to
such Claim), (ii) the Issuer shall not have employed counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the
Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence
of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer has authorized in writing
the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity,
reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer
hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the
Issuer may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors,
assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer and
any Indemnitee. The Issuer agrees that without the Dealer's
prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or
consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect
of which indemnification may be sought under the
indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not
the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential
party to such Claim).
D3
18 July 2002
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
As Issuer
AND
CITIBANK, N.A.
As Issue And Paying Agent
---------------------------------------------
Note Agency Agreement
relating to a U.S.$250,000,000
EurO-Commercial paper programme
---------------------------------------------
D4
CONTENTS
Clause Page
1. Interpretation..........................................1
2. Appointments............................................3
3. Issue Of Notes..........................................3
4. Payment.................................................6
5. Cancellation, Destruction, Records And Custody..........8
6. Fees And Expenses.......................................8
7. Indemnity...............................................9
8. No Liability For Consequential Loss.....................9
9. Agents Of The Issuer....................................9
10. General.................................................9
11. Changes In Agent.......................................10
12. Agent As Holders Of Notes..............................11
13. Notices................................................11
14. Third Party Rights.....................................11
15. Law And Jurisdiction...................................11
16. Modification...........................................12
17. Counterparts...........................................12
SCHEDULE 1 Forms Of Note.................................13
D4
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 July 2002
- ------------------
BETWEEN
(1) DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the "Issuer"); and
(2) CITIBANK, N.A. (the "Agent").
WHEREAS
(A) Pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions
of, a dealer agreement of even date herewith between
the Issuer, the Arranger referred to therein and the
dealers from time to time party thereto (together, the
"Dealers" and each, a "Dealer") (such agreement as
amended or supplemented from time to time herein being
referred to as the "Dealer Agreement") the Issuer may
from time to time issue Notes (as defined below).
(B) The parties hereto wish to record the arrangements
agreed between them in relation to the Notes to be
issued pursuant to this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. Interpretation
1.1 In this Agreement:
"Business Day", except to the extent that the context
requires otherwise, means a day (other than a Saturday
or Sunday):
(a) on which deposits in the relevant currency are dealt
in on the London Interbank Market;
(b) on which commercial banks are open for business in
London and (if applicable), if a payment is to be
made on that day under this Agreement or any of
the Notes, in the place of payment;
(c) on which Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg are in
operation; and
(d) in the case of Notes denominated in Euro, a day which
is a TARGET Business Day (as defined below), or,
in the case of Notes denominated in any other
currency, a day upon which commercial banks are
open for business in the principal financial
centre of the country of that currency (which
shall be Sydney in respect of Notes denominated
in Australian dollars);
"Clearstream, Luxembourg" means Clearstream Banking,
societe anonyme, Luxembourg or any successor thereto:
D4
"Common Depositary" means Citibank, N.A. acting as a
depositary common to Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg at such offices in London as shall be
notified by both of them to the Agent from time to time;
"Deed of Covenant" means the deed of covenant, dated
the date hereof, executed by the Issuer in respect of
Global Notes issued pursuant to this Agreement, as such
deed may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
"Definitive Note" means a security printed Note in
definitive form;
"Dollars" and "U.S.$" denote the lawful currency of the
United States of America; and "Dollar Note" means a
Note denominated in Dollars;
"Euro" and "(euro)" denote the single currency introduced at
the start of the third stage of European Economic and
Monetary Union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the
European Community, as amended and "Euro Note" means a
Note denominated in Euros;
"Euroclear" means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as operator
of the Euroclear system or any successor thereto;
"Global Note" means a Note in global form, representing
an issue of promissory notes of a like maturity which
may be issued by the Issuer from time to time pursuant
to this Agreement;
"Index Linked Note" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
the Dealer Agreement.
"Maximum Amount" means U.S.$250,000,000 or the
equivalent amount denominated in any currency other
than Dollars, as such amount may be increased from time
to time pursuant to the Dealer Agreement;
"Note" means a bearer promissory note of the Issuer
purchased or to be purchased by a Dealer under the
Dealer Agreement, in definitive or global form,
substantially in the relevant form scheduled hereto or
such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer and
the Agent and, unless the context otherwise requires,
includes the promissory notes represented by the Global
Notes;
"Sterling" and "GBP" denote the lawful currency of the
United Kingdom; and "Sterling Note" means a Note
denominated in Sterling;
"Swiss francs" and "CHF" denote the lawful currency of
Switzerland; and "Swiss franc Note" means a Note
denominated in Swiss francs.
"TARGET Business Day" means a day on which the
Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement
Express Transfer (TARGET) System, or any successor
thereto, is open; and
D4
"Yen" and "Y" denote the lawful currency of Japan; and
"Yen Note" means a note denominated in Yen.
1.2 References in this Agreement to the principal amount
of any Note shall be deemed to include any additional
amounts which may become payable in respect thereof
pursuant to the terms of such Note.
1.3 Any reference in this Agreement to a Clause or a
Schedule is, unless otherwise stated, to a clause
hereof or a schedule hereto.
1.4 Headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference
only and shall not affect the construction of this
Agreement.
2. Appointments
2.1 The Issuer hereby appoints Citibank, N.A. at its
specified office in London as issue agent and as paying
agent for the Notes.
2.2 The Agent will act as calculation agent for Index
Linked Notes, as contemplated in the Dealer Agreement,
subject in each case to its specific agreement to act
as such for each relevant series of Notes.
2.3 Any reference herein to the "Agent" or its "specified
office" shall be deemed to include such other agent or
office of the Agent (as the case may be) as may be
appointed or specified from time to time hereunder.
3. Issue of Notes
3.1 Each Note issued hereunder shall be substantially in
the relevant form scheduled hereto or, as the case may
be, such other form as may be agreed between the Issuer
and the Agent from time to time and shall be duly
executed either manually or in facsimile on behalf of
the Issuer and authenticated by an authorised signatory
or signatories of the Agent. The Issuer shall procure
that a sufficient quantity of executed but
unauthenticated blank Notes is at all times available
to the Agent for the purpose of issue under this
Agreement.
3.2 The Issuer shall give to the Agent by fax or through
any applicable Citibank software system details of any
Notes to be issued by it under this Agreement and all
such other information as the Agent may require for it
to carry out its functions as contemplated by this
clause, by not later than:
3.2.1 12 noon (London time) on the proposed issue date (in
the case of Sterling Definitive Notes); or
D4
3.2.2 in any other case, 3.00 p.m. (London time) two
Business Days prior to the proposed issue date,
(or such later time or date as may be agreed between
the Issuer and the Agent) in respect thereof and the
Agent shall thereupon be authorised to complete Notes
of the appropriate aggregate amount and/or (as the case
may be) a Global Note by inserting in the appropriate
place on the face of each Note inter alia the dates on
which such Note shall be issued and shall mature and
otherwise completing the same. For the purposes of
this Clause 3.2, the Agent may, if it considers it
appropriate in the circumstances, treat a telephone
communication from a person who the Agent reasonably
believes to be an Authorised Person (as defined below)
as sufficient instructions and authority from the
Issuer to act in accordance with the provisions of this
Clause 3.2, and the Issuer shall confirm such
communication in writing no later than the relevant
time referred to above.
3.3 The Issuer will supply the Agent with an incumbency
certificate listing the names of the persons authorised
to sign on behalf of the Issuer together with specimens
of their signatures (each an "Authorised Person" and
together, the "Authorised Persons"). Until the Agent
receives a subsequent incumbency certificate from the
Issuer, the Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last
such certificate delivered to it for purposes of
determining the Issuer's Authorised Persons. The Agent
shall not have any responsibility to the Issuer to
determine by whom or by what means the facsimile
signature may have been affixed on the Issuer's Notes,
or to determine whether any facsimile or manual
signature is genuine, if such facsimile or manual
signature resembles the specimen signatures filed with
the Agent by an Authorised Person. Any Note bearing
the manual or facsimile signature of an Authorised
Person and duly attested in a certificate of incumbency
by the Issuer on the date such signature is affixed
shall bind the Issuer after the completion thereof by
the Agent, notwithstanding that such individual shall
have died or shall have otherwise ceased to hold office
on the date such Notes are countersigned or delivered
by the Agent.
3.4 If any such Notes as are mentioned in Clause 3.2 are
not to be issued on any issue date, the Issuer shall
notify the Agent immediately by fax or telephone
(followed by fax), and in any event no later than 3.00
p.m. (London time) one Business Day prior to the
proposed issue date (in the case of a Note denominated
in a currency other than Sterling). Upon receipt of
such notice the Agent shall not thereafter issue or
release the relevant Notes, but shall cancel and
destroy them.
3.5 The Agent shall, upon notification by fax or through
any applicable Citibank software system from the Dealer
who has arranged to purchase Notes from the Issuer,
such notification to be received in sufficient time to
enable delivery to be made as contemplated herein and
in any event no later than:
D4
3.5.1 12 noon (London time) on the proposed issue date (in
the case of Sterling Definitive Notes); or
3.5.2 in any other case, 3.00 p.m. (London time) two
Business Days prior to the proposed issue date,
or such later time or date as may be agreed between the
Agent and the relevant Dealer, that payment by it to
the Issuer of the purchase price of any Note has been
or will be duly made against delivery of such Notes and
(if applicable) of details of the securities account
hereinafter referred to:
(a) deliver such Note on the Business Day immediately
preceding its issue date to or to the order of
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg and/or
such other recognised clearing system as may be
agreed from time to time between the Issuer and
the Agent, for credit on the issue date of such
Note to such securities account as shall have
been notified to it; or
(e) if no such details are given, or, in the case of
Sterling Definitive Notes, make the same
available on its issue date for collection at its
specified office in London; or
(f) if such Note is a Global Note, deliver such Note on
the business day immediately preceding its issue
date to the Common Depositary.
3.6 The Agent shall (if applicable) give instructions to
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg to credit the
Notes to the Agent's distribution account. Each Note
credited to the Agent's distribution account with
Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg following the
delivery of the Notes in accordance with Clause 3.4
above shall be held to the order of the Issuer pending
delivery to the relevant Dealer on a delivery against
payment basis in accordance with the normal procedures
of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case
may be. The Agent shall on the issue date and against
receipt of funds from the relevant Dealer transfer the
proceeds of issue to the Issuer to the relevant account
notified by the Issuer to the Agent in accordance with
Clause 3.2 above.
3.7 If on the issue date the relevant Dealer does not pay
the subscription price due from it in respect of any
Note (the "Defaulted Note") and as a result the
Defaulted Note remains in the Agent's distribution
account with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg after
the issue date (rather than being credited to the
Dealer's Account against payment), the Agent will
continue to hold the Defaulted Note to the order of the
Issuer.
D4
3.8 If the Agent pays an amount (the "Advance") to the
Issuer on the basis that a payment (the "Payment") has
been, or will be, received from the relevant Dealer and
if the Payment has not been or is not received by the
Agent on the date the Agent pays the Issuer, the Agent
shall promptly inform the relevant Dealer and request
that Dealer to make good the Payment, failing which the
Issuer shall, upon being requested to do so, repay to
the Agent the Advance and the Agent's cost of funding
on the Advance until the earlier of repayment in full
of the Advance and receipt in full by the Agent of the
Payment, provided however that the Issuer shall not pay
the Agent's cost of funding more than once on any
Payment.
3.9 As soon as practicable after the date of issue of any
Notes, the Agent shall deliver to the Issuer
particulars of (a) the number and aggregate principal
amount of the Notes completed, authenticated and
delivered by it, or made available by it for
collection, on such date, (b) the issue date and the
maturity date of such Notes and (c) the series and
serial numbers of all such Notes.
3.10 The Issuer hereby authorises and instructs the Agent
to make all necessary notifications to and filings with
the Bank of England and the Japanese Ministry of
Finance (in respect of Yen Notes).
3.11 The Issuer hereby authorises and instructs the Agent
to complete, authenticate and deliver on its behalf
Definitive Notes in accordance with the terms of any
Global Note presented to the Agent for exchange in
whole (but not in part only).
3.12 The Issuer, upon its knowledge, will give at least 10
days prior written notice to the Agent of a change in
the Maximum Amount of Notes which may be issued under
the Dealer Agreement.
3.13 The Issuer will promptly notify the Agent of the
appointment, resignation or termination of the
appointment of any Dealer.
4. Payment
4.1 The Issuer undertakes in respect of each Note issued
by the Issuer to pay, in the currency in which such
Note is denominated, on the maturity date or any
relevant interest payment date of each Note, an amount
sufficient to pay the full amount payable on such date
by way of principal, interest or otherwise in respect
thereof:
4.1.1 in the case of Dollar Notes, by transfer of same day
value Dollar funds to account number 10990765,
FAO Euro Notes of the Agent at Citibank, N.A.,
399 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10043, U.S.A. or
such other account of the Agent at such bank in
New York City as the Agent may from time to time
designate for the purpose;
D4
4.1.2 in the case of Euro Notes, by transfer of same day
value Euro funds to such account of the Agent as
the Agent may from time to time designate for the
purpose; and
4.1.3 in the case of Notes denominated in any other
currency, by transfer of immediately available
and freely transferable funds in such other
currency to such account of the Agent at such
bank in the principal financial centre for such
other currency as the Agent may from time to time
designate for the purpose.
4.2 The Issuer shall, prior to 12 noon (London time) on
the second Business Day immediately preceding the
maturity date or any relevant interest payment date of
any Note (or such later time or date as may
subsequently be agreed between the Issuer and the
Agent), send to the Agent irrevocable confirmation that
payment will be made and the details of the bank
through which the Issuer is to make the payment due
pursuant to this Clause.
4.3 The Issuer hereby authorises and directs the Agent
from funds so paid to the Agent to make payment of all
amounts due on the Notes as set forth herein and in the
Notes.
4.4 If the Agent has not received on the maturity date or
any relevant interest payment date of any Notes the
full amount payable in respect thereof on such date and
confirmation satisfactory to itself that such payment
has been received, the Agent shall not be required to
make payment of any amount due on any Note.
Nevertheless, subject to the foregoing, if the Agent is
satisfied that it will receive such full amount later,
it shall be entitled to pay maturing Notes due in
accordance with their terms.
4.5 If the Agent makes such payment on behalf of the
Issuer under Clause 4.4, the Issuer shall be liable on
demand by the Agent to pay to the Agent the amount so
paid out, together with interest thereon at such a rate
as the Agent may certify as the aggregate of 1% per
annum and the Agent's cost of funding any such payment
made by it (as determined by the Agent in its sole
discretion).
4.6 If at any time a Agent makes a partial payment in
respect of any Note presented to it, in accordance with
the terms of such Note, it shall procure that a
statement indicating the date and amount of such
payment is written or stamped on the face of such Note.
4.7 The Agent shall not make payments of interest and
principal in respect of the Notes by a transfer of
funds into an account maintained by the payee in the
United States or mailed to an address in the United
States.
D4
5. Cancellation, Destruction, Records and Custody
5.1 All Notes which mature and are paid in full shall be
cancelled forthwith by the Agent. The Agent shall,
unless the Issuer otherwise directs, destroy the
cancelled Notes, and as soon as reasonably practicable
after each maturity date, furnish the Issuer with
particulars of the Global Notes and the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes maturing on such maturity
date which have been destroyed since the last
certification so furnished and the series and serial
numbers of all such Notes.
5.2 The Agent shall keep and make available at all
reasonable times to the Issuer a full and complete
record of all Notes and of their issue, payment,
cancellation and destruction and, in the case of Global
Notes, their exchange for Definitive Notes.
5.3 The Agent shall maintain in safe custody all forms of
Notes delivered to and held by it hereunder and shall
ensure that the same are only completed, authenticated
and delivered or made available in accordance with the
terms hereof.
5.4 The Issuer may from time to time with the approval,
where appropriate, of the Agent make arrangements as to
the replacement of Notes which shall have been lost,
stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, including
(without limitation) arrangements as to evidence of
title, costs, delivery and indemnity.
5.5 The Agent shall make available for inspection by the
Dealers, Issuer or Noteholders during its office hours
at its specified office copies of this Agreement and
the Deed of Covenant.
6. Fees and Expenses
6.1 The Issuer undertakes to pay such fees and expenses in
respect of the Agent's services under this Agreement as
are set out in a letter of even date herewith from the
Agent to the Issuer, which has been signed by both
parties, at the time and in accordance with the manner
stated therein.
6.2 The Issuer undertakes to pay all stamp, registration
and other taxes and duties (including any interest and
penalties thereon or in connection therewith) to which
this Agreement or the issue of any Notes may be subject.
6.3 The Issuer undertakes to pay on demand all
out-of-pocket expenses (including legal, advertising,
telex and postage expenses) properly incurred by the
Agent in connection with its services under this
Agreement.
D4
7. Indemnity
The Issuer undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless
the Agent against any losses, liabilities, costs,
expenses, claims, actions or demands which the Agent
may incur or which may be made against the Agent, as a
result of or in connection with the appointment or the
proper exercise of the powers, discretions, authorities
and duties of the Agent under this Agreement except
such as may result from its own negligence or bad faith
or that of its officers, employees or agents. The
indemnities contained in this Agreement shall survive
the termination or expiry of this Agreement.
8. no liability for consequential loss
Except in the case of gross negligence or wilful
default, the Agent shall not be liable either for any
act or omission under this Agreement, or if any Note
shall be lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances
will the Agent be liable to the Issuer for any
consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill,
opportunity or profit) or any special or punitive
damages of any kind whatsoever; in each case however
caused or arising and whether or not foreseeable, even
if advised of the possibility of such loss or damage.
9. Agents of the Issuer
9.1 In acting hereunder and in connection with the Notes,
the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Issuer and
will not thereby assume any obligations towards or
relationship of agency or trust for any holders of
Notes. Any funds held by the Agent for payments in
respect of the Notes need not be segregated from other
funds except as required by law. The Agent shall not
be under any liability for interest on any moneys at
any time received by it pursuant to any of the
provisions of this Agreement or of the Notes.
9.2 The Agent may generally engage in any kind of banking
or other business with the Issuer notwithstanding its
appointments as issue agent and paying agent hereunder.
10. General
10.1 Prior to the first issue of the Notes, the Issuer
shall supply to the Agent copies of all condition
precedent documents required to be delivered pursuant
to the Dealer Agreement.
10.2 The Agent shall be obliged to perform such duties and
only such duties as are herein specifically set forth,
and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into
this Agreement against the Agent. The Agent shall not
be under any obligation to take any action hereunder
which it expects will result in any expense or
liability of the Agent, the payment of which within a
reasonable time is not, in its opinion, assured to it.
D4
10.3 Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction
or as required by law, and notwithstanding any notice
to the contrary, the Issuer and the Agent shall be
entitled to treat the holder of any Note as the
absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not
be required to obtain any proof thereof or as to the
identity of the bearer or holder.
10.4 The Agent may consult with legal and other
professional advisers selected in good faith and
satisfactory to it and the opinion of such advisers
shall be full and complete protection in respect of any
action taken, omitted or suffered hereunder in good
faith and without negligence and in accordance with the
opinion of such advisers.
10.5 The Agent shall be protected and shall incur no
liability for or in respect of any action taken or
thing suffered by it in relation to any issue of Notes
in reliance upon any Note, notice, direction, consent,
certificate, affidavit, statement, telex or other paper
or document reasonably believed by it in good faith to
be genuine and to have been passed or signed by an
Authorised Person (as defined in Clause 3.3).
10.6 The Agent shall be entitled to deal with each amount
paid to it hereunder in the same manner as other
amounts paid to it as a banker by its customers
provided that:
(i) it shall not against the Issuer exercise any lien,
right of set-off or similar claim in respect
thereof;
(ii) it shall not be liable to any person for interest
thereon; and
(iii) money held by it need not be segregated except as
required by law.
11. Changes in Agent
11.1 The Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any
time by giving to the Issuer, and the Issuer may
terminate the appointment of the Agent by giving to the
Agent, at least 45 days' written notice to that effect,
provided that no such resignation or termination of the
appointment of the Agent shall take effect until a
successor has been appointed by the Issuer.
11.2 The Issuer agrees with the Agent that if, by the day
falling 10 days before the expiry of any notice under
Clause 11.1, the Issuer has not appointed a replacement
Agent, then the Agent shall be entitled, on behalf of
the Issuer to appoint in its place any reputable
financial institution of good standing and the Issuer
shall not unreasonably object to such appointment.
D4
12. Agent as Holders of Notes
The Agent and its officers and employees, in their
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner
of, or acquire any interest in, any Notes with the same
rights that the Agent would have if it were not the
Agent hereunder.
13. Notices
13.1 All notices and other communications hereunder shall,
save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be made
in writing and in English (by letter, telex or fax) and
shall be sent to the intended recipient at the address,
telex or fax number and marked for the attention of the
person (if any) from time to time designated by that
party to the other parties hereto for such purpose. The
initial address, telex and fax number so designated by
each party are set out on the signature page of this
Agreement.
13.2 Any communication from any party to any other under
this Agreement shall be effective if sent by letter or
fax, upon receipt by the addressee; and if sent by
telex, upon receipt by the sender of the addressee's
answerback at the end of transmission; provided that
any such notice or other communication which would
otherwise take effect after 4.00 p.m. on any particular
day shall not take effect until 10.00 a.m. on the
immediately succeeding business day in the place of the
addressee.
14. Third Party Rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no
right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.
15. Law and Jurisdiction
15.1 This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, English law.
15.2 The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Agent that
the courts of England shall have jurisdiction to hear
and determine any suit, action or proceedings, and to
settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in
connection with this Agreement (respectively,
"Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for such purposes,
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such
courts.
15.3 The Issuer irrevocably waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter have to the courts of England
being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any
Proceedings and to settle any Disputes, and agrees not
to claim that any such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.
D4
15.4 The Issuer agrees that the process by which any
Proceedings in England are begun may be served on it by
being delivered to DENTSPLY Limited at Hamm Moor Lane,
Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey, KT15 2SE or at its
registered office for the time being. If such person
is not or ceases to be effectively appointed to accept
service of process on the Issuer's behalf, the Issuer
shall, on the written demand of the Agent, appoint a
further person in England to accept service of process
on its behalf and, failing such appointment within 15
days, the Agent shall be entitled to appoint such a
person by written notice to the Issuer. Nothing in
this sub-clause shall affect the right of the Agent to
serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
15.5 The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of
England shall not (and shall not be construed so as to)
limit the right of the Agent to take Proceedings in any
other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the
taking of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions
preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other
jurisdiction (whether concurrently or not) if and to
the extent permitted by law.
16. Modification
This Agreement may be amended by further agreement
among the parties hereto and without the consent of
holders of the Notes.
17. Counterparts
This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, all of which when taken together shall
constitute a single agreement.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives
of the parties hereto the day and year first before written.
D4
Forms of Note
D4
FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE
BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN
AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED SATES AND THE
REGULATIONS THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON
BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT
RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER).
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
No: ______________________________________ Series No.:
- -------------------------------------
Issued in London on: ________________________ Maturity
Date: __________________________________
Specified Currency: _________________________ Denomination:
- ----------------------------------
Nominal Amount: ___________________________ Reference
Rate: ________ month LIBOR/EURIBOR1
(words and figures if a Sterling Note)
Calculation Agent:2__________________________ Minimum
Redemption: GBP500,000
(one hundred thousand pounds)
Fixed Interest Rate:3 _______________%per annum Margin:4
- -------------------------------------%
Calculation Agent:5 __________________________ Interest
Payment Dates:9 __________________________
(Interest)
1.
D4
For value received, DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the
"Issuer") promises to pay to the bearer of this Global
Note on the above-mentioned Maturity Date:
(a) the above-mentioned Nominal Amount; or
(b) if this Global Note is index-linked, an amount
(representing either principal or interest) to be
calculated by the Calculation Agent named above,
in accordance with the redemption or interest
calculation, a copy of which is attached to this
Global Note and/or is available for inspection at
the offices of the Paying Agent referred to
below,
together with interest thereon at the rate and at the
times (if any) specified herein.
All such payments shall be made in accordance with an
issue and paying agency agreement dated 18 July 2002
between the Issuer, the issue agent and the paying
agents referred to therein, a copy of which is
available for inspection at the offices of Citibank,
N.A. (the "Paying Agent") at 5 Carmelite Street, London
EC4Y 0PA, and subject to and in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below. All such
payments shall be made upon presentation and surrender
of this Global Note at the office of the Paying Agent
referred to above (other than in the United States or
its possessions) by transfer to an account denominated
in the above-mentioned Specified Currency maintained by
the bearer in the principal financial centre in the
country of that currency (except in the case of a
Global Note denominated in euro or U.S. dollars) or, in
the case of a Global Note denominated in euro, by euro
cheque drawn on, or by transfer to a euro account (or
any other account to which euro may be credited or
transferred) maintained by the payee with, a bank in
the principal financial centre of any member state of
the European Union or, in the case of a Global Note
denominated in U.S. dollars, by cheque drawn on a bank
in the United States or by transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the bearer outside the United
States. Payments of interest and principal in respect
of the Notes shall under no circumstances be made by a
transfer of funds into an account maintained by the
payee in the United States or mailed to an address in
the United States. If the conclusions of the ECOFIN
Council meeting of 26-27 November 2000 are implemented,
the Issuer will ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent
in a member state of the European Union that will not
be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to any
European Union Directive on the taxation of savings
implementing such conclusions or any law implementing
or complying with, or introduced to conform to, such
Directive.
2. This Global Note is issued in representation of an
issue of Notes in the above-mentioned aggregate Nominal
Amount.
D4
3. All payments in respect of this Global Note by or on
behalf of the Issuer shall be made without set-off,
counterclaim, fees, liabilities or similar deductions
and free and clear of, and without deduction or
withholding for or on account of, taxes, levies,
duties, assessments or charges of any nature now or
hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
assessed in any jurisdiction through, in or from which
such payments are made or any political subdivision or
taxing authority of or in any of the foregoing
("Taxes"). If the Issuer or any agent thereof is
required by law or regulation to make any deduction or
withholding for or on account of Taxes, the Issuer
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law or
regulation, pay such additional amounts as shall be
necessary in order that the net amounts received by the
bearer of this Global Note after such deduction or
withholding shall equal the amount which would have
been receivable hereunder in the absence of such
deduction or withholding, except that no such
additional amounts shall be payable where this Global
Note is presented for payment:
(a) by or on behalf of a holder which is liable to such
Taxes by reason of its having some connection
with the jurisdiction imposing the Taxes other
than the mere holding of this Global Note; or
(b) where such deduction or withholding is imposed on a
payment to an individual and is required to be
made pursuant to any European Union Directive on
the taxation of savings implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting on
26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or
complying with, or introduced in order to conform
to, such Directive; or
(c) by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able
to avoid such withholding or deduction by
presenting this Global Note to another Paying
Agent in a member state of the European Union; or
(d) more than 15 days after the Maturity Date or, if
applicable, the relevant Interest Payment Date or
(in either case) the date on which payment hereof
is duly provided for, whichever occurs later,
except to the extent that the holder would have
been entitled to such additional amounts if it
had presented this Global Note on the last day of
such period of 15 days.
4. The payment obligation of the Issuer represented by
this Global Note constitutes and at all times shall
constitute a direct and unsecured obligation of the
Issuer ranking pari passu without any preference with
all present and future unsecured and unsubordinated
indebtedness of the Issuer.
D4
5. If the Maturity Date or, if applicable, the relevant
Interest Payment Date is not a Payment Business Day (as
defined herein) payment in respect hereof will not be
made and credit or transfer instructions shall not be
given until the next following Payment Business Day and
the bearer of this Global Note shall not be entitled to
any interest or other sums in respect of such postponed
payment.
As used in this Global Note:
"Payment Business Day" means any day other than a
Saturday or Sunday which is both (A) a day on which
commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle
payments and are open for general business (including
dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency
deposits) in the relevant place of presentation, and
(B) either (i) if the above-mentioned Specified
Currency is any currency other than euro, a day on
which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets
settle payments and are open for general business
(including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign
currency deposits) in both London and the principal
financial centre of the country of the relevant
Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is
Australian dollars, shall be Sydney) or (ii) if the
above-mentioned Specified Currency is euro, a day which
is a TARGET Business Day; and
"TARGET Business Day" means a day on which the
Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement
Express Transfer (TARGET) System, or any successor
thereto, is operating credit or transfer instructions
in respect of payments in euro.
6. This Global Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title
hereto shall pass by delivery and the bearer shall be
treated as being absolutely entitled to receive payment
upon due presentation hereof (notwithstanding any
notation of ownership or other writing thereon or
notice of any previous loss or theft thereof).
7. This Global Note is issued in respect of an issue of
Notes of the Issuer and is exchangeable in whole (but
not in part only) for duly executed and authenticated
bearer Notes in definitive form (whether before, on or,
subject as provided below, after the Maturity Date):
(a) if the Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. ("Euroclear") or
Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, Luxembourg
("Clearstream Luxembourg") are closed for a
continuous period of 14 days (other than by
reason of public holidays); or
(b) if default is made in the payment of any amount
payable in respect of this Global Note; or
(c) at the request of the bearer of this Global Note.
D4
Upon or, in the case of (c) above, on the tenth London
Banking Day (as defined below) following presentation
and surrender of this Global Note during normal
business hours to the Issuer at the offices of the
Paying Agent (or to any other person or at any other
office outside the United States as may be designated
in writing by the Issuer to the bearer), the Issue
Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for
this Global Note, bearer definitive notes denominated
in the above-mentioned Specified Currency in an
aggregate nominal amount equal to the Nominal Amount of
this Global Note.
8. If, upon any such default and following such
surrender, definitive Notes are not issued in full
exchange for this Global Note before 5.00 p.m. (London
time) on the thirtieth day after surrender, this Global
Note (including the obligation hereunder to issue
definitive notes) will become void and the bearer will
have no further rights under this Global Note (but
without prejudice to the rights which the bearer or any
other person may have under a Deed of Covenant dated 18
July 2002, entered into by the Issuer).
9. If this is an interest bearing Global Note, then:
(a) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 above,
if any payment of interest in respect of this
Global Note falling due for payment prior to the
above-mentioned Maturity Date remains unpaid on
the fifteenth day after falling so due, the
amount referred to in part (a) or (b) (as the
case may be) of paragraph 1 shall be payable on
such fifteenth day; and
(b) upon each payment of interest (if any) prior to the
Maturity Date in respect of this Global Note, the
Schedule hereto shall be duly completed by the
Paying Agent to reflect such payment.
10. If this is a fixed rate interest bearing Global Note,
interest shall be calculated on the Nominal Amount as
follows:
(a) interest shall be payable on the Nominal Amount in
respect of each successive Interest Period (as
defined below) from the Issue Date to the
Maturity Date only, in arrear on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and a year
of 360 days or, if this Global Note is
denominated in Sterling, 365 days at the
above-mentioned Interest Rate with the resulting
figure being rounded to the nearest amount of the
above-mentioned Specified Currency which is
available as legal tender in the country or
countries (in the case of the euro) of the
Specified Currency (with halves being rounded
upwards); and
D4
(b) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is an "Interest Period" for
the purposes of this paragraph.
11. If this is a floating rate interest bearing Global
Note, interest shall be calculated on the Nominal
Amount as follows:
(a) in the case of a Global Note which specifies LIBOR as
the Reference Rate on its face, the Rate of
Interest will be the aggregate of LIBOR and the
above-mentioned Margin (if any) above or below
LIBOR. Interest shall be payable on the Nominal
Amount in respect of each successive Interest
Period (as defined below) from the Issue Date to
the Maturity Date only, in arrear on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and a year
of 360 days or, if this Global Note is
denominated in Sterling, 365 days.
As used in this Global Note:
"LIBOR", in respect of any Interest Period, shall
be equal to the rate defined as "LIBOR-BBA" in
respect of the above-mentioned Specified Currency
(as defined in the 2000 ISDA Definitions
published by the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association, Inc., as amended,
updated or replaced as at the date of this Global
Note, (the "ISDA Definitions")) as at 11.00 a.m.
(London time) or as near thereto as practicable
on the second London Banking Day before the first
day of the relevant Interest Period or, if this
Global Note is denominated in Sterling, on the
first day thereof (a "LIBOR Interest
Determination Date") as if the Reset Date (as
defined in the ISDA Definitions) were the first
day of such Interest Period and the Designated
Maturity (as defined in the ISDA Definitions)
were the number of months specified on the face
of this Global Note in the Reference Rate; and
"London Banking Day" shall mean a day on which
commercial banks are open for general business
(including dealings in foreign exchange and
foreign currency deposits) in London;
(b) in the case of a Global Note which specifies EURIBOR
as the Reference Rate on its face, the Rate of
Interest will be the aggregate of EURIBOR and the
above-mentioned Margin (if any) above or below
EURIBOR. Interest shall be payable on the
Nominal Amount in respect of each successive
Interest Period (as defined below) from the Issue
Date to the Maturity Date only, in arrear on the
relevant Interest Payment Date, on the basis of
the actual number of days in such Interest Period
and a year of 360 days.
D4
As used in this Global Note, "EURIBOR" shall be
equal to EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate (as defined in the
ISDA Definitions) as at 11.00 a.m. (Brussels
time) or as near thereto as practicable on the
second TARGET Business Day before the first day
of the relevant Interest Period (a "EURIBOR
Interest Determination Date");
(c) the Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable
after 11.00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR
Interest Determination Date or 11.00 a.m.
(Brussels time) on each EURIBOR Interest
Determination Date (as the case may be),
determine the Rate of Interest and calculate the
amount of interest payable (the "Amount of
Interest") for the relevant Interest Period.
"Rate of Interest" means (A) if the Reference
Rate is EURIBOR, the rate which is determined in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph
11(b), and (B) in any other case, the rate which
is determined in accordance with the provisions
of paragraph 11(a). The Amount of Interest shall
be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to
the Nominal Amount of one Note of each
denomination, multiplying such product by the
actual number of days in the Interest Period
concerned divided by 360 or, if this Global Note
is denominated in Sterling, by 365 and rounding
the resulting figure to the nearest amount of the
above-mentioned Specified Currency which is
available as legal tender in the country or
countries (in the case of the euro) of the
Specified Currency (with halves being rounded
upwards). The determination of the Rate of
Interest and the Amount of Interest by the
Calculation Agent named above shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding
upon all parties;
(d) a certificate of the Calculation Agent as to the Rate
of Interest payable hereon for any Interest
Period shall be conclusive and binding as between
the Issuer and the bearer hereof;
(e) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is called an "Interest
Period" for the purposes of this paragraph; and
(f) the Issuer will procure that a notice specifying the
Rate of Interest payable in respect of each
Interest Period be published as soon as
practicable after the determination of the Rate
of Interest. Such notice will be delivered to
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg or, if
this Global Note has been exchanged for bearer
definitive Notes pursuant to paragraph 7, will be
published in a leading English language daily
newspaper published in London (which is expected
to be the Financial Times).
D4
12. Instructions for payment must be received at the
offices of the Paying Agent referred to above together
with this Global Note as follows:
(a) if this Global Note is denominated in Australian
dollars, New Zealand dollars, Hong Kong dollars
or Japanese Yen, at least two Business Days prior
to the relevant payment date;
(b) if this Global Note is denominated in United States
dollars, Canadian dollars or Sterling, on or
prior to the relevant payment date; and
(c) in all other cases, at least one Business Day prior to
the relevant payment date.
As used in this paragraph, "Business Day" means:
(i) a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which
commercial banks are open for general
business (including dealings in foreign
exchange and foreign currency deposits) in
London; and
(ii) in the case of payments in euro, a TARGET Business Day
and, in all other cases, a day on which
commercial banks are open for general
business (including dealings in foreign
exchange and foreign currency deposits) in
the principal financial centre in the country
of the above-mentioned Specified Currency.
13. This Global Note shall not be validly issued unless
manually authenticated by Citibank, N.A. as issue agent.
14. This Global Note is governed by, and shall be
construed in accordance with, English law.
15. (a) English courts: The courts of England have
exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute
(a "Dispute") arising from or connected with this
Global Note.
(b) Appropriate forum: The Issuer agrees that the courts
of England are the most appropriate and
convenient courts to settle any Dispute and,
accordingly, that it will not argue to the
contrary.
(c) Rights of the bearer to take proceedings outside
England: Clause 15(a) (English courts) is for
the benefit of the bearer only. As a result,
nothing in this clause 15 prevents the bearer
from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute
("Proceedings") in any other courts with
jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the
bearer may take concurrent Proceedings in any
number of jurisdictions.
D4
(d) Process agent: The Issuer agrees that the documents
which start any Proceedings and any other
documents required to be served in relation to
those Proceedings may be served on it by being
delivered to DENTSPLY at Hamm Moor Lane,
Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey KT15 2SE or, if
different, its registered office for the time
being or at any address of the Issuer in Great
Britain at which process may be served on it in
accordance with Part XXIII of the Companies Act
1985. If such person is not or ceases to be
effectively appointed to accept service of
process on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer
shall, on the written demand of the bearer
addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the
Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Paying
Agent appoint a further person in England to
accept service of process on its behalf and,
failing such appointment within 15 days, the
bearer shall be entitled to appoint such a person
by written notice addressed to the Issuer and
delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified
Office of the Paying Agent. Nothing in this
paragraph shall affect the right of the bearer to
serve process in any other manner permitted by
law. This clause applies to Proceedings in
England and to Proceedings elsewhere.
AUTHENTICATED by Signed on behalf of:
CITIBANK, N.A. DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
without recourse, warranty or
liability and for
authentication purposes only
By: By:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
(Authorised Signatory) (Authorised Signatory)
D4
SCHEDULE
Payments of Interest
The following payments of interest in respect of this
Global Note have been made:
Date Payment Payment Amount Notation
Made From To Paid on behalf
of Paying
Agent
======================== ========================================
======================== ========================================
- ------------------------ ----------------------------------------
D4
Pro-forma Redemption or Interest Calculation
(Index linked Global Note)
This is the Redemption or Interest Calculation relating to
the attached index-linked Global Note:
Calculation Date: _____________________________
Calculation Agent: _____________________________
Minimum Redemption GBP500,000 (for Sterling Notes Only)
Amount (per Note):
Redemption Amount: to be calculated by the
Calculation Agent as follows:
[Insert particulars of index and
redemption calculation]
[Indicate whether the calculation
refers to principal or coupon]
Confirmed:
- -----------------------------
For DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
Note: The Calculation Agent is required to notify the
Principal Paying Agent for the Notes of the Redemption
Amount immediately upon completing its calculation of the
same.
D4
FORM OF MULTI-CURRENCY DEFINITIVE NOTE
Form of Multicurrency Definitive Note
(Interest Bearing/Discounted/Index-Linked)
(Non-Sterling) 6
BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN
AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED SATES AND THE
REGULATIONS THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON
BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT
RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER).
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
No:________________________ Series No.:
- -------------------------------------
Issued in London on:_______ Maturity Date:
- ----------------------------------
Specified Currency:________ Denomination:
- ----------------------------------
Nominal Amount:____________ Reference Rate:4 __________
months LIBOR/EURIBOR1
Calculation Agent:2 _______ Fixed Interest Rate:3
___________________%per annum
(Principal)
Margin:4 __________________% Calculation Agent:4
- ------------------------------
(Interest)
Interest Payment Dates:5 __________________________
1.
D4
For value received, DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the
"Issuer") promises to pay to the bearer of this Note on
the above-mentioned Maturity Date:
(a) the above-mentioned Nominal Amount; or
(b) if this Note is index-linked, an amount (representing
either principal or interest) to be calculated by
the Calculation Agent named above, in accordance
with the redemption or interest calculation, a
copy of which is attached to this Note and/or is
available for inspection at the offices of the
Paying Agent referred to below,
together with interest thereon at the rate and at the
times (if any) specified herein.
All such payments shall be made in accordance with an
issue and paying agency agreement dated 18 July 2002
between the Issuer, the issue agent and the paying
agents referred to therein, a copy of which is
available for inspection at the offices of Citibank,
N.A. (the "Paying Agent") at 5 Carmelite Street, London
EC4Y 0PA, and subject to and in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below. All such
payments shall be made upon presentation and surrender
of this Note at the office of the Paying Agent referred
to above (other than in the United States or its
possessions) by transfer to an account denominated in
the above-mentioned Specified Currency maintained by
the bearer in the principal financial centre in the
country of that currency (except in the case of a Note
denominated in euro or U.S. dollars) or, in the case of
a Note denominated in euro, by euro cheque drawn on, or
by transfer to a euro account (or any other account to
which euro may be credited or transferred) maintained
by the payee with, a bank in the principal financial
centre of any member state of the European Union or, in
the case of a Global Note denominated in U.S. dollars,
by cheque drawn on a bank in the United States or by
transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the
bearer outside the United States. Payments of interest
and principal in respect of the Notes shall under no
circumstances be made by a transfer of funds into an
account maintained by the payee in the United States or
mailed to an address in the United States. If the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27
November 2000 are implemented, the Issuer will ensure
that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of
the European Union that will not be obliged to withhold
or deduct tax pursuant to any European Union Directive
on the taxation of savings implementing such
conclusions or any law implementing or complying with,
or introduced to conform to, such Directive.
D4
2. All payments in respect of this Note by or on behalf
of the Issuer shall be made without set-off,
counterclaim, fees, liabilities or similar deductions
and free and clear of, and without deduction or
withholding for or on account of, taxes, levies,
duties, assessments or charges of any nature now or
hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
assessed in any jurisdiction through, in or from which
such payments are made or any political subdivision or
taxing authority of or in any of the foregoing
("Taxes"). If the Issuer or any agent thereof is
required by law or regulation to make any deduction or
withholding for or on account of Taxes, the Issuer
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law or
regulation, pay such additional amounts as shall be
necessary in order that the net amounts received by the
bearer of this Note after such deduction or withholding
shall equal the amount which would have been receivable
hereunder in the absence of such deduction or
withholding, except that no such additional amounts
shall be payable where this Note is presented for
payment:
(a) by reason of its having some connection with the
jurisdiction imposing the Taxes other than the
mere holding of this Note; or
(b) where such deduction or withholding is imposed on a
payment to an individual and is required to be
made pursuant to any European Union Directive on
the taxation of savings implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting on
26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or
complying with, or introduced in order to conform
to, such Directive; or
(c) by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able
to avoid such withholding or deduction by
presenting the relevant Note or Coupon to another
Paying Agent in a member state of the European
Union; or
(d) more than 15 days after the Maturity Date or, if
applicable, the relevant Interest Payment Date or
(in either case) the date on which payment hereof
is duly provided for, whichever occurs later,
except to the extent that the holder would have
been entitled to such additional amounts if it
had presented this Note on the last day of such
period of 15 days.
3. The payment obligation of the Issuer represented by
this Note constitutes and at all times shall constitute
a direct and unsecured obligation of the Issuer ranking
pari passu without any preference with all present and
future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Issuer.
D4
4. If the Maturity Date or, if applicable, the relevant
Interest Payment Date is not a Payment Business Day (as
defined herein) payment in respect hereof will not be
made and credit or transfer instructions shall not be
given until the next following Payment Business Day and
the bearer of this Note shall not be entitled to any
interest or other sums in respect of such postponed
payment.
As used in this Note:
"Payment Business Day" means any day other than a
Saturday or Sunday which is both (A) a day on which
commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle
payments and are open for general business (including
dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency
deposits) in the relevant place of presentation, and
(B) either (i) if the above-mentioned Specified
Currency is any currency other than euro, a day on
which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets
settle payments and are open for general business
(including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign
currency deposits) in both London and the principal
financial centre of the country of the relevant
Specified Currency (which, if the Specified Currency is
Australian dollars, shall be Sydney) or (ii) if the
above-mentioned Specified Currency is euro, a day which
is a TARGET Business Day; and
"TARGET Business Day" means a day on which the
Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement
Express Transfer (TARGET) System, or any successor
thereto, is operating credit or transfer instructions
in respect of payments in euro.
5. This Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title hereto
shall pass by delivery and the bearer shall be treated
as being absolutely entitled to receive payment upon
due presentation hereof (notwithstanding any notation
of ownership or other writing thereon or notice of any
previous loss or theft thereof).
6. If this is an interest bearing Note, then:
(a) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 above,
if any payment of interest in respect of this
Note falling due for payment prior to the
above-mentioned Maturity Date remains unpaid on
the fifteenth day after falling so due, the
amount referred to in part (a) or (b) (as the
case may be) of paragraph 1 shall be payable on
such fifteenth day; and
(b) upon each payment of interest (if any) prior to the
Maturity Date in respect of this Note, the
Schedule hereto shall be duly completed by the
Paying Agent to reflect such payment.
D4
7. If this is a fixed rate interest bearing Note,
interest shall be calculated on the Nominal Amount as
follows:
(a) interest shall be payable on the Nominal Amount in
respect of each successive Interest Period (as
defined below) from the Issue Date to the
Maturity Date only, in arrear on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and a year
of 360 days at the above-mentioned Interest Rate
with the resulting figure being rounded to the
nearest amount of the above-mentioned Specified
Currency which is available as legal tender in
the country or countries (in the case of the
euro) of the Specified Currency (with halves
being rounded upwards); and
(b) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is an "Interest Period" for
the purposes of this paragraph.
8. If this is a floating rate interest bearing Note,
interest shall be calculated on the Nominal Amount as
follows:
(a) in the case of a Note which specifies LIBOR as the
Reference Rate on its face, the Rate of Interest
will be the aggregate of LIBOR and the
above-mentioned Margin (if any) above or below
LIBOR. Interest shall be payable on the Nominal
Amount in respect of each successive Interest
Period (as defined below) from the Issue Date to
the Maturity Date only, in arrear on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and a year
of 360 days.
As used in this Note:
"LIBOR", in respect of any Interest Period, shall
be equal to the rate defined as "LIBOR-BBA" in
respect of the above-mentioned Specified Currency
(as defined in the 2000 ISDA Definitions
published by the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association, Inc., as amended,
updated or replaced as at the date of this Note,
(the "ISDA Definitions")) as at 11.00 a.m.
(London time) or as near thereto as practicable
on the second London Banking Day before the first
day of the relevant Interest Period (a "LIBOR
Interest Determination Date"), as if the Reset
Date (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) were
the first day of such Interest Period and the
Designated Maturity (as defined in the ISDA
Definitions) were the number of months specified
on the face of this Note in relation to the
Reference Rate; and
D4
"London Banking Day" shall mean a day on which
commercial banks are open for general business
(including dealings in foreign exchange and
foreign currency deposits) in London;
(b) in the case of a Note which specifies EURIBOR as the
Reference Rate on its face, the Rate of Interest
will be the aggregate of EURIBOR and the
above-mentioned Margin (if any) above or below
EURIBOR. Interest shall be payable on the
Nominal Amount in respect of each successive
Interest Period (as defined below) from the Issue
Date to the Maturity Date only, in arrear on the
relevant Interest Payment Date, on the basis of
the actual number of days in such Interest Period
and a year of 360 days.
As used in this Note, "EURIBOR" shall be equal to
EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate (as defined in the ISDA
Definitions) as at 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) or
as near thereto as practicable on the second
TARGET Business Day before the first day of the
relevant Interest Period (a "EURIBOR Interest
Determination Date"), as if the Reset Date (as
defined in the ISDA Definitions) were the first
day of such Interest Period and the Designated
Maturity (as defined in the ISDA Definitions)
were the number of months specified on the face
of this Note in relation to the Reference Rate;
(c) the Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable
after 11.00 a.m. (London time) on each LIBOR
Interest Determination Date or 11.00 a.m.
(Brussels time) on each EURIBOR Interest
Determination Date (as the case may be),
determine the Rate of Interest and calculate the
amount of interest payable (the "Amount of
Interest") for the relevant Interest Period.
"Rate of Interest" means (A) if the Reference
Rate is EURIBOR, the rate which is determined in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 8(b),
and (B) in any other case, the rate which is
determined in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 8(a). The Amount of Interest shall be
calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to
the Nominal Amount of one Note of each
denomination, multiplying such product by the
actual number of days in the Interest Period
concerned divided by 360 and rounding the
resulting figure to the nearest amount of the
above-mentioned Specified Currency which is
available as legal tender in the country or
countries (in the case of the euro) of the
Specified Currency (with halves being rounded
upwards). The determination of the Rate of
Interest and the Amount of Interest by the
Calculation Agent named above shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding
upon all parties;
D4
(d) a certificate of the Calculation Agent as to the Rate
of Interest payable hereon for any Interest
Period shall be conclusive and binding as between
the Issuer and the bearer hereof;
(e) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is called an "Interest
Period" for the purposes of this paragraph; and
(f) the Issuer will procure that a notice specifying the
Rate of Interest payable in respect of each
Interest Period be published as soon as
practicable after the determination of the Rate
of Interest. Such notice will be delivered to
the bearer of this Note, or if that is not
practicable, will be published in a leading
English language daily newspaper published in
London (which is expected to be the Financial
Times).
9. Instructions for payment must be received at the
offices of the Paying Agent referred to above together
with this Note as follows:
(a) if this Note is denominated in Australian dollars, New
Zealand dollars, Hong Kong dollars or Japanese
Yen, at least two Business Days prior to the
relevant payment date;
(b) if this Note is denominated in United States dollars
or Canadian dollars, on or prior to the relevant
payment date; and
(c) in all other cases, at least one Business Day prior to
the relevant payment date.
As used in this paragraph, "Business Day" means:
(i) a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which
commercial banks are open for general
business (including dealings in foreign
exchange and foreign currency deposits) in
London; and
(ii) in the case of payments in euro, a TARGET Business Day
and, in all other cases, a day on which
commercial banks are open for general
business (including dealings in foreign
exchange and foreign currency deposits) in
the principal financial centre in the country
of the above-mentioned Specified Currency.
10. This Note shall not be validly issued unless manually
authenticated by Citibank N.A. as issue agent.
D4
11. This Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, English law.
12. (a) English courts: The courts of England have
exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a
"Dispute") arising from or connected with this
Global Note.
(b) Appropriate forum: The Issuer agrees that the
courts of England are the most appropriate and
convenient courts to settle any Dispute and,
accordingly, that it will not argue to the
contrary.
(c) Rights of the bearer to take proceedings outside
England: Clause 12(a) (English courts) is for
the benefit of the bearer only. As a result,
nothing in this clause 12 prevents the bearer
from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute
("Proceedings") in any other courts with
jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the
bearer may take concurrent Proceedings in any
number of jurisdictions.
(d) Process agent: The Issuer agrees that the
documents which start any Proceedings and any
other documents required to be served in relation
to those Proceedings may be served on it by being
delivered to Hamm Moor Lane, Addlestone,
Weybridge, Surrey KT15 2SE or, if different, its
registered office for the time being or at any
address of the Issuer in Great Britain at which
process may be served on it in accordance with
Part XXIII of the Companies Act 1985. If such
person is not or ceases to be effectively
appointed to accept service of process on behalf
of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, on the written
demand of the bearer addressed to the Issuer and
delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified
Office of the Paying Agent appoint a further
person in England to accept service of process on
its behalf and, failing such appointment within
15 days, the bearer shall be entitled to appoint
such a person by written notice addressed to the
Issuer and delivered to the Issuer or to the
Specified Office of the Paying Agent. Nothing in
this paragraph shall affect the right of the
bearer to serve process in any other manner
permitted by law. This clause applies to
Proceedings in England and to Proceedings
elsewhere.
AUTHENTICATED by Signed on behalf of:
CITIBANK, N.A. DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
without recourse, warranty or
liability and for
authentication purposes only
By: By:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
(Authorised Signatory) (Authorised Signatory)
D4
SCHEDULE
Payments of Interest
The following payments of interest in respect of this Note
have been made:
Date Payment Payment Amount Notation
Made From To Paid on behalf
of Paying
Agent
======================== ========================================
======================== ========================================
- ------------------------ ----------------------------------------
D4
Pro-forma Redemption or Interest Calculation
(Index linked Note)
This is the Redemption or Interest Calculation relating to
the attached index-linked Note:
Calculation Date: _____________________________
Calculation Agent: _____________________________
Redemption Amount: to be calculated by the
Calculation Agent as follows:
[Insert particulars of index and
redemption calculation]
[Indicate whether the calculation
refers to principal or coupon]
Confirmed:
- -----------------------------
For DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
Note: The Calculation Agent is required to notify the Paying
Agent for the Notes of the Redemption Amount immediately
upon completing its calculation of the same.
D4
FORM OF STERLING DEFINITIVE NOTES
Form of Definitive Note
(for use where the Issuer accepts the
proceeds of issue in the United Kingdom)
BY ACCEPTING THIS OBLIGATION, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN
AN EXEMPT RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED SATES AND THE
REGULATIONS THEREUNDER) AND THAT IT IS NOT ACTING FOR OR ON
BEHALF OF A UNITED STATES PERSON (OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT
RECIPIENT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 6049(b)(4) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF THE UNITED STATES AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER).
GBP500,000
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
No: ______________________________________ Series No.:
- -------------------------------------
Issued in London on: ________________________ Maturity
Date: __________________________________
Denomination: _____________________________ Nominal
Amount: _______________________________
(words and figures)
Calculation Agent7: __________________________ Minimum
Redemption Amount: GBP 500,000 ___________
(Principal) (one hundred thousand pounds)
Fixed Interest Rate8: _______________%per annum
Reference Rate: ___________________ month LIBOR9
Margin3: __________________________________% Calculation
Agent10: ____________________________
Interest Payment Dates11: ______________________
(Interest)
1.
D4
For value received, DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the
"Issuer") promises to pay to the bearer of this Note on
the above-mentioned Maturity Date:
(a) the above-mentioned Nominal Amount; or
(b) if this Note is index-linked, an amount (representing
either principal or interest) to be calculated by
the Calculation Agent named above, in accordance
with the redemption or interest calculation, a
copy of which is attached to this Note and/or is
available for inspection at the offices of the
Paying Agent referred to below,
together with interest thereon at the rate and at the
times (if any) specified on the reverse of this Note.
All such payments shall be made in accordance with an
issue and paying agency agreement dated 18 July 2002
between the Issuer, the issue agent and the paying
agents referred to therein, a copy of which is
available for inspection at the offices of Citibank,
N.A. (the "Paying Agent") at 5 Carmelite Street, London
EC4Y 0PA, and subject to and in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below. All such
payments shall be made upon presentation and surrender
of this Note at the office of the Paying Agent referred
to above (other than in the United States or its
possessions) by transfer to a sterling account
maintained by the bearer in London. Payments of
interest and principal in respect of the Notes shall
under no circumenstances be made by a transfer of funds
into an account maintained by the payee in the United
States of mailed to an address in the United States. If
the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of 26-27
November 2000 are implemented, the Issuer will ensure
that it maintains a Paying Agent in a member state of
the European Union that will not be obliged to withhold
or deduct tax pursuant to any European Union Directive
on the taxation of savings implementing such
conclusions or any law implementing or complying with,
or introduced to conform to, such Directive.
D4
2. All payments in respect of this Note by or on behalf
of the Issuer shall be made without set-off,
counterclaim, fees, liabilities or similar deductions
and free and clear of, and without deduction or
withholding for or on account of, taxes, levies,
duties, assessments or charges of any nature now or
hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or
assessed in any jurisdiction through, in or from which
such payments are made or any political subdivision or
taxing authority of or in any of the foregoing
("Taxes"). If the Issuer or any agent thereof is
required by law or regulation to make any deduction or
withholding for or on account of Taxes, the Issuer
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law or
regulation, pay such additional amounts as shall be
necessary in order that the net amounts received by the
bearer of this Note after such deduction or withholding
shall equal the amount which would have been receivable
hereunder in the absence of such deduction or
withholding, except that no such additional amounts
shall be payable where this Note is presented for
payment:
(a) by or on behalf of a holder which is liable to such
Taxes by reason of its having some connection
with the jurisdiction imposing the Taxes other
than the mere holding of this Note; or
(b) where such deduction or withholding is imposed on a
payment to an individual and is required to be
made pursuant to any European Union Directive on
the taxation of savings implementing the
conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting on
26-27 November 2000 or any law implementing or
complying with, or introduced in order to conform
to, such Directive; or
(c) by or on behalf of a holder who would have been able
to avoid such withholding or deduction by
presenting the relevant Note or Coupon to another
Paying Agent in a member state of the European
Union, or
(d) more than 15 days after the Maturity Date or the date
on which payment hereof is duly provided for,
whichever occurs later, except to the extent that
the holder would have been entitled to such
additional amounts if it had presented this note
on the last day of each 15 day period.
3. The payment obligation of the Issuer represented by
this Note constitutes and at all times shall constitute
a direct and unsecured obligation of the Issuer ranking
pari passu without any preference with all present and
future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Issuer.
D4
4. If the Maturity Date or, if applicable, the relevant
Interest Payment Date is not a Payment Business Day (as
defined herein) payment in respect hereof will not be
made and credit or transfer instructions shall not be
given until the next following Payment Business Day and
the bearer of this Note shall not be entitled to any
interest or other sums in respect of such postponed
payment. As used in this Note, "Payment Business Day"
means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday which is
a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange
markets settle payments and are open for general
business in London.
5. This Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title hereto
shall pass by delivery and the bearer shall be treated
as being absolutely entitled to receive payment upon
due presentation hereof (notwithstanding any notation
of ownership or other writing thereon or notice of any
previous loss or theft thereof).
6. This Note shall not be validly issued unless manually
authenticated by Citibank N.A., as issue agent.
7. This Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, English law.
8. (a) English courts: The courts of England have
exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a
"Dispute") arising from or connected with this
Note.
(b) Appropriate forum: The Issuer agrees that the
courts of England are the most appropriate and
convenient courts to settle any Dispute and,
accordingly, that it will not argue to the
contrary.
(c) Rights of the bearer to take proceedings outside
England: Clause 8(a) (English courts) is for the
benefit of the bearer only. As a result, nothing
in this clause 8 prevents the bearer from taking
proceedings relating to a Dispute ("Proceedings")
in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the
extent allowed by law, the bearer may take
concurrent Proceedings in any number of
jurisdictions.
D4
(d) Process agent: The Issuer agrees that the
documents which start any Proceedings and any
other documents required to be served in relation
to those Proceedings may be served on it by being
delivered to DENTSPLY Limited at Hamm Moor Lane,
Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey, KT15 2SE or, if
different, its registered office for the time
being or at any address of the Issuer in Great
Britain at which process may be served on it in
accordance with Part XXIII of the Companies Act
1985. If such person is not or ceases to be
effectively appointed to accept service of
process on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer
shall, on the written demand of the bearer
addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the
Issuer or to the Specified Office of the Paying
Agent appoint a further person in England to
accept service of process on its behalf and,
failing such appointment within 15 days, the
bearer shall be entitled to appoint such a person
by written notice addressed to the Issuer and
delivered to the Issuer or to the Specified
Office of the Paying Agent. Nothing in this
paragraph shall affect the right of the bearer to
serve process in any other manner permitted by
law. This clause applies to Proceedings in
England and to Proceedings elsewhere.
AUTHENTICATED by Signed on behalf of:
CITIBANK, N.A. DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
without recourse, warranty or
liability and for
authentication purposes only
By: By:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
(Authorised Signatory) (Authorised Signatory)
By:
- ----------------------------------
(Authorised Signatory)
[On the Reverse]
(C) If this is an interest bearing Note, then:
(a) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 above,
if any payment of interest in respect of this
Note falling due for payment prior to the
above-mentioned Maturity Date remains unpaid on
the fifteenth day after falling so due, the
amount referred to in part (a) or (b) (as the
case may be) of paragraph 1 shall be payable on
such fifteenth day; and
(b) upon each payment of interest (if any) prior to the
Maturity Date in respect of this Note, the
Schedule hereto shall be duly completed by the
Paying Agent to reflect such payment.
D4
(D) If this is a fixed rate interest bearing Note,
interest shall be calculated on the Nominal Amount as
follows:
(a) interest shall be payable on the Nominal Amount in
respect of each successive Interest Period (as
defined below) from the Issue Date to the
Maturity Date only, in arrear on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and a year
of 365 days at the above-mentioned Interest Rate
with the resulting figure being rounded to the
nearest penny (with halves being rounded
upwards); and
(b) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is an "Interest Period" for
the purposes of this paragraph (B).
(E) If this is a floating rate interest bearing Note,
interest shall be calculated on the Nominal Amount as
follows:
(a) the Rate of Interest will be the aggregate of LIBOR
and the above-mentioned Margin (if any) above or
below LIBOR. Interest shall be payable on the
Nominal Amount in respect of each successive
Interest Period (as defined below) from the Issue
Date to the Maturity Date only, in arrear on the
relevant Interest Payment Date, on the basis of
the actual number of days in such Interest Period
and a year of 365 days. As used in this Note,
"LIBOR", in respect of any Interest Period, shall
be equal to the rate defined as "LIBOR-BBA" in
respect of Sterling (as defined in the 2000 ISDA
Definitions published by the International Swaps
and Derivatives Association, Inc., as amended,
updated or replaced as at the date of this Note)
as at 11.00 a.m. (London time) or as near thereto
as practicable on the first day of the relevant
Interest Period as if the Reset Date (as defined
in the ISDA Definitions) were the first day of
such Interest Period and the Designated Maturity
(as defined in the ISDA Definitions) were the
number of months specified on the face of this
Note in the Reference Rate;
D4
(b) the Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable
after 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the first day
of the relevant Interest Period, determine the
Rate of Interest and calculate the amount of
interest payable (the "Amount of Interest") for
the relevant Interest Period. "Rate of Interest"
means the rate which is determined in accordance
with the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) above.
The Amount of Interest shall be calculated by
applying the Rate of Interest to the Nominal
Amount of one Note of each denomination,
multiplying such product by the actual number of
days in the Interest Period concerned divided by
365 and rounding the resulting figure to the
nearest penny. The determination of the Rate of
Interest and the Amount of Interest by the
Calculation Agent named above shall (in the
absence of manifest error) be final and binding
upon all parties;
(c) a certificate of the Calculation Agent as to the Rate
of Interest payable hereon for any Interest
Period shall be conclusive and binding as between
the Issuer and the bearer hereof;
(d) the period beginning on the Issue Date and ending on
the first Interest Payment Date and each
successive period beginning on an Interest
Payment Date and ending on the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date is called an "Interest
Period" for the purposes of this paragraph (C).
D4
SCHEDULE
Payments of Interest
The following payments of interest in respect of this Note
have been made:
Date Payment Payment Amount Notation
Made From To Paid on behalf
of Paying
Agent
======================== ========================================
======================== ========================================
- ------------------------ ----------------------------------------
D4
Pro-forma Redemption or Interest Calculation
(Index linked Note)
This is the Redemption or Interest Calculation relating to
the attached index-linked Note:
Calculation Date: _____________________________
Calculation Agent: _____________________________
Redemption Amount: to be calculated by the
Calculation Agent as follows:
[Insert particulars of index and
redemption calculation]
[Indicate whether the calculation
refers to principal or coupon]
Confirmed:
- -----------------------------
For DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
Note: The Calculation Agent is required to notify the Paying
Agent for the Notes of the Redemption Amount immediately
upon completing its calculation of the same.
D4
SIGNATURE PAGES
The Issuer
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
By: .......................
Address: 570 West College Avenue
PO Box 872
York, Pennsylvania 17405-0872
Telephone: + (717) 849 4262
Facsimile: + (717) 849 4486
Attention: Treasurer
The Agent
CITIBANK, N.A.
By: .........................
Address: 5 Carmelite Street
London EC4Y 0PA
Telephone: +44 20 7508 3826
Facsimile: +44 20 7508 3884
Attention: Agency and Trust
- -------------------------------------------------------------
1 Delete as appropriate. The reference rate will be
LIBOR unless this Global Note is denominated in euro and
the Issuer and the relevant Dealer agree that the
reference rate should be EURIBOR.
2 Complete for index-linked Notes only.
3 Complete for fixed rate interest bearing Notes only.
4 Complete for floating rate interest bearing Notes only.
5 Complete for floating rate interest bearing Notes only.
9 Complete for interest bearing Notes.
1 Delete as appropriate. The reference rate will be
LIBOR unless this Note is denominated in euro and the
Issuer and the relevant Dealer agree that the reference
rate should be EURIBOR.
2 Complete for index-linked Notes only.
3 Complete for fixed rate interest bearing Notes only.
4 Complete for floating rate interest bearing Notes only.
5 Complete for interest bearing Notes.
7 Complete for index-linked Notes only.
8 Complete for fixed rate interest bearing Notes only.
9 Complete for floating rate interest bearing Notes only.
10 Complete for floating rate interest bearing Notes only.
11 Complete for interest bearing Notes.
D4
18 July 2002
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
as Issuer
CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc
as Arranger
- and -
CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON (EUROPE) LIMITED
as Dealers
---------------------------------------------
DEALER AGREEMENT
relating to a U.S.$250,000,000
EURO-COMMERCIAL PAPER PROGRAMME
---------------------------------------------
D5
CONTENTS
Clause Page
1. Interpretation..........................................0
2. Issue...................................................0
3. Representations And Warranties..........................0
4. Covenants And Agreements................................0
5. Conditions Precedent....................................0
6. Termination And Appointment.............................0
7. Notices.................................................0
8. Assignment..............................................0
9. Third Party Rights......................................0
10. Law And Jurisdiction....................................0
11. Counterparts............................................0
SCHEDULE 1 Condition Precedent Documents..................0
SCHEDULE 2 Selling Restrictions...........................0
SCHEDULE 3 Programme Summary..............................0
SCHEDULE 4 Increase Of Maximum Amount.....................0
SCHEDULE 5 Appointment Of New Dealer......................0
SCHEDULE 6 Form Of Calculation Agency Agreement...........0
D5
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 July 2002
BETWEEN
(1)...DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the "Issuer");
(2) CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Arranger"); and
(3) CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc and CREDIT SUISSE FIRST
BOSTON (EUROPE) LIMITED as Dealers.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. Interpretation
1.1 Definitions
In this Agreement:
"Agency Agreement" means the issue and paying agency
agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Issuer,
the Issue Agent and the Paying Agents, providing for
the issue of and payment on the Notes, as such
agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to
time;
"Agreements" means this Agreement (as amended or
supplemented from time to time), any agreement reached
pursuant to Clause 2.1, the Deed of Covenant and the
Agency Agreement;
"Dealer(s)" means the institution or institutions
specified as a Dealer in the Programme Summary together
with any additional institution or institutions
appointed pursuant to Clause 6.2 but excluding any
institution or institutions whose appointment has been
terminated pursuant to Clause 6.1;
"Deed of Covenant" means the deed of covenant, dated
the date hereof, executed by the Issuer in respect of
Global Notes issued pursuant to the Agency Agreement,
as such deed may be amended or supplemented from time
to time;
"Definitive Note" means a security printed Note in
definitive form;
"Disclosure Documents" means, at any particular date,
(a) the Information Memorandum, (b) the most recently
published audited consolidated financial statements of
the Issuer filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and any subsequent interim financial
statements filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, and (c) any other document delivered by the
Issuer to the Dealer(s) which the Issuer has expressly
authorised to be distributed;
"Dollars" and "U.S.$" denote the lawful currency of the
United States of America; and "Dollar Note" means a
Note denominated in Dollars;
D5
"Dollar Equivalent" means, on any day:
(a) in relation to any Dollar Note, the nominal amount of
such Note; and
(b) in relation to any Note denominated or to be
denominated in any other currency, the amount in
Dollars which would be required to purchase the
nominal amount of such Note as expressed in such
other currency at the spot rate of exchange for
the purchase of such other currency with Dollars
quoted by the Issue Agent at or about 11.00 a.m.
(London time) on such day;
"Euro" and "EUR" denote the single currency of those
member states of the European Union participating in
European Monetary Union from time to time; and "Euro
Note" means a Note denominated in Euro;
"FSMA" means the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000;
"Global Note" means a Note in global form, representing
an issue of promissory notes of a like maturity which
may be issued by the Issuer from time to time pursuant
to the Agency Agreement;
"Index Linked Note" means a Note, the redemption or
coupon amount of which is not fixed at the time of
issue, but which is to be calculated in accordance with
such formula or other arrangement as is agreed between
the Issuer and the relevant Dealer at the time of
reaching agreement under Clause 2.1;
"Information Memorandum" means the most recent
information memorandum, as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, containing information
about the Issuer and the Programme, the text of which
has been prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer for use
by the Dealer(s) in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement;
"Issue Agent" means Citibank International plc and any
successor issue agent appointed in accordance with the
Agency Agreement;
"Japanese Yen" and "Y" denote the lawful currency of
Japan; and "Yen Note" means a Note denominated in
Japanese Yen;
"Note" means a commercial paper note of the Issuer
purchased or to be purchased by a Dealer under this
Agreement, in bearer global or definitive form,
substantially in the relevant form scheduled to the
Agency Agreement or such other form(s) as may be agreed
from time to time between the Issuer and the Issue
Agent and, unless the context otherwise requires,
includes the commercial paper notes represented by the
Global Notes;
D5
"Principal Paying Agent" means Citibank International
plc and any successor principal paying agent appointed
in accordance with the Agency Agreement;
"Programme" means the Euro-commercial paper programme
established by this Agreement;
"Programme Summary" means the summary of the
particulars of the Programme as set out in Schedule 3,
as such summary may be amended or superseded from time
to time;
"relevant jurisdiction" means any one or more of the
United Kingdom, the jurisdiction of incorporation of
the Issuer and any jurisdiction from or through which
any payment under or in respect of any Note or any
Agreement may be made;
"Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act
of 1933;
"Sterling" and "GBP" denote the lawful currency of the
United Kingdom; and "Sterling Note" means a Note
denominated in Sterling;
"Subsidiary" means, in respect of any person (the
"first person") at any particular time, any other
person (the "second person"):
(a) Control: whose affairs and policies the first person
controls or has the power to control, whether by
ownership of share capital, contract, the power
to appoint or remove members of the governing
body of the second person or otherwise; or
(b) Consolidation: whose financial statements are, in
accordance with applicable law and generally
accepted accounting principles, consolidated with
those of the first person; and
"Swiss francs" and "CHF" denote the lawful currency of
Switzerland; and "Swiss franc Note" means a Note
denominated in Swiss francs.
1.2 Programme Summary
Terms not expressly defined herein shall have the
meanings set out in the Programme Summary.
1.3 Legislation
Any reference in this Agreement to any legislation
(whether primary legislation or regulations or other
subsidiary legislation made pursuant to primary
legislation) shall be construed as a reference to such
legislation as the same may have been, or may from time
to time be, amended or re-enacted.
D5
1.4 Clauses and Schedules
Any reference in this Agreement to a Clause, sub-clause
or a Schedule is, unless otherwise stated, to a clause
or sub-clause hereof or a schedule hereto.
1.5 Headings
Headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference
only and shall not affect the construction of this
Agreement.
2. Issue
2.1 Basis of agreements to issue; uncommitted facility
Subject to the terms hereof, the Issuer may issue and
sell Notes to the Dealer(s) from time to time at such
prices and upon such terms as the Issuer and the
relevant Dealer may agree, provided that the Issuer
has, and shall have, no obligation to sell Notes to the
Dealer(s), except as agreed, and each Dealer has, and
shall have, no obligation to purchase Notes from the
Issuer, except as agreed. The Issuer acknowledges that
the Dealer(s) may resell Notes purchased by such
Dealer(s). The tenor of each Note shall not be less
than the Minimum Term nor greater than the Maximum Term
specified in the Programme Summary, calculated from the
date of issue of such Note to the maturity date
thereof. Definitive Notes shall be issued in the
Denomination(s) specified in the Programme Summary.
Each issue of Notes having the same issue date,
maturity date, currency of denomination, yield and
redemption basis will be represented by a Global Note
or by Definitive Notes having the aggregate nominal
amount of such issue as may be agreed between the
Issuer and the relevant Dealer.
2.2 Procedures
If the Issuer and any Dealer shall agree on the terms
of the purchase of any Note by such Dealer (including
agreement with respect to the issue date, maturity
date, currency, denomination, yield, redemption basis,
aggregate nominal amount and purchase price), then:
2.2.1 Instruction to Issue Agent: the Issuer shall instruct
the Issue Agent to issue such Note and deliver it
in accordance with the terms of the Agency
Agreement;
2.2.2 Payment of purchase price: the relevant Dealer shall
pay or arrange for payment of the purchase price
of such Note on the date of issue:
(a) Dollar Note: in the case of a Dollar Note, by
transfer of funds settled through the
New York Clearing House Interbank Payments
System (or such other same-day value funds as
at the time shall be customary for the
settlement in New York City of international
banking transactions denominated in Dollars)
to such account of the Issue Agent in
New York City denominated in Dollars as the
Issue Agent shall have specified for this
purpose; or
D5
(b) Euro Note: in the case of a Euro Note, by transfer of
funds settled through the Trans-European
Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express
Transfer (TARGET) System to such account of
the Issue Agent outside the United Kingdom
denominated in Euro as the Issue Agent shall
have specified for this purpose; or
(c) Other Notes: in all other cases, by transfer of
freely transferable and immediately available
funds in the relevant currency to such
account of the Issue Agent at such bank in
the principal domestic financial centre for
such currency as the Issue Agent shall have
specified for this purpose; and
2.2.3 Delivery Instructions: the relevant Dealer shall
notify the Issue Agent and the Issuer of the
payment and delivery instructions applicable to
such Note or Notes by fax or through any
applicable Citibank software system, such
notification to be received in sufficient time
and in any event no later than (i) 12.30 p.m.
(London time) on the proposed issue date (in the
case of Sterling Definitive Notes); or (ii) in
any other case, 3.00 p.m. (London time) two
Business Days prior to the proposed issue date
(or such later time or date as may be agreed
between the Issue Agent and the relevant Dealer)
to enable the Issue Agent to deliver such Note or
Notes as contemplated in the Agency Agreement
(or, in the case of Sterling Definitive Notes,
make the same available for collection) on its
issue date.
2.3 Failure of agreed issuance
If for any reason (including, without limitation, the
failure of the relevant trade) a Note agreed to be
purchased pursuant to Clause 2.1 is not to be issued,
each of the Issuer and the relevant Dealer shall
immediately notify the Issue Agent thereof.
2.4 Issuance currencies
The parties acknowledge that Notes issued under the
Programme may be denominated in Dollars or, subject as
provided below, in any other currency. Any agreement
reached pursuant to Clause 2.1 to sell and purchase a
Note denominated in a currency other than Dollars shall
be conditional upon:
2.4.1 Compliance: it being lawful and in compliance with
all requirements of any relevant central bank and
any other relevant fiscal, monetary, regulatory
or other authority, for deposits to be made in
such currency and for such Note to be issued,
offered for sale, sold and delivered;
2.4.2 Convertibility: such other currency being freely
transferable and freely convertible into Dollars;
and
D5
2.4.3 Amendments: any appropriate amendments which the
relevant Dealer, the Issuer or the Issue Agent
shall require having been made to this Agreement
and/or the Agency Agreement.
2.5 Increase of Maximum Amount
The Issuer may increase the Maximum Amount by giving at
least ten days' notice by letter, substantially in the
form set out in Schedule 4, to each of the Dealer(s),
the Issue Agent and the Paying Agents. Such increase
will not take effect until the Dealer(s) have received
from the Issuer the documents listed in such letter of
Schedule 1 (if required by the Dealer(s)), in each case
in form and substance acceptable to each Dealer.
2.6 Calculation Agent
If Index Linked Notes are to be issued, the Issuer will
appoint either the relevant Dealer or the Principal
Paying Agent (subject to the consent of the relevant
Dealer or the Principal Paying Agent thereto) or some
other person (subject to the consent of the relevant
Dealer and the Principal Paying Agent to such person's
appointment) to be the calculation agent in respect of
such Index Linked Notes and the following provisions
shall apply:
2.6.1 Dealer: if a Dealer is to be the calculation agent,
its appointment as such shall be on the terms of
the form of agreement set out in Schedule 6, and
each Dealer will be deemed to have entered into
an agreement in such form for a particular
calculation if it is named as calculation agent
in the redemption calculation attached to or
endorsed on the relevant Note;
2.6.2 Principal Paying Agent: if the Principal Paying Agent
is to be the calculation agent, its appointment
as such shall be on the terms set out in the
Agency Agreement;
2.6.3 Other Calculation Agent: if the person nominated by a
Dealer or by the Principal Paying Agent as
calculation agent is not a Dealer, that person
shall execute (if it has not already done so) an
agreement substantially in the form of the
agreement set out in Schedule 6 and the
appointment of that person shall be on the terms
of that agreement.
3. Representations and Warranties
3.1 Representations and warranties
The Issuer represents and warrants to each Dealer at
the date of this Agreement, each date upon which the
Maximum Amount is increased, each date upon which an
agreement for the sale of Notes is made and each date
upon which Notes are, or are to be, issued that:
D5
3.1.1 Authorisation; valid, binding and enforceable: each
of:
(a) the establishment of the Programme and the execution,
delivery and performance by the Issuer of the
Agreements and the Notes;
(b) the entering into and performance by the Issuer of any
agreement for the sale of Notes reached
pursuant to Clause 2.1; and
(c) the issue and sale of the Notes by the Issuer under
the Agreements,
has been duly authorised by all necessary action
and the same constitute, or, in the case of
Notes, will, when issued in accordance with the
Agency Agreement, constitute, valid and binding
obligations of the Issuer enforceable against it
in accordance with their respective terms;
3.1.2 Status: the obligations of the Issuer under each of
the Agreements and the Notes will rank (other
than in the case of obligations preferred by
mandatory provisions of law) at least pari passu
with all other present and future unsecured
indebtedness of the Issuer or guaranteed by the
Issuer;
3.1.3 Incorporation, capacity: the Issuer is duly
incorporated and validly existing under the laws
of its jurisdiction of incorporation and:
(a) the establishment of the Programme, the execution,
delivery and performance by the Issuer of the
Agreements and the Notes;
(b) the entering into and performance by the Issuer of any
agreement for the sale of Notes reached
pursuant to Clause 2.1; and
(c) the issue and sale of the Notes by the Issuer under
the Agreements,
will not infringe any of the provisions of the
Issuer's constituting documents and will not
contravene any law, regulation, order or
judgement to which the Issuer or any of its
assets is subject nor result in the breach of any
term of, or cause a default under, any instrument
to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or
any of its assets may be bound;
3.1.4 Approvals: all consents, authorisations, licences or
approvals of and registrations and filings with
any governmental or regulatory authority required
in connection with the issue by the Issuer of
Notes under the Agreements and the performance of
the Issuer's obligations under the Agreements and
the Notes have been obtained and are in full
force and effect, and copies thereof have been
supplied to the Dealer(s);
D5
3.1.5 Disclosure: in the context of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby, the information
contained or incorporated by reference in the
Disclosure Documents is true and accurate and not
misleading, in any material respect and there are
no other facts the omission of which makes the
Disclosure Documents as a whole or any such
information contained or incorporated by
reference therein misleading in any material
respect;
3.1.6 Financial Statements: the audited financial statements
and any interim financial statements (audited or
unaudited) filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission published subsequently thereto and
incorporated by reference in the Information
Memorandum as of the respective dates of such
statements and for the periods they cover or to
which they relate and have been prepared in
accordance with the relevant laws of the United
States of America and with generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of
America applied on a consistent basis throughout
the periods involved (unless and to the extent
otherwise stated therein);
3.1.7 No material adverse change, No litigation: since the
date of the most recent audited financial
statements supplied to the Dealer(s) and, in
relation to any date on which this warranty falls
to be made after the date hereof, save as
otherwise disclosed by any Disclosure Document
subsequently delivered by the Issuer to the
Dealer(s):
(a) there has been no adverse change in the business or
financial condition of the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries, holding companies or
affiliates; and
(b) there is no litigation, arbitration or governmental
proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of
the Issuer, threatened against or affecting
the Issuer or its subsidiaries, holding
companies or affiliates,
which in any case could reasonably be expected to
be material to the issue on a consolidated basis;
3.1.8 No default: the Issuer is not in default in respect of
any indebtedness for borrowed money;
3.1.9 No ratings downgrade: there has been no downgrading,
nor any notice to the Issuer of any intended
downgrading, in the rating accorded to the Issuer
or any security of the Issuer by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, a division of the
McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. or Moody's Investors
Service, Inc.;
3.1.10 Taxation: the Issuer is not required by any law
or regulation nor any relevant taxing authority
in any relevant jurisdiction to make any
deduction or withholding from any payment due
under the Notes, the Agency Agreement or the Deed
of Covenant for or on account of any income,
registration, transfer or turnover taxes, customs
or other duties or taxes of any kind;
D5
3.1.11 Maximum Amount not exceeded: the outstanding
principal amount of all Notes on the date of
issue of any Note does not and will not exceed
the Maximum Amount set out in the Programme
Summary (as increased from time to time pursuant
to Clause 2.5) and for this purpose the nominal
amount of any Note denominated in any currency
other than Dollars shall be taken as the Dollar
Equivalent of such nominal amount as at the date
of the agreement for the issue of such Note; and
3.1.12 Investment Company: the Issuer is not an
investment company as defined in the United
States Investment Company Act of 1940.
3.2 Notice of inaccuracy
If, prior to the time a Note is issued and delivered to
or for the account of the relevant Dealer, an event
occurs which would render any of the representations
and warranties set out in Clause 3.1 immediately, or
with the lapse of time, untrue or incorrect, the Issuer
will inform the relevant Dealer in writing as soon as
practicable of the occurrence of such event. In either
case, the relevant Dealer shall inform the Issuer in
writing without any undue delay whether it wishes to
continue or discontinue the issuance and delivery of
the respective Notes.
4. Covenants and Agreements
4.1 Issuer
The Issuer covenants and agrees that:
4.1.1 Delivery of published information: whenever the
Issuer shall file any information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Issuer
shall notify the Dealer(s) shall make a
reasonable number of copies of such information
available to the Dealer(s) upon request to permit
distribution to investors and prospective
investors and shall take such action as may be
necessary to ensure that the representation and
warranty contained in sub-clause 3.1.5 is true
and accurate on the dates contemplated by such
sub-clause;
4.1.2 Indemnity: the Issuer shall indemnify and hold
harmless on demand each Dealer against any claim,
demand, action, liability, damages, cost, loss or
expense (including, without limitation, legal
fees and any applicable value added tax) which it
may incur arising out of or based upon:
(a) the Issuer's failure to make due payment under the
Notes; or
(b) Notes not being issued for any reason (other than as a
result of the failure of any Dealer to pay or
an exception provided for in this Agreement)
after an agreement for the sale of such Notes
has been made; or
D5
(c) any breach or alleged breach of the representations,
warranties, covenants or agreements made by
the Issuer in this Agreement or any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in the Disclosure
Documents or the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading;
4.1.3 Expenses, stamp duties, amendments: the Issuer will:
(a) Arranger's expenses: pay, or reimburse the Arranger
for, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses (including United Kingdom value
added tax and any other taxes or duties
thereon and fees and disbursements of counsel
to the Arranger) incurred by the Arranger in
connection with the preparation, negotiation,
printing, execution and delivery of this
Agreement and all documents contemplated by
this Agreement;
(b) Dealers' expenses: pay, or reimburse each Dealer for,
all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and
expenses (including United Kingdom value
added tax and any other taxes or duties
thereon and fees and disbursements of counsel
to such Dealer) incurred by such Dealer in
connection with the enforcement or protection
of its rights under this Agreement and all
documents contemplated by this Agreement;
(c) Stamp duties: pay all stamp, registration and other
taxes and duties (including any interest and
penalties thereon or in connection therewith)
which may be payable upon or in connection
with the creation and issue of the Notes and
the execution, delivery and performance of
the Agreements and the Issuer shall indemnify
each Dealer against any claim, demand,
action, liability, damages, cost, loss or
reasonable expense (including, without
limitation, legal fees and any applicable
value added tax) which it may incur as a
result or arising out of or in relation to
any failure to pay or delay in paying any of
the same;
(d) Amendments: notify each Dealer of any change in the
identity of or the offices of the Issue Agent
and/or any Paying Agent and any material
change or amendment to or termination of the
Agency Agreement or the Deed of Covenant not
later than ten days prior to the making of
any such change or amendment or such
termination; and it will not permit to become
effective any such change, amendment or
termination which could reasonably be
expected to affect adversely the interests of
any Dealer or the holder of any Notes then
outstanding;
D5
4.1.4 No deposit-taking: in respect of any Tranche of Notes
which must be redeemed before the first
anniversary of the date of its issue, the Issuer
will issue such Notes only if the following
conditions apply (or the Notes can otherwise be
issued without contravention of section 19 of the
FSMA):
(a) Selling restrictions: each relevant Dealer represents,
warrants and agrees in the terms set out in
sub-clause 3.2 of Schedule 2; and
(b) Minimum denomination: the redemption value of each
such Note is not less than GBP100,000 (or an
amount of equivalent value denominated wholly
or partly in a currency other than sterling),
and no part of any Note may be transferred
unless the redemption value of that part is
not less than GBP100,000 (or such an equivalent
amount);
(c) Minimum denomination in U.S.$: the redemption value of
each Note is not less than U.S.$500,000 in
accordance with U.S. tax laws; and
4.1.5 The Issuer shall not do anything which is inconsistent
with Schedule 2 of this Agreement.
4.2 Compliance
The Issuer shall take such steps (in conjunction with
the Dealer(s), where appropriate) to ensure that any
laws and regulations or requirements of any
governmental agency, authority or institution which may
from time to time be applicable to any Note shall be
fully observed and complied with and in particular (but
without limitation) neither the Issuer, nor any of its
affiliates nor any person acting on its or its
affiliates behalf have engaged or will engage in any
directed selling efforts with respect to the Notes and
it and its affiliates have complied and will comply
with the offering restrictions requirement of
Regulation S. Terms used in this Clause have the
meanings given to them by Regulation S under the
Securities Act.
4.3 Selling restrictions
Each Dealer represents, covenants and agrees that it
has complied with and will comply with the selling
restrictions set out in Schedule 2 and this Agreement.
Subject to compliance with those restrictions, each
Dealer is hereby authorised by the Issuer to circulate
the Disclosure Documents to purchasers or potential
purchasers of the Notes.
4.4 Dealers' obligations several
The obligations of each Dealer contained in this
Agreement are several.
D5
4.5 Status of Arranger
Each of the Dealers agrees that the Arranger has only
acted in an administrative capacity to facilitate the
establishment and/or maintenance of the Programme and
has no responsibility to it for (a) the adequacy,
accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of any
representation, warranty, undertaking, agreement,
statement or information in the Information Memorandum,
this Agreement or any information provided in
connection with the Programme or (b) the nature and
suitability to it of all legal, tax and accounting
matters and all documentation in connection with the
Programme or any issue of Notes thereunder.
5. Conditions Precedent
5.1 Conditions precedent to first issue
The Issuer agrees to deliver to each Dealer, prior to
the first issue of Notes to that Dealer, each of the
documents set out in Schedule 1 in form, substance and
number satisfactory to the relevant Dealer.
5.2 Conditions precedent to each issue
In relation to each issue of Notes, it shall be a
condition precedent to the purchase thereof by any
Dealer that (a) the representations and warranties in
Clause 3.1 shall be true and correct on each date upon
which an agreement for the sale of Notes is made
hereunder and on the date on which such Notes are
issued and that (b) there is no other material breach
of the Issuer's obligations under any of the Agreements
or the Notes.
5.3 Sterling Definitive Notes
In relation to an issue of Sterling Definitive Notes,
it shall be a condition precedent to the purchase
thereof by any Dealer that the Issuer supplies to each
Dealer, not less than five days prior to the first
issue of such Notes to that Dealer confirmation from
the Issue Agent that the relevant agreed forms of
Definitive Note have been security printed and the same
delivered to the Issue Agent.
6. Termination and Appointment
6.1 Termination
The Issuer may terminate the appointment of any Dealer,
and any Dealer may resign, on not less than ten days'
written notice to the relevant Dealer or the Issuer, as
the case may be. The Issuer shall promptly inform the
other Dealer(s), the Issue Agent and the Paying Agents
of any such termination or resignation. The rights and
obligations of each party hereto shall not terminate in
respect of any rights or obligations accrued or
incurred before the date on which such termination
takes effect and the provisions of sub-clause 4.1.2 and
4.1.3 shall survive termination of this Agreement and
delivery against payment for any of the Notes.
D5
6.2 Additional Dealers
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Issuer from
appointing one or more additional Dealers upon the
terms of this Agreement provided that any additional
Dealer shall have first confirmed acceptance of its
appointment upon such terms in writing to the Issuer in
substantially the form of the letter set out in
Schedule 5, whereupon it shall become a party to this
Agreement vested with all the authority, rights,
powers, duties and obligations as if originally named
as a Dealer hereunder. The Issuer shall promptly
inform the other Dealer(s), the Issue Agent and the
Paying Agents of any such appointment. The Issuer
hereby agrees to supply to such additional Dealer, upon
such appointment, such legal opinions as are specified
in paragraph 6 of Schedule 1, if requested, or reliance
letters in respect thereof.
7. Notices
7.1 Addressee for notices
All notices and other communications hereunder shall,
save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, be made
in writing and in English (by letter or fax) and shall
be sent to the intended recipient at the address or fax
number and marked for the attention of the person (if
any) from time to time designated by that party to the
other parties hereto for such purpose. The initial
address and fax number so designated by each party are
set out in the Programme Summary.
7.2 Effectiveness
Any communication from any party to any other under
this Agreement shall be effective upon receipt by the
addressee, provided that any such notice or other
communication which would otherwise take effect after
4.00 p.m. on any particular day shall not take effect
until 10.00 a.m. on the immediately succeeding business
day in the place of the addressee.
8. Assignment
If, at any time, any Dealer shall transfer all or
substantially all of its ECP business to any affiliate
then, on the date such transfer becomes effective, such
affiliate shall become the successor to the relevant
Dealer under this Agreement without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
the parties hereto so that the Issuer and such
affiliate shall acquire and become subject to the same
rights and obligations between themselves as if they
had entered into an agreement in the form (the relevant
changes having been made) of this Agreement. After the
said effective date all references in this Agreement to
the relevant Dealer shall be deemed to be references to
such affiliate. The relevant Dealer shall, as soon as
reasonably practicable, give notice of any such
transfer to the Issuer. In this Clause 8, "affiliate"
means, in relation to any person, any entity
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person, any
entity that controls, directly or indirectly, such
person, or any entity under common control with such
person. For this purpose "control" of any entity or
person means ownership of a majority of the voting
power of the entity or person.
D5
9. third party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no
right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.
10. Law and Jurisdiction
10.1 Governing law
This Agreement and all matters arising from or
connected with it are governed by, and shall be
construed in accordance with, English law.
10.2 English courts
The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to
settle any dispute (a "Dispute"), arising from or
connected with this Agreement (including a dispute
regarding the existence, validity or termination of
this Agreement) or the consequences of its nullity.
10.3 Appropriate forum
The parties agree that the courts of England are the
most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any
Dispute and, accordingly, that they will not argue to
the contrary.
10.4 Rights of the Dealers to take proceedings outside
England
Clause 10.2 (English courts) is for the benefit of the
Dealers only. As a result, nothing in this Clause 10
(Law and jurisdiction) prevents the Dealers from taking
proceedings relating to a Dispute ("Proceedings") in
any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent
allowed by law, the Dealers may take concurrent
Proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
10.5 Process agent
The Issuer agrees that the documents which start any
Proceedings and any other documents required to be
served in relation to those Proceedings may be served
on it by being delivered to DENTSPLY Limited at Hamm
Moor Lane, Addleston, Weybridge, Surrey, KT15 2SE or,
if different, its registered office for the time being
or at any address of the Issuer in Great Britain at
which process may be served on it in accordance with
Part XXIII of the Companies Act 1985. If such person
is not or ceases to be effectively appointed to accept
service of process on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer
shall, on the written demand of any Dealer addressed
and delivered to the Issuer appoint a further person in
England to accept service of process on its behalf and,
failing such appointment within 15 days, any Dealer
shall be entitled to appoint such a person by written
notice addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the
Issuer. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the
right of any Dealer to serve process in any other
manner permitted by law. This clause applies to
Proceedings in England and to Proceedings elsewhere.
D5
11. COunterparts
This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, all of which when taken together shall
constitute a single agreement.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives
of the parties hereto the day and year first before written.
D5
Condition Precedent Documents
1. Certified copies of the Issuer's constituting
documents.
2. Certified copies of all documents evidencing the
internal authorisations and approvals required to be
granted by the Issuer in connection with the Programme.
3. Certified copies of any governmental or other consents
and any filings required in connection with the
Programme;
4. Certified or conformed copies of:
(a) the Dealer Agreement, as executed;
(b) the Agency Agreement, as executed; and
(c) the Deed of Covenant, as executed.
5. A copy of confirmation that the Deed of Covenant has
been delivered to the Issue Agent.
6. Legal opinions from:
(a) legal adviser(s) acceptable to the Dealer(s) qualified
in the law of the jurisdiction of incorporation
of the Issuer; and
(b) Clifford Chance as to the laws of England.
7. The Information Memorandum.
8. A list of the names, titles and specimen signatures of
the persons authorised:
(a) to sign on behalf of the Issuer this Agreement, the
Deed of Covenant, the Agency Agreement and the
Notes;
(b) to sign on behalf of the Issuer all notices and other
documents to be delivered in connection
therewith; and
(c) to take any other action on behalf of the Issuer in
relation to the Programme.
9. Confirmation from the Issuer or the Issue Agent that
the relevant forms of Global Note have been prepared
and the same delivered to the Issue Agent.
10. Confirmation that Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. and
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. respectively have
granted ratings for the Programme.
D5
Selling Restrictions
1. General
By its purchase and acceptance of Notes issued under
this Agreement, each Dealer represents, warrants and
agrees that it will observe all applicable laws and
regulations in any jurisdiction in which it may offer,
sell, or deliver Notes; and that it will not directly
or indirectly offer, sell, resell, reoffer or deliver
Notes or distribute any Disclosure Document, circular,
advertisement or other offering material in any country
or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will
result, to the best of its knowledge and belief, in
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
2. The United States of America
The Notes have not been and will not be registered
under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold
within the United States or to, or for the account or
benefit of, U.S. persons. Each Dealer represents and
agrees that it has offered and sold, and will offer and
sell, Notes only outside the United States to non-U.S.
persons in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S
under the Securities Act. Accordingly, each Dealer
represents and agrees that neither it, its affiliates
nor any persons acting on its or their behalf have
engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts
with respect to the Notes, and that it and they have
complied and will comply with the offering restrictions
requirement of Regulation S. Each Dealer also agrees
that, at or prior to confirmation of sale of Notes, it
will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person
receiving a selling concession, fee or other
remuneration that purchases Notes from it a
confirmation or notice to substantially the following
effect:
"The securities covered hereby have not been
registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933
(the "Securities Act") and may not be offered or
sold within the United States or to, or for the
account or benefit of, U.S. persons. Terms used
above have the meanings given to them by
Regulation S under the Securities Act."
Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to
them by Regulation S under the Securities Act.
In addition:
(a) each Dealer represents and agrees that at any time (i)
it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or
sell, Notes to a person who is within the United
States or its possessions, or to a United States
person, and (ii) it has not delivered and will
not deliver selling materials or Notes within the
United States or its possessions, except to the
extent such offer, sale or delivery would be
permitted under U.S. Treas. Reg. Section
1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D) (the "D Rules");
D5
(b) each Dealer represents and agrees that at any time it
has and will continue to have in effect
procedures reasonably designed to ensure that its
employees or agents who are directly engaged in
selling Notes are aware that at any time such
Notes may not be offered or sold to a person who
is within the United States or its possessions or
to a United States person, except to the extent
such offer or delivery would be permitted under
the D Rules;
(c) each Dealer that is a United States person represents
and agrees that at any time it is acquiring the
Notes for purposes of resale outside of the
United States in connection with their original
issuance and if it retains Notes for its own
account, it will only do so in accordance with
the requirements of U.S. Treas. Reg. Section
1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(6);
(d) each Dealer represents and agrees that, in connection
with the sale of the Notes it will not deliver
the Notes in definitive form within the United
States or its possessions at any time; and
(e) with respect to each affiliate that acquires Notes
from a Dealer for the purposes of offering or
selling such Notes, such Dealer repeats and
confirms the representation and agreements
contained in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) on
such affiliate's behalf.
3. The United Kingdom
In relation to each issue of Notes, the Dealer
purchasing such Notes represents, warrants and
undertakes to the Issuer that:
3.1 No deposit-taking: in relation to any Notes having a
maturity of less than one year from the date of
issue:
3.1.1 it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in
acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
investments (as principal or agent) for the
purposes of its business;
3.1.2 it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell
any such Notes other than to persons:
(a) whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing of
investments (as principal or agent) for
the purposes of their businesses; or
(b) who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold,
manage or dispose of investments (as
principal or agent) for the purposes of
their businesses,
where the issue of the Notes would otherwise
constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the
FSMA by the Issuer;
D5
3.2 Financial promotion: it has only communicated or
caused to be communicated and will only
communicate or cause to be communicated any
invitation or inducement to engage in investment
activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the
FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue
or sale of any Notes in circumstances in which
section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the
Issuer; and
3.3 General compliance: it has complied and will comply
with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with
respect to anything done by it in relation to any
Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United
Kingdom.
4. Japan
The Notes have not been and will not be registered
under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and,
accordingly, each Dealer undertakes that it will not
offer or sell any Notes, directly or indirectly, in
Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person
or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or
indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person expect
under circumstances which will result in compliance
with all applicable laws, regulations and guidelines
promulgated by the relevant Japanese governmental and
regulatory authorities and in effect at the relevant
time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese
Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan,
including any corporation or other entity organised
under the laws of Japan.
5. Switzerland
Each Dealer and the Issuer has agreed that any issue of
Notes denominated in Swiss Francs will be in compliance
with the guidelines of the Swiss National Bank
regarding issues of Swiss Franc denominated debt
securities.
D5
Programme Summary
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuer Arranger and Dealer
DENTSPLY International Citibank International
Inc. plc
Address: 570 West College Avenue Address: Citigroup Centre
PO Box 872 33 Canada Square
York, Pennsylvania Canary Wharf
17405-0872 London E14 5LB
Telephone:+ (717) 849 4262 Telephone+ 44 20 7986 9070
Fax: + (717) 849 4486 Fax: + 44 20 7986 6837
Contact: Treasurer Contact: Short-Term Fixed
Income Desk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Dealer Issue and Paying Agent
Credit Suisse First Boston Citibank, N.A.
(Europe) Limited
Address: One Cabot Square Address: 5 Carmelite Street
London E14 4QJ London EC4Y 0PA
Telephone: + 44 20 7888 9968 Telephone:+ 44 20 7508 3826
Fax: + 44 20 7905 6132 Fax: + 44 20 7508 3884
Contact: Commercial Paper Contact: Agency and Trust
Desk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum Denominations:
Amount:
U.S.$250,000,000 U.S.$500,000
EUR500,000
GBP100,000
Y100,000,000
CHF500,000
(or other conventionally
accepted denominations in
other currencies provided
that the Dollar Equivalent of
any Note must be at least
U.S.$500,000 on the issue
date as determined at the
spot rate on such date)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Governing Law: Form of Notes:
Agreements: English Exchangeable Global Notes
with Definitive Notes
available on default or in
certain other limited
circumstances
Sterling Definitive Notes
D5
Notes: English Notes may be issued at a
discount to face value, may
bear interest or may be Index
Linked Notes (other than an
Index which is not based on
the value of property that is
actively traded or which is
based on real estate).
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Term: Maximum Term:
Seven days (or 183 days
such shorter
period as may
be agreed
between the
Issuer, the
relevant Dealer
and the Issue
Agent)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Clearing Selling Restrictions:
Systems:
Euroclear United Kingdom
Clearstream, U.S.A.
Luxembourg Japan
Switzerland
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Agent for
Service of
Process:
Dentsply Limited
Address: Hamm Moor Lane
Addlestone
Weybridge
Surrey KT15
2SE
Telephone: + 44 (0) 1932 853
422
Fax: + 44 (0) 1932 828
887
Contact: General Manager
D5
Increase of Maximum Amount
[Letterhead of Issuer]
[Date]
To: Citibank International plc
Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited
Citibank, N.A. (as Issue Agent and Principal Paying
Agent)
Dear Sirs
U.S.$250,000,000 Euro-commercial paper programme
We refer to a dealer agreement dated 18 July 2002 (the
"Dealer Agreement") between ourselves as Issuer, the
Arranger and the Dealers party thereto relating to a
U.S.$250,000,000 Euro-commercial paper programme (the
"Programme"). Terms used in the Dealer Agreement shall have
the same meaning in this letter.
In accordance with Clause 2.5 of the Dealer Agreement, we
hereby notify each of the addressees listed above that the
Maximum Amount of the Programme is to be increased from
U.S.$[ ] to U.S.$[ ] with effect from [date], subject
to delivery of the following documents:
(a) an updated or supplemental Information Memorandum
reflecting the increase in the Maximum Amount of the
Programme.
(b) certified copies of all documents evidencing the
internal authorisations and approvals required to be
granted by the Issuer for such increase in the Maximum
Amount;
(c) certified copies of [specify any governmental or other
consents required by the Issuer for such increase];
(d) legal opinions from (i) legal advisers acceptable to
the Dealers qualified in the law of the jurisdiction of
incorporation of the Issuer and (ii) Clifford Chance
relating to such increase;
(e) a list of names, titles and specimen signatures of the
persons authorised to sign on behalf of the Issuer all
notices and other documents to be delivered in
connection with such an increase in the Maximum Amount;
and
(f) written confirmation that Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.
and Moody's Investors Service, Inc. respectively are
maintaining their current ratings for the Programme.
D5
From the date on which such increase in the Maximum Amount
becomes effective, all references in the Dealer Agreement
to the Maximum Amount or the amount of the Programme shall
be construed as references to the increased Maximum Amount
as specified herein.
Yours faithfully
...............................
for and on behalf of
DENTSPLY International Inc.
D5
Appointment of New Dealer
[Letterhead of Issuer]
[Date]
To: [Name of new Dealer]
Dear Sirs
U.S.$250,000,000 Euro-commercial paper programme
We refer to a dealer agreement dated 18 July 2002 (the
"Dealer Agreement") between ourselves as Issuer, the
Arranger and the Dealers party thereto relating to a
U.S.$250,000,000 Euro-commercial paper programme (the
"Programme"). Terms used in the Dealer Agreement shall have
the same meaning in this letter.
In accordance with Clause 6.2 of the Dealer Agreement, we
hereby appoint you as an additional dealer for the
Programme upon the terms of the Dealer Agreement with
[immediate effect/effect from [date]]. Please confirm
acceptance of your appointment upon such terms by signing
and returning to us the enclosed copy of this letter,
whereupon you will, in accordance with Clause 6.2 of the
Dealer Agreement, become a party to the Dealer Agreement
vested with all the authority, rights, powers, duties and
obligations as if originally named as a Dealer thereunder.
Yours faithfully
.............................
for and on behalf of
DENTSPLY International Inc.
[On copy]
We hereby confirm acceptance of our appointment as a Dealer
upon the terms of the Dealer Agreement referred to above.
For the purposes of Clause 7 (Notices), our contact details
are as follows:
D5
[Name of Dealer]
Address: [ ]
Telephone: [ ]
Fax: [ ]
Telex: [ ]
Contact: [ ]
Dated: .................................
Signed: .................................
for [Name of new Dealer]
D5
Form of Calculation Agency Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT is made on [date]
BETWEEN
(1) DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the "Issuer"); and
(2) [ ], as the calculation agent appointed
pursuant to Clause 6 hereof (the "Calculation Agent",
which expression shall include any successor thereto).
WHEREAS:
(A) Under a dealer agreement (as amended, supplemented
and/or restated from time to time, the "Dealer
Agreement") dated 18 July 2002 and made between the
Issuer, the Arranger and the Dealer(s) referred to
therein, and an issue agency agreement (as amended,
supplemented and/or restated from time to time, the
"Agency Agreement") dated 18 July 2002 and made between
the Issuer and the agents referred to therein, the
Issuer established a Euro-commercial paper programme
(the "Programme").
(B) The Dealer Agreement contemplates, among other things,
the issue under the Programme of index linked notes and
provides for the appointment of calculation agents in
relation thereto. Each such calculation agent's
appointment shall be on substantially the terms and
subject to the conditions of this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1. INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
Terms not expressly defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Dealer Agreement or the
Agency Agreement.
1.2 Legislation
Any reference in this Agreement to any legislation
(whether primary legislation or regulations or other
subsidiary legislation made pursuant to primary
legislation) shall be construed as a reference to such
legislation as the same may have been, or may from time
to time be, amended or re-enacted.
1.3 Index Linked Notes
"Relevant Index Linked Notes" means such Index Linked
Notes in respect of which the Calculation Agent is
appointed.
D5
2. APPOINTMENT OF CALCULATION AGENT
The Issuer appoints the Calculation Agent as its agent
for the purpose of calculating the redemption amount
and/or, if applicable, the amount of interest in
respect of the Relevant Index Linked Notes upon the
terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.
The Calculation Agent accepts such appointment.
3. DETERMINATION AND NOTIFICATION
3.1 Determination
The Calculation Agent shall determine the redemption
amount of, and/or, if applicable, the amount of
interest payable on, each Relevant Index Linked Note in
accordance with the redemption calculation applicable
thereto.
3.2 Notification
The Calculation Agent shall as soon as it has made its
determination as provided for in Clause 3.1 above (and,
in any event, no later than the close of business on
the date on which the determination is made) notify the
Issuer and the Principal Paying Agent (if other than
the Calculation Agent) of the redemption amount and/or,
if applicable, the amount of interest so payable.
4. STAMP DUTIES
The Issuer will pay all stamp, registration and other
taxes and duties (including any interest and penalties
thereon or in connection therewith) payable in
connection with the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement.
5. INDEMNITY AND LIABILITY
5.1 Indemnity
The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless on demand
the Calculation Agent against any claim, demand,
action, liability, damages, cost, loss or expense
(including, without limitation, legal fees and any
applicable value added tax) which it may incur arising
out of, in connection with or based upon the exercise
of its powers and duties as Calculation Agent under
this Agreement, except such as may result from its own
negligence or bad faith or that of its officers,
employees or agents.
D5
5.2 Liability
The Calculation Agent may consult as to legal matters
with lawyers selected by it, who may be employees of,
or lawyers to, the Issuer. If such consultation is
made, the Calculation Agent shall be protected and
shall incur no liability for action taken or not taken
by it as Calculation Agent or suffered to be taken with
respect to such matters in good faith, without
negligence and in accordance with the opinion of such
lawyers.
6. CONDITIONS OF APPOINTMENT
The Calculation Agent and the Issuer agree that its
appointment will be subject to the following
conditions:
(a) No obligations: in acting under this Agreement, the
Calculation Agent shall act as an independent
expert and shall not assume any obligations
towards or relationship of agency or trust for
the Issuer or the owner or holder of any of the
Relevant Index Linked Notes or any interest
therein;
(b) Notices: unless otherwise specifically provided in
this Agreement, any order, certificate, notice,
request, direction or other communication from
the Issuer made or given under any provision of
this Agreement shall be sufficient if signed or
purported to be signed by a duly authorised
employee of the Issuer;
(c) Duties: the Calculation Agent shall be obliged to
perform only those duties which are set out in
this Agreement and in the redemption calculation
relating to the Relevant Index Linked Notes;
(d) Ownership, interest: the Calculation Agent and its
officers and employees, in its individual or any
other capacity, may become the owner of, or
acquire any interest in, any Relevant Index
Linked Notes with the same rights that the
Calculation Agent would have if it were not the
Calculation Agent hereunder; and
(e) Calculations and determinations: all calculations and
determinations made pursuant to this Agreement by
the Calculation Agent shall (save in the case of
manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the
Calculation Agent and (if other than the
Calculation Agent) the holder(s) of the Relevant
Index Linked Notes and no liability to such
holder(s) shall attach to the Calculation Agent
in connection with the exercise by the
Calculation Agent of its powers, duties or
discretion under or in respect of the Relevant
Index Linked Notes in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
D5
7. ALTERNATIVE APPOINTMENT
If, for any reason, the Calculation Agent ceases to act
as such or fails to comply with its obligations under
Clause 3, the Issuer shall appoint the Principal Paying
Agent as calculation agent in respect of the Relevant
Index Linked Notes.
8. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no
right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.
9. LAW AND JURISDICTION
9.1 Governing law
This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed
in accordance with, English law.
9.2 Jurisdiction
The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Calculation
Agent that the courts of England shall have
jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, action or
proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may
arise out of or in connection with this Agreement
(respectively, "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for
such purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction
of such courts.
9.3 Appropriate forum
The Issuer irrevocably waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter have to the courts of England
being nominated as the forum to hear and determine any
Proceedings and to settle any Disputes, and agrees not
to claim that any such court is not a convenient or
appropriate forum.
9.4 Process agent
The Issuer agrees that the process by which any
Proceedings in England are begun may be served on it by
being delivered to DENTSPLY Limited at Hamm Moor Lane,
Addlestone, Weybridge, Surrey, KT15 2SE or, if
different, its registered office for the time being.
If such person is not or ceases to be effectively
appointed to accept service of process on behalf of the
Issuer, the shall, on the written demand of the
Calculation Agent addressed to the Issuer and delivered
to the Issuer appoint a further person in England to
accept service of process on its behalf and, failing
such appointment within 15 days, the Calculation Agent
shall be entitled to appoint such a person by written
notice addressed to the Issuer and delivered to the
Issuer. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the
right of the Calculation Agent to serve process in any
other manner permitted by law.
D5
10. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, all of which when taken together shall
constitute a single agreement.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives
of the parties hereto the day and year first before written.
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
By: ..................................
[NAME OF CALCULATION AGENT]
By: ..................................]
D5
Signature Page
The Issuer
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
By: ..............................
The Arranger and Dealer
CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc
By: ..............................
The Dealer
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON (EUROPE) LIMITED
By: ..............................
D5
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FACILITY B
FIVE-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE, REVOLVING CREDIT AND
GUARANTY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this "Amendment") is dated
as of May 25, 2001, and amends the Facility B Five-Year
Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty
Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2001, by and among DENTSPLY
INTERNATIONAL INC. (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors (as
such term is defined therein) from time to time party
thereto, the Banks (as such term is defined therein) from
time to time party thereto, and ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as
administrative agent (the "Agent") and arranger and
bookrunner, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON and BANK OF
TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY, as co-syndication agents,
and FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
BANK, as co-documentation agents (the "Original Facility B
Credit Agreement").
BACKGROUND
The parties hereto desire to amend the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement to apply the Usage Fee to the
aggregate of all commitments under the both the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement and the Facility A Credit
Agreement, as more fully set forth below.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in
consideration of their mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, incorporating the above-defined terms
herein and intending to be legally bound hereby agree as
follows:
Article I
Amendment
1.01. Defined Terms; References. Terms not
otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the
respective meanings ascribed to them in the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement. Each reference to "hereof,"
"hereunder," "herein," and "hereby" and similar references
contained in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement and
each reference to "this Agreement" and similar references
contained in the Original Facility B Credit Agreement
shall, on and after the date hereof, refer to the Original
Facility B Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
1.02. Usage Fee. As of the date hereof, Section
2.08(b) of the Original Facility B Credit Agreement shall
be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
D6
"(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to each
Bank, through the Administrative Agent, on each
March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, and
on the Maturity Date or any earlier date on which
the Commitment of such Bank shall have terminated
and the outstanding Loans of such Bank have been
repaid in full, a usage fee (a "Usage Fee") at a
rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage
from time to time in effect on the aggregate
amount of such Bank's Credit Exposure for each
day on which the sum of the aggregate Credit
Exposure of all Banks under this Agreement plus
the aggregate Credit Exposure (as such term is
defined in the Facility A Credit Agreement) of
all Banks under (and as "Banks" is defined in)
the Facility A Credit Agreement shall be greater
than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount
of the total Commitments under this Agreement and
of the total Commitments under (and as such term
is defined in) the Facility A Credit Agreement.
All Usage Fees shall be computed on the basis of
the actual number of days elapsed in a year of
360 days and shall be payable for the actual
number of days elapsed (including the first day
but excluding the last day)."
Article II
Representations and Warranties
As of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and
each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent
and warrant to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:
2.01. There are no set-offs, claims, defenses,
counterclaims, causes of action, or deductions of any
nature against any of the Obligations.
2.02. After giving effect to the amendments made
herein: (i) no Event of Default under and as defined in the
Original Facility B Credit Agreement has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) the representations and warranties of
each of Borrower and each of the Guarantors contained in
the Original Facility B Credit Agreement and the other
Fundamental Documents are true and correct on and as of the
date hereof with the same force and effect as though made
on such date, except to the extent that any such
representation or warranty expressly relates solely to a
previous date.
Article III
Effect, Effectiveness, Consent of Guarantors
3.01. Effectiveness. Upon the date that Agent
shall have received from each of the Banks, the Borrower,
and the Guarantors a counterpart hereof signed by such
party or facsimile or other written confirmation (in form
satisfactory to Agent) that such party has signed a
counterpart hereof, this Amendment shall be effective as of
May 25, 2001. Any Usage Fee received by Agent or any Bank
under the Original Facility B Credit Agreement and which is
in excess of the Usage Fee as calculated under this
Amendment shall be promptly returned to Borrower
notwithstanding, solely for the purposes of this sentence,
Section 2.08(e) of the Original Facility B Credit Agreement.
D6
3.02. Amendment. The Original Facility B Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with the terms
hereof, and this Amendment and the Original Facility B
Credit Agreement shall hereafter be one agreement and any
reference to the Original Facility B Credit Agreement in
any document, instrument, or agreement shall hereafter mean
and include the Original Facility B Credit Agreement as
amended hereby. In the event of irreconcilable
inconsistency between the terms or provisions hereof and
the terms or provisions of the Original Facility B Credit
Agreement, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.
3.03. Joinder of Guarantors. Each of the
Guarantors hereby joins in this Amendment to evidence its
consent hereto, and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its
obligations set forth in the Original Facility B Credit
Agreement, as hereby amended, and in each other Fundamental
Document given by it in connection therewith.
Article IV
Miscellaneous
4.01. Original Facility B Credit Agreement.
Except as specifically amended by the provisions hereof,
the Original Facility B Credit Agreement and all other
Fundamental Documents shall remain in full force and effect
and are hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.
4.02. Counterparts, Telecopy Signatures. This
Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each
of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument; and,
delivery of executed signature pages hereof by telecopy
transmission from one party to another shall constitute
effective and binding execution and delivery respectively
of this Amendment by such party.
4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without regard to its
conflict of laws principles.
4.04. Expenses. Each of the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to
reimburse the Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses arising in connection with the negotiation,
preparation and execution of this Amendment, including the
reasonable fees and expenses of Buchanan Ingersoll PC,
counsel for the Agent.
4.05. Severability. If any provision of this
Amendment, or the application thereof to any party hereto,
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or
applications of this Amendment which can be given effect
without the invalid and unenforceable provision or
application, and to this end the parties hereto agree that
the provisions of this Amendment are and shall be severable.
4.06. Banks' Consent. Each Bank, by its
execution hereof, hereby consents to this Amendment
pursuant Section 10.02 of the Original Facility B Credit
Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
D6
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FACILITY A
364-DAY COMPETITIVE ADVANCE, REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY
AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this "Amendment") is dated as
of May 25, 2001, and amends the Facility A 364-Day Competitive
Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of
May 25, 2001, by and among DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the
"Borrower"), the Guarantors (as such term is defined therein)
from time to time party thereto, the Banks (as such term is
defined therein) from time to time party thereto, and ABN AMRO
BANK N.V., as administrative agent (the "Agent") and arranger
and bookrunner, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON and BANK OF
TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY, as co-syndication agents, and
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, as
co-documentation agents (the "Original Facility A Credit
Agreement").
BACKGROUND
The parties hereto desire to amend the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement to apply the Usage Fee to the
aggregate of all commitments under the both the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement and the Facility B Credit
Agreement, as more fully set forth below.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration
of their mutual covenants and agreements herein contained,
incorporating the above-defined terms herein and intending to
be legally bound hereby agree as follows:
Article I
Amendment
1.01. Defined Terms; References. Terms not
otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to them in the Original Facility A Credit
Agreement. Each reference to "hereof," "hereunder," "herein,"
and "hereby" and similar references contained in the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement and each reference to "this
Agreement" and similar references contained in the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement shall, on and after the date
hereof, refer to the Original Facility A Credit Agreement as
amended hereby.
1.02. Usage Fee. As of the date hereof, Section
2.07(b) of the Original Facility A Credit Agreement shall be
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
D7
"(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to each
Bank, through the Administrative Agent, on each March
31, June 30, September 30, December 31, and on the
Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the
Commitment of such Bank shall have terminated and the
outstanding Loans of such Bank have been repaid in
full, a usage fee (a "Usage Fee") at a rate per annum
equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time
in effect on the aggregate amount of such Bank's
Credit Exposure for each day on which the sum of the
aggregate Credit Exposure of all Banks under this
Agreement plus the aggregate Credit Exposure (as such
term is defined in the Facility B Credit Agreement)
of all Banks under (and as "Banks" is defined in) the
Facility B Credit Agreement shall be greater than
fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the
total Commitments under this Agreement and of the
total Commitments under (and as such term is defined
in) the Facility B Credit Agreement. All Usage Fees
shall be computed on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed in a year of 360 days and shall be
payable for the actual number of days elapsed
(including the first day but excluding the last day)."
Article II
Representations and Warranties
As of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:
2.01. There are no set-offs, claims, defenses,
counterclaims, causes of action, or deductions of any nature
against any of the Obligations.
2.02. After giving effect to the amendments made
herein: (i) no Event of Default under and as defined in the
Original Facility A Credit Agreement has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) the representations and warranties of each
of Borrower and each of the Guarantors contained in the
Original Facility A Credit Agreement and the other Fundamental
Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof
with the same force and effect as though made on such date,
except to the extent that any such representation or warranty
expressly relates solely to a previous date.
Article III
Effect, Effectiveness, Consent of Guarantors
3.01. Effectiveness. Upon the date that Agent shall
have received from each of the Banks, the Borrower, and the
Guarantors a counterpart hereof signed by such party or
facsimile or other written confirmation (in form satisfactory
to Agent) that such party has signed a counterpart hereof, this
Amendment shall be effective as of May 25, 2001. Any Usage Fee
received by Agent or any Bank under the Original Facility A
Credit Agreement and which is in excess of the Usage Fee as
calculated under this Amendment shall be promptly returned to
Borrower notwithstanding, solely for the purposes of this
sentence, Section 2.07(d) of the Original Facility A Credit
Agreement.
D7
3.02. Amendment. The Original Facility A Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with the terms
hereof, and this Amendment and the Original Facility A Credit
Agreement shall hereafter be one agreement and any reference to
the Original Facility A Credit Agreement in any document,
instrument, or agreement shall hereafter mean and include the
Original Facility A Credit Agreement as amended hereby. In the
event of irreconcilable inconsistency between the terms or
provisions hereof and the terms or provisions of the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions hereof
shall control.
3.03. Joinder of Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors
hereby joins in this Amendment to evidence its consent hereto,
and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations set forth
in the Original Facility A Credit Agreement, as hereby amended,
and in each other Fundamental Document given by it in
connection therewith.
Article IV
Miscellaneous
4.01. Original Facility A Credit Agreement. Except
as specifically amended by the provisions hereof, the Original
Facility A Credit Agreement and all other Fundamental Documents
shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified
and confirmed by the parties hereto.
4.02. Counterparts, Telecopy Signatures. This
Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument; and, delivery of
executed signature pages hereof by telecopy transmission from
one party to another shall constitute effective and binding
execution and delivery respectively of this Amendment by such
party.
4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict
of laws principles.
4.04. Expenses. Each of the Borrower and each of
the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the
Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in
connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of
this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
Buchanan Ingersoll PC, counsel for the Agent.
4.05. Severability. If any provision of this
Amendment, or the application thereof to any party hereto,
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or
applications of this Amendment which can be given effect
without the invalid and unenforceable provision or application,
and to this end the parties hereto agree that the provisions of
this Amendment are and shall be severable.
4.06. Banks' Consent. Each Bank, by its execution
hereof, hereby consents to this Amendment pursuant Section
10.02 of the Original Facility A Credit Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
D7
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FACILITY B
FIVE-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE, REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY
AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this "Amendment") is dated as
of August 30, 2001, and amends the Facility B Five-Year
Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement,
dated as of May 25, 2001, by and among DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL
INC. (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors (as such term is defined
therein) from time to time party thereto, the Banks (as such
term is defined therein) from time to time party thereto, and
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as administrative agent (the "Agent") and
arranger and bookrunner, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON and BANK OF
TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY, as co-syndication agents, and
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, as
co-documentation agents, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to
Facility B Five-Year Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 25, 2001 (the "Facility B
Credit Agreement").
BACKGROUND
In light of the Proposed Acquisition, the parties
hereto desire to amend certain covenants contained in the
Facility B Credit Agreement, as more fully set forth below.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration
of their mutual covenants and agreements herein contained,
incorporating the above-defined terms herein and intending to
be legally bound hereby agree as follows:
Article I
Amendment
1.01. Defined Terms; References. Terms not
otherwise defined in this Amendment (including in the
Background section above) shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to them in the Facility B Credit Agreement. Each
reference to "hereof," "hereunder," "herein," and "hereby" and
similar references contained in the Facility B Credit Agreement
and each reference to "this Agreement" and similar references
contained in the Facility B Credit Agreement shall, on and
after the date hereof, refer to the Facility B Credit Agreement
as amended hereby.
1.02. Sale and Leaseback. As of the date hereof,
Section 6.06(a) of the Facility B Credit Agreement shall be
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"(a) (i) the Des Plaines Lease; and (ii)
following the acquisition of Degussa Dental Group by Borrower
or one or more of its Subsidiaries and no later than June 30,
2002, any one or more Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an
aggregate equivalent amount not to exceed US$100,000,000 with
respect to the precious metals inventory owned by Degussa
Dental Group prior to such acquisition;"
1.03. Debt Ratio.
(i) As of the date hereof, Section 6.11(a) of the
Facility B Credit Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety
and replaced with the following:
D8
"(a) In the event that the Proposed Acquisition
occurs no later than August 30, 2001, then upon and after the
Proposed Acquisition, permit the Debt Ratio at any such time
through December 31, 2002, to be greater than 0.65 to 1.0 or
permit the Debt Ratio at any time after December 31, 2002,
through December 31, 2003, to be greater than 0.55 to 1.0 or
permit the Debt Ratio at any time after December 31, 2003, to
be greater than 0.50 to 1.0."
(ii) As the Borrower or one or more of its
Subsidiaries has prior to the date hereof expended or committed
to expend an amount in excess of US$1,000,000 (or its
equivalent) in connection with the acquisition of Degussa
Dental Group, the parties hereto acknowledge that, in
accordance with the definition of "Proposed Acquisition" set
forth in the Facility B Credit Agreement for purposes of
Section 6.11, the Proposed Acquisition has occurred.
Article II
Representations and Warranties
As of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:
2.01. There are no set-offs, claims, defenses,
counterclaims, causes of action, or deductions of any nature
against any of the Obligations.
2.02. After giving effect to the amendments made
herein: (i) no Event of Default under and as defined in the
Facility B Credit Agreement and, to the knowledge of the
Borrower and the Guarantors, no event which upon notice or
lapse of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the representations
and warranties of each of Borrower and each of the Guarantors
contained in the Facility B Credit Agreement and the other
Fundamental Documents are true and correct on and as of the
date hereof with the same force and effect as though made on
such date, except to the extent that any such representation or
warranty expressly relates solely to a previous date.
Article III
Effect, Effectiveness, Consent of Guarantors
3.01. Effectiveness. Upon the date that Agent shall
have received from each of the Required Banks, the Borrower,
and the Guarantors a counterpart hereof signed by such party or
facsimile or other written confirmation (in form satisfactory
to Agent) that such party has signed a counterpart hereof, this
Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof.
3.02. Amendment. The Facility B Credit Agreement is
hereby amended in accordance with the terms hereof, and this
Amendment and the Facility B Credit Agreement shall hereafter
be one agreement and any reference to the Facility B Credit
Agreement in any document, instrument, or agreement shall
hereafter mean and include the Facility B Credit Agreement as
amended hereby. In the event of irreconcilable inconsistency
between the terms or provisions hereof and the terms or
provisions of the Facility B Credit Agreement, the terms and
provisions hereof shall control.
D8
3.03. Joinder of Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors
hereby joins in this Amendment to evidence its consent hereto,
and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations set forth
in the Facility B Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, and in
each other Fundamental Document given by it in connection
therewith.
Article IV
Miscellaneous
4.01. Facility B Credit Agreement. Except as
specifically amended by the provisions hereof, the Facility B
Credit Agreement and all other Fundamental Documents shall
remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
confirmed by the parties hereto.
4.02. Counterparts, Telecopy Signatures. This
Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument; and, delivery of
executed signature pages hereof by telecopy transmission from
one party to another shall constitute effective and binding
execution and delivery respectively of this Amendment by such
party.
4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict
of laws principles.
4.04. Expenses. Each of the Borrower and each of
the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the
Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in
connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of
this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
Buchanan Ingersoll PC, counsel for the Agent.
4.05. Severability. If any provision of this
Amendment, or the application thereof to any party hereto,
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or
applications of this Amendment which can be given effect
without the invalid and unenforceable provision or application,
and to this end the parties hereto agree that the provisions of
this Amendment are and shall be severable.
4.06. Banks' Consent. Each Bank, by its execution
hereof, hereby consents to this Amendment pursuant Section
10.02 of the Facility B Credit Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
D8
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FACILITY A
364-DAY COMPETITIVE ADVANCE, REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY
AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this "Amendment") is dated as
of August 30, 2001, and amends the Facility A 364-Day
Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement,
dated as of May 25, 2001, by and among DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL
INC. (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors (as such term is defined
therein) from time to time party thereto, the Banks (as such
term is defined therein) from time to time party thereto, and
ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as administrative agent (the "Agent") and
arranger and bookrunner, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON and BANK OF
TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY, as co-syndication agents, and
FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, as
co-documentation agents, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to
Facility A 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 25, 2001 (the "Facility A
Credit Agreement").
BACKGROUND
In light of the Proposed Acquisition, the parties
hereto desire to amend certain covenants contained in the
Facility A Credit Agreement, as more fully set forth below.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration
of their mutual covenants and agreements herein contained,
incorporating the above-defined terms herein and intending to
be legally bound hereby agree as follows:
Article I
Amendment
1.01. Defined Terms; References. Terms not
otherwise defined in this Amendment (including in the
Background section above) shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to them in the Facility A Credit Agreement. Each
reference to "hereof," "hereunder," "herein," and "hereby" and
similar references contained in the Facility A Credit Agreement
and each reference to "this Agreement" and similar references
contained in the Facility A Credit Agreement shall, on and
after the date hereof, refer to the Facility A Credit Agreement
as amended hereby.
1.02. Sale and Leaseback. As of the date hereof,
Section 6.06(a) of the Facility A Credit Agreement shall be
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
"(a) (i) the Des Plaines Lease; and (ii)
following the acquisition of Degussa Dental Group by Borrower
or one or more of its Subsidiaries and no later than June 30,
2002, any one or more Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an
aggregate equivalent amount not to exceed US$100,000,000 with
respect to the precious metals inventory owned by Degussa
Dental Group prior to such acquisition;"
1.03. Debt Ratio.
(i) As of the date hereof, Section 6.11(a) of the
Facility A Credit Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety
and replaced with the following:
D9
"(a) In the event that the Proposed Acquisition
occurs no later than August 30, 2001, then upon and after the
Proposed Acquisition, permit the Debt Ratio at any such time
through December 31, 2002, to be greater than 0.65 to 1.0 or
permit the Debt Ratio at any time after December 31, 2002,
through December 31, 2003, to be greater than 0.55 to 1.0 or
permit the Debt Ratio at any time after December 31, 2003, to
be greater than 0.50 to 1.0."
(ii) As the Borrower or one or more of its
Subsidiaries has prior to the date hereof expended or committed
to expend an amount in excess of US$1,000,000 (or its
equivalent) in connection with the acquisition of Degussa
Dental Group, the parties hereto acknowledge that, in
accordance with the definition of "Proposed Acquisition" set
forth in the Facility A Credit Agreement for purposes of
Section 6.11, the Proposed Acquisition has occurred.
Article II
Representations and Warranties
As of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:
2.01. There are no set-offs, claims, defenses,
counterclaims, causes of action, or deductions of any nature
against any of the Obligations.
2.02. After giving effect to the amendments made
herein: (i) no Event of Default under and as defined in the
Facility A Credit Agreement and, to the knowledge of the
Borrower and the Guarantors, no event which upon notice or
lapse of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) the representations
and warranties of each of Borrower and each of the Guarantors
contained in the Facility A Credit Agreement and the other
Fundamental Documents are true and correct on and as of the
date hereof with the same force and effect as though made on
such date, except to the extent that any such representation or
warranty expressly relates solely to a previous date.
Article III
Effect, Effectiveness, Consent of Guarantors
3.01. Effectiveness. Upon the date that Agent shall
have received from each of the Required Banks, the Borrower,
and the Guarantors a counterpart hereof signed by such party or
facsimile or other written confirmation (in form satisfactory
to Agent) that such party has signed a counterpart hereof, this
Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof.
3.02. Amendment. The Facility A Credit Agreement is
hereby amended in accordance with the terms hereof, and this
Amendment and the Facility A Credit Agreement shall hereafter
be one agreement and any reference to the Facility A Credit
Agreement in any document, instrument, or agreement shall
hereafter mean and include the Facility A Credit Agreement as
amended hereby. In the event of irreconcilable inconsistency
between the terms or provisions hereof and the terms or
provisions of the Facility A Credit Agreement, the terms and
provisions hereof shall control.
D9
3.03. Joinder of Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors
hereby joins in this Amendment to evidence its consent hereto,
and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations set forth
in the Facility A Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, and in
each other Fundamental Document given by it in connection
therewith.
Article IV
Miscellaneous
4.01. Facility A Credit Agreement. Except as
specifically amended by the provisions hereof, the Facility A
Credit Agreement and all other Fundamental Documents shall
remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
confirmed by the parties hereto.
4.02. Counterparts, Telecopy Signatures. This
Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument; and, delivery of
executed signature pages hereof by telecopy transmission from
one party to another shall constitute effective and binding
execution and delivery respectively of this Amendment by such
party.
4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict
of laws principles.
4.04. Expenses. Each of the Borrower and each of
the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the
Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in
connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of
this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
Buchanan Ingersoll PC, counsel for the Agent.
4.05. Severability. If any provision of this
Amendment, or the application thereof to any party hereto,
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or
applications of this Amendment which can be given effect
without the invalid and unenforceable provision or application,
and to this end the parties hereto agree that the provisions of
this Amendment are and shall be severable.
4.06. Banks' Consent. Each Bank, by its execution
hereof, hereby consents to this Amendment pursuant Section
10.02 of the Facility A Credit Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
D9
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO FACILITY A
364-DAY COMPETITIVE ADVANCE, REVOLVING CREDIT AND GUARANTY
AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 (this "Amendment") is dated as
of May 24, 2002, and amends the Facility A 364-Day Competitive
Advance, Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of
May 25, 2001, by and among DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. (the
"Borrower"), the Guarantors (as such term is defined therein)
from time to time party thereto, the Banks (as such term is
defined therein) from time to time party thereto, and ABN AMRO
BANK N.V., as administrative agent (the "Agent") and arranger
and bookrunner, CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON and BANK OF
TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY, as co-syndication agents, and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor by merger to
First Union National Bank) and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
as co-documentation agents, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to
Facility A 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 25, 2001 and Amendment No. 2
to Facility A 364-Day Competitive Advance, Revolving Credit and
Guaranty Agreement dated as of August 30, 2001 (the "Facility A
Credit Agreement").
BACKGROUND
The parties hereto desire to amend the Facility A
Credit Agreement to extend the maturity date as permitted by
Section 2.12(e) of the Facility A Credit Agreement, as more
fully set forth below.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration
of their mutual covenants and agreements herein contained,
incorporating the above-defined terms herein and intending to
be legally bound hereby agree as follows:
Article I
Amendment
1.01. Defined Terms; References. Terms not
otherwise defined in this Amendment (including in the
Background section above) shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to them in the Facility A Credit Agreement. Each
reference to "hereof," "hereunder," "herein," and "hereby" and
similar references contained in the Facility A Credit Agreement
and each reference to "this Agreement" and similar references
contained in the Facility A Credit Agreement shall, on and
after the date hereof, refer to the Facility A Credit Agreement
as amended hereby.
1.02. Maturity Date. The Maturity Date is
hereby extended for an additional 364 days in accordance with
Section 2.12(e) of the Facility A Credit Agreement and the
definition of "Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.01 of the
Facility A Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in
its entirety to read as follows:
D10
"Maturity Date" shall mean May 23, 2003 or such other
Maturity Date then in effect pursuant to Section
2.12(e).
1.03. Pro Rata Treatment. Section 2.18 is
hereby amended by inserting the following at the end of such
Section:
Other than as may be expressly set forth in this
Agreement, if at any time insufficient funds are
received by and available to the Administrative Agent
to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest,
expenses, and fees then due hereunder, such funds
shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of
expenses, interest and fees (and in that order) then
due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled
thereto in accordance with the aggregate respective
amounts of expenses, interest and fees then due to
such parties in connection with all Revolving Credit
Borrowings and all Competitive Borrowings, and (ii)
second, towards payment of principal then due
hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto
in accordance with the aggregate amounts of principal
then due to such parties in connection with all
Revolving Credit Borrowings and all Competitive
Borrowings.
1.04.Payments. The first sentence of Section 2.21 is
hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
The Borrower shall make each payment hereunder and
under any instrument delivered hereunder not later
than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day when
due in lawful money of the United States (in freely
transferable dollars) to the Administrative Agent at
its offices set forth on Schedule 2.01 therefor, for
the account of the Banks, in federal or other
immediately available funds, without set-off,
counterclaim, or deduction; provided, however, that
each payment of principal and interest under any Loan
made in an Alternate Currency shall be made in
immediately available funds, without set-off,
counterclaim, or deduction, in the currency in which
such Loan was made.
1.05. Commitments. Schedule 2.01 of the
Facility A Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety
and is replaced with Schedule 2.01 hereto.
1.06.Fees. On or before 5:00 p.m. (New York City
time) on May 24, 2002, and as a condition to the effectiveness
of this Amendment, Borrower shall pay in immediately available
funds to each Bank that executes this Amendment, an amount
equal to one twentieth of one percent (0.05% or 5 basis points)
of the amount of such Bank's Commitment as set forth on
Schedule 2.01 hereto.
Article II
Representations and Warranties
As of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and each
of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to the Agent and each of the Banks as follows:
2.01. Dentsply International Preventive Care
Division L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, and Midwest
Dental Products Corp., a Delaware corporation (collectively,
the "Former Guarantors"), each of which were Guarantors under
the Facility A Credit Agreement have been merged out of
existence.
D10
2.02. The execution and delivery by the Borrower and
the Guarantors of this Amendment, the consummation by the
Borrower and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by
the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, and the performance by
each of the Borrower and each Guarantor of its respective
obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate proceedings on the part of the
Borrower and each Guarantor. On the date of Borrower's
execution hereof, there are no set-offs, claims, defenses,
counterclaims, causes of action, or deductions of any nature
against any of the Obligations.
2.03. This Amendment has been duly and validly
executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Guarantor and
constitutes, and the Credit Agreement as amended hereby
constitutes, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Borrower and each Guarantor enforceable in accordance with the
terms hereof and thereof, except as the enforceability of this
Amendment or the Credit Agreement as amended hereby may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of
general application affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights or by general principles of equity limiting the
availability of equitable remedies.
2.04. Neither the execution and delivery of this
Amendment nor consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby or by the Credit Agreement as amended hereby nor
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or of the
Credit Agreement as amended hereby, by the Borrower or any
Guarantor, will (a) violate any Law, (b) conflict with or
result in a breach of or a default under the articles or
certificate of incorporation or bylaws or similar
organizational documents of the Borrower or any Guarantor or
any material agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or
any Guarantor is a party or by which the Borrower or any
Guarantor or any of their respective properties (now owned or
hereafter acquired) may be subject or bound, (c) require any
consent or approval of any Person or require a mandatory
prepayment or any other payment under the terms of any material
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any Guarantor
is a party or by which the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of
their respective properties (now owned or hereafter acquired)
may be subject or bound, (d) result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any property (now owned or
hereafter acquired) of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or
(e) require any authorization, consent, approval, license,
permit, exemption or other action by, or any registration,
qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any
Governmental Authority.
2.05. After giving effect to this Amendment: (i)
no Event of Default under and as defined in the Facility A
Credit Agreement and, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the
Guarantors, no event which upon notice or lapse of time or both
would constitute such an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) the representations and warranties of each
of Borrower and each of the Guarantors contained in the
Facility A Credit Agreement and the other Fundamental Documents
are true and correct on and as of the date hereof with the same
force and effect as though made on such date, except to the
extent that any such representation or warranty expressly
relates solely to a previous date.
D10
Article III
Effect, Effectiveness, Consent of Guarantors
3.01. Effectiveness. Upon (i) Borrower's payment
and performance of all obligations in connection herewith and
(ii) Agent's receipt from each of the Banks (other than the
Non-Extending Bank), the Borrower, and the Guarantors of a
counterpart hereof signed by such party or facsimile or other
written confirmation (in form satisfactory to Agent) that such
party has signed a counterpart hereof, this Amendment shall be
effective as of the date hereof. Each of the Banks, by its
signature hereto, hereby consents to the effectiveness of this
Amendment notwithstanding any technical requirements for the
timing of notifications and approvals set forth in Section
2.12(e) of the Facility A Credit Agreement. Within forty-five
(45) days of the date hereof, each of the Borrower and each
Guarantor shall have delivered to the Agent a certificate
signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such Borrower
or Guarantor certifying that the articles of incorporation,
bylaws, resolutions, specimen signatures and incumbency of
officers previously delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor to
the Agent in connection with the Facility A Credit Agreement
remain in effect and have not been amended and are effective to
authorize such Person's execution, delivery, and performance of
this Amendment; provided that, to the extent such articles of
incorporation, bylaws, resolutions, or incumbency are no longer
in effect or have been amended, such certificate shall certify
as to the changes thereto.
The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the
Former Guarantors are no longer Guarantors under the Facility A
Credit Agreement.
3.02. Amendment. The Facility A Credit Agreement is
hereby amended in accordance with the terms hereof, and this
Amendment and the Facility A Credit Agreement shall hereafter
be one agreement and any reference to the Facility A Credit
Agreement in any document, instrument, or agreement shall
hereafter mean and include the Facility A Credit Agreement as
amended hereby. In the event of irreconcilable inconsistency
between the terms or provisions hereof and the terms or
provisions of the Facility A Credit Agreement, the terms and
provisions hereof shall control.
3.03. Joinder of Guarantors. Each of the Guarantors
hereby joins in this Amendment to evidence its consent hereto,
and each Guarantor hereby reaffirms its obligations set forth
in the Facility A Credit Agreement, as hereby amended, and in
each other Fundamental Document given by it in connection
therewith.
Article IV
Miscellaneous
4.01. Facility A Credit Agreement. Except as
specifically amended by the provisions hereof, the Facility A
Credit Agreement and all other Fundamental Documents shall
remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
confirmed by the parties hereto.
4.02. Counterparts, Telecopy Signatures. This
Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together
shall constitute one and the same instrument; and, delivery of
executed signature pages hereof by telecopy transmission from
one party to another shall constitute effective and binding
execution and delivery respectively of this Amendment by such
party.
D10
4.03. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be
governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict
of laws principles.
4.04. Expenses. Each of the Borrower and each of
the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the
Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses arising in
connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of
this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and expenses of
Buchanan Ingersoll PC, counsel for the Agent.
4.05. Severability. If any provision of this
Amendment, or the application thereof to any party hereto,
shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions or
applications of this Amendment which can be given effect
without the invalid and unenforceable provision or application,
and to this end the parties hereto agree that the provisions of
this Amendment are and shall be severable.
4.06. Banks' Consent. Each Bank, by its execution
hereof, hereby consents to this Amendment pursuant Section
10.02 of the Facility A Credit Agreement.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
D10
ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION
Section 1.01. The purpose of this Plan is to enable
participating Employees to share in the growth and prosperity
of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the "Company") and to provide
Participants with an opportunity to accumulate capital for
their future economic security. The Plan is intended to do
this without requiring any contributions from Participants.
The primary purpose of the Plan is to enable Participants to
acquire stock ownership interests in the Company. Accordingly,
Employer Contributions to the Plan will be invested primarily
in Company Stock.
Section 1.02. The Plan is designed to provide a technique
of corporate finance to the Company. Therefore, it may be used
to accomplish the following objectives:
(a) To provide Participants with beneficial
ownership of Company Stock, substantially in
proportion to their relative Covered Compensation,
without requiring any cash outlay, any reduction in
pay or other benefits, or the surrender of any other
rights on the part of Participants:
(b) To meet general financing requirements of
the Company, including capital stock growth and
transfer in the ownership of Company Stock; and
(c) To receive loans (or other extensions of
credit) to finance the acquisition of Company Stock,
with such loans (or credits) secured primarily by a
commitment by the Company to pay Employer
Contributions to the Trust in amounts sufficient to
enable principal and interest on such loans to be
repaid.
D11
Section 1.03. This Plan, effective January 1, 1982 and
amended and restated at various times thereafter, is a
combination of a stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the
Code, and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning
of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of
ERISA. A tax credit portion of this Plan, effective January 1,
1981 and suspended following contributions for the Plan Year
ended December 31, 1986, was terminated effective January 1,
1994 with all Participants' tax credit accounts merging with
the Participants' Company Stock Accounts under the Plan. As
part of this amendment and restatement, the Plan is being
amended to comply with recent tax law changes (such amendment
generally being effective as of January 1, 1997 unless as
otherwise provided).
Section 1.04. All Trust Assets acquired under the Plan as
a result of Employer Contributions, income and other additions
to the Trust will be administered, distributed, forfeited and
otherwise governed by the provisions of the Plan. All such
assets will be held in the Trust by the Trustee in accordance
with the provisions of the Trust Agreement. This Plan shall be
administered by a Committee for the exclusive benefit of
Participants (and their Beneficiaries).
D11
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
In this Plan, whenever the context so indicates, the
singular or plural and the masculine, feminine or neuter gender
shall each be deemed to include the others; the term "he",
"his", and
"him" shall refer to an Employee or a Participant; references
to a section of the Code, Treasury Regulation, Labor Regulation
or ERISA shall include any subsequent amendments to such
section; and the capitalized terms shall have the following
meanings:
Section 2.01. Account. One of the accounts maintained
to record the allocated interest of each Participant in the
Plan.
Section 2.02. Affiliated Company. Affiliated Company
shall mean (i) any corporation or entity which is a member of a
controlled group of corporations or other entities with the
Company (as defined in Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code
and, for purposes of Section 6.03, as modified by Section
415(h) of the Code), (ii) any organization (whether or not
incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group
with the Company (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code),
and (iii) any other entity required to be aggregated with the
Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the
Code.
Section 2.03. Anniversary Date. The 31st day of
December of each Plan Year.
D11
Section 2.04. Approved Absence. A leave of absence from
work approved for an Employee by an Employer under its
established leave policy.
Section 2.05. Beneficiary. The person (or persons)
entitled to receive any benefits under the Plan in the event of
a Participant's death.
Section 2.06. Board of Directors. The present or any
succeeding Board of Directors of the Company.
Section 2.07. Break in Service. An elapsed period of
twelve (12) consecutive months following a Participant's
Termination of Service during which the Participant does not
perform an Hour of Service. In the case of an Employee who
takes a leave of absence and subsequently returns to work under
circumstances that, under the Family and Medical Leave Act of
1993, entitle such Employee upon his return to an equivalent
position with the Employer, the period of such leave shall not
be counted in determining whether the Employee has incurred a
Break in Service.
Section 2.08. Capital Accumulation. A Participant's
vested (nonforfeitable) interest in his Accounts under the Plan.
Section 2.09. Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.
D11
Section 2.10. Committee. The Committee appointed by the
Board of Directors to administer the Plan and to give
instructions to the Trustee.
Section 2.11. Company. DENTSPLY International Inc. and
its successors and assigns.
Section 2.12. Company Stock. Any qualifying employer
security within the meaning
of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA and regulations thereunder.
Section 2.13. Company Stock Account. An Account of a
Participant which is credited with his allocable share of
Company Stock purchased and paid for by the Trust or
contributed to the Trust.
Section 2.14. Covered Compensation. The total cash
compensation paid to a Participant by an Employer for a Plan
Year, including salary and wages, overtime-compensation,
vacation pay, bonuses and commissions, and any accrued vacation
pay, commissions and bonuses due a Participant retiring during
the Plan Year as a result of service in that Plan Year, but
excluding any contributions to this Plan and any other deferred
compensation plan. As of January 1, 1998, Covered Compensation
shall include amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement which is not includible in the gross
income of the Participant under Sections 125, 402(h)(1)(B),
402(e)(3), 403(b) of the Code or, effective January 1, 2001,
Code Section 132(f)(4).
D11
In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in
the Plan, an notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
the contrary, the annual Covered Compensation of each Employee
taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit. The OBRA '93 annual compensation
limit is $150,000 ($160,000 effective January 1, 1997), as
adjusted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for increases
in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B)
of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
calendar year applied to any period, not exceeding 12 months,
over which Covered Compensation is determined (determination
period) beginning in such calendar year. If a determination
period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the determination
period, and the denominator of which is 12. Any reference in
this Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the
Code shall mean the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set
forth herein. As of the Effective Date, the family aggregation
rules required under Code Sections 414(q)(6) and 401(a)(17) are
no longer applicable.
D11
Effective on or after January 1, 2002, the annual Covered
Compensation of each Participant taken in account in
determining allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed
$200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in
accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual
Covered Compensation means Compensation during the Plan Year or
such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation
is otherwise determined under the Plan (the "determination
period"). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the
determination period that begins with or within such calendar
year.
Section 2.15. Credited Service. The elapsed period of a
Participant's Service computed in full years from his initial
Employment Date to his first Termination of Service which is
followed by a Break in Service, and, if reemployed after a
Break in Service, from any Reemployment Date to the following
Termination of Service which is followed by a Break in
Service. Fractional years of Service shall be rounded to the
nearest whole year. Non-union Employees of acquired companies
or divisions shall be given Credited Service for the purpose of
determining vesting rights pursuant to Section 9.03 for all
prior service as follows:
D11
(a) Employees of Cooper Lasersonics provided
said Employees were on the payroll of the Employer as
of January 10, 1987.
(b) Employees of Ceramco Inc. and Ceramco
Manufacturing Co. for all prior service with the
Ceramco Inc. and Ceramco Co. divisions of Johnson &
Johnson Consumer Products, Inc.
(c) Non-union employees of GENDEX Corporation
(including the Universal Imaging division), Midwest
Dental Products Corp. (including the Rinn division),
and Eureka X-Ray Tube Corp., provided said Employees
were on the payroll of any of these corporations as
of January 1, 1994.
Section 2.16. Deferred Retirement Date. The first day
of the month following the date of a Participant's actual
retirement after his Normal Retirement Date.
Section 2.17. Disability Retirement Date. The first day
of the month following the date on which a Participant's
Service is terminated due to a Permanent Disability.
Section 2.18. Effective Date. January 1, 1997, or such
other date described herein.
D11
Section 2.19. Early Retirement Date. The first day of
the month following the month in which a Participant incurs a
Termination of Service prior to his Normal Retirement Date
following attainment of age 55 and completion of at least 10
years of Credited service.
Section 2.20. Employee. Any employee employed in the
United States of America or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico by
an Employer, including expatriate employees employed by the
Employer on temporary assignment outside of the United States
or Puerto Rico, and any employee covered by the insurance
system established by Title II of the Social Security Act
pursuant to an agreement the Company has entered into with the
Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 3121(1) of the
Code to cover employees who are citizens or residents of the
United States or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for Social
Security purposes; provided, however, that in the event the
Company merges or consolidates with another company, then,
unless the board of directors of the surviving company
determines otherwise by resolution, the term "Employee" shall
not include any person employed in any plant, operation, or
location which was not a part of the Company immediately prior
to such merger or consolidation. The term Employee shall
include Leased Employees.
Section 2.21. Employer. The Company and any Affiliated
Company which has been designated by the Company as an Employer
under this Plan and which has accepted such designation and has
agreed to be bound by the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement.
D11
Section 2.22. Employer Contributions. Payments made to
the Trust by an Employer.
Section 2.23. Employer Securities. Shares of Common
Stock which meet the requirements of Section 409(1) of the Code
which include: (1) common stock issued by the Employer (or a
corporation which is a member of the same controlled group)
which is readily tradable on an established securities market,
or (2) if there is no common stock which meets the requirements
of (1) above, common stock issued by the Employer (or by a
corporation which is a member of the same controlled group)
having a combination of voting power and dividend rights equal
to or in excess of (a) that class of common stock of the
Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest
voting power, and (b) that class of common stock of the
Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest
dividend rights. Noncallable preferred stock shall be treated
as Employer Securities, if such stock is convertible at any
time into stock which meets the requirements of (1) or (2)
above, and if such conversion is at a conversion price which
(as of the date of the acquisition by the Plan) is reasonable.
Section 2.24. Employment Date. The first day on which
an employee of the Employer completes an Hour of Service with
such company.
Section 2.25. ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
D11
Section 2.26. Forfeiture. Any portion of a partially
vested or non-vested Participant's Company Stock, Mutual Fund
and [Other Investment Accounts] which does not become part of
his Capital Accumulation upon the earliest of:
(a) The first Anniversary Date subsequent to
the date a Participant received a distribution of the
vested portion of his Account(s); or
(b) The Anniversary Date of the year in which
five (5) consecutive one (1) year breaks in service
have occurred, beginning with the year in which a
Break in Service (as defined in Section 2.07) first
occurs.
Section 2.27. Highly Compensated Employee. As of the
Effective Date, a "Highly Compensated Employee" is defined as
one of the following:
(a) an Employee who was a 5-percent owner (as defined in
Section 416(i)(1) of the Code as a more-than-5 percent owner)
of the Employer at any time during the current or the preceding
year; or (b) and Employee who, for the preceding year, (i) had
compensation, as defined below, from the Employer in excess of
$80,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to Code
Section 415(d), except that the base period shall be the
calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996); and (ii) if the
Company elects the application of this clause for such
preceding year, was in the top-paid group of Employees for such
preceding year.
D11
For this purpose, an Employee is in the top-paid group of
Employees for any year if such Employee is in the group
consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the Employees
when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such year.
A former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated
Employee if (A) such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee
when such Employee separated from service, or (B) such Employee
was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining
age 55.
The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee,
including the determinations of the number and identity of
Employees in the top-paid group, will be made in accordance
with Code Section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder.
For purposes of this subsection, the term "compensation"
means compensation within the meaning of Code Section
415(c)(3). The determination will be made without regard to
Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1), and, in the case
of employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement, without regard to Code Section 403(b).
Effective on or after January 1, 1998, for purposes of
this Subsection, the term compensation means compensation
within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) and includes
amounts not currently includable in the Participant's gross
income by reason of application of Code Sections 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), or effective on or after
January 1, 2001, Code Section 132(f).
D11
Section 2.28. Hour of Service. (i) Each hour for which
an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for the performance
of duties for an Employer; and (ii) each hour for which an
Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment
by an Employer during which no duties are performed by reason
of vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
absence. Each Hour of Service for which back pay, irrespective
of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an
Employer shall be included under either (i) or (ii) as may be
appropriate. An Employee will not be entitled to credit for
any hour for payments made or due under a plan maintained
solely to comply with applicable workmen's compensation,
unemployment compensation or long-term disability insurance
laws or for payments made solely to reimburse an Employee for
medical or medically-related expenses incurred by an Employee.
The number of Hours of Service to be credited for periods
during which an Employee performs no duties and the crediting
of Hours of Service to specific Plan Years shall be determined
by the Committee in accordance with subsections (b) and (c),
respectively, of Labor Regulation Section 2530.200b-2. The
procedure used to calculate and credit Hours of Service shall
be as follows: (i) Part-time Employees shall be given credit
for the actual number of Hours of Service accumulated; (ii) All
other Employees shall be given credit for one hundred and
ninety (190) Hours of Service for each calendar month of
employment in which the Employee is entitled to be credited
with at lease one (1) Hour of Service accumulated.
D11
Section 2.29. Leased Employee. As of the Effective
Date, any person (other than a common law employee) who
pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing
organization who has performed services for the Employer (or
for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance
with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full
time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services
are performed under primary direction or control by the
recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Leased Employee
shall not be considered an employee of the Employer if Leased
Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of
the Employer's non-highly compensated work force, within the
meaning of Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code. Leased
Employee shall not include those leased employees covered by a
plan described in Section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code, unless
otherwise provided by the terms of the Plan.
Section 2.30. Loan. Any loan to the Trustee made or
guaranteed by a disqualified person (within the meaning of
Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code), including, but not limited to,
a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, an
assumption of an obligation of the Trustee, an unsecured
guarantee or the use of assets of a disqualified person (within
the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code) as collateral
for a loan.
Section 2.31. Mutual Fund Account. An Account of a
Participant that includes the mutual fund investments that have
been purchased and paid for by the Trust for the account of the
Participant.
D11
Section 2.32. Normal Retirement Date. The first day of
the month following the month during which a Participant
attains age sixty-five (65).
Section 2.33. Other Investments Account. An Account of
a Participant which is credited with his share of the net
income (or loss) of the Trust and Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures in other than Company Stock and which is debited
with payments made to pay for Company Stock and mutual fund
investments.
Section 2.34. Participant. Any Employee (or former
Employee) who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in
Article III and is participating in this Plan.
Section 2.35. Part-Time Employee. An Employee whose
regular hours are not intended to exceed (i) twenty (20) hours
of work per week, or (ii) a period of twelve (12) consecutive
months.
Section 2.36. Permanent Disability. A physical or
mental condition which causes a Participant to be unable to
engage in any occupation or employment for which he is
qualified or may reasonably become qualified by reason of his
education, training or experience as determined by the
Committee on the basis of a certificate from a physician
approved by the Committee.
D11
Section 2.37. Plan. The Dentsply Employee Stock
Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time.
Section 2.38. Plan Year. The calendar year.
Section 2.39. Qualified Business Unit. An Employer or a
separate business unit or division thereof that is treated for
financial accounting purposes as a separate profit center.
Section 2.40. Qualified Election Period. With respect
to a Qualified Participant, the period of six (6) Plan Years
commencing with the Plan Year in which the Participant first
became a Qualified Participant.
Section 2.41. Qualified Participant. A Participant who
has participated in this Plan for at least ten (10) years and
has attained age fifty-five (55).
Section 2.42. Reemployment Date. The first day on which
an Employee completes an Hour of Service with an Employer
following a Break in Service.
Section 2.43. Service. Employment with an Employer.
D11
Section 2.44. Termination of Service. The date an
Employee quits, is discharged, retires or dies, or the first
anniversary of the date an Employee is absent from Service for
any other reason such as Approved Absence, disability leave,
vacation or layoff.
Section 2.45. Trust. The Dentsply Employee Stock
Ownership Trust, created by the Trust Agreement entered into
between the Company and the Trustee.
Section 2.46. Trust Agreement. The agreement between
the Company and the Trustee (or any successor Trustee)
establishing the Trust and specifying the duties of the Trustee.
Section 2.47. Trust Assets. All cash, Company Stock and
other property held in the Trust for the exclusive benefit of
Participants (and their Beneficiaries).
Section 2.48. Trustee. The Trustee (and any successor
Trustee) designated by the Board of Directors which agrees to
serve by executing the Trust Agreement.
D11
ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
Section 3.01. Eligibility for Participation.
(a) Each Employee on the Effective Date shall
automatically continue as a Participant in the Plan.
(b) Each other Employee shall become a
Participant in the Plan on the Anniversary Date
coinciding with or following his Employment Date if
he remains employed on such Anniversary Date.
(c) Employees covered by a collective
bargaining agreement (as defined by the Secretary of
Labor) between Employees' representatives and one or
more Employers are not eligible to participate in the
Plan if retirement benefits were the subject of good
faith bargaining between such Employees'
representatives and the Employer or Employers and
such collective bargaining agreement does not provide
for participation in this Plan. In the event any
Employees become covered by such an agreement, they
will become ineligible to participate in this Plan as
of the date they become so covered unless the
agreement otherwise provides; provided, however, that
if they cease to be ineligible, under this Section,
they will automatically become eligible to qualify
for participation as of the date that they cease to
be ineligible with Credited Service from their date
of hire.
D11
(d) Leased Employees shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan.
(e) Each non-union Employee actively employed
by the GENDEX or Universal Imaging divisions of the
Company or by Midwest Dental Products Corp.
(including the Rinn division) or by Eureka X-Ray Tube
Corp. shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
as of January 1, 1994 and thereafter in accordance
with the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(f) Employees who are designated as
independent contractors shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan even if a court
administrative agency determines that such
individuals are common law employees and not
independent contractors.
Section 3.02. Commencement of Participation. The
Committee shall notify each Employee of his eligibility to
participate and of the Plan terms as soon as practicable after
he becomes eligible. Every Employee upon becoming eligible for
participation shall become a Participant; provide such data as
required by the Committee and, be deemed to assent to the terms
of this Plan and the Trust Agreement, including all amendments
thereto, in the manner herein authorized.
Section 3.03. Cessation of Participation. In addition
to cessation of participation as defined in Section 3.01(c)
above, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant if he has
a Break in Service for any reason.
D11
Section 3.04. Reemployment. A Participant who has
incurred a Termination of Service followed by a Break in
Service shall be reinstated as a Participant as of his
Reemployment Date. A non-vested Participant's prior Service
shall be disregarded as to vesting in his Accounts if the
number of consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service equals or
exceeds the greater of five (5) years or the number of years of
Credited Service completed prior to the Break in Service. A
vested Participant who incurs one or more consecutive one (1)
year Breaks in Service shall have all of his prior Credited
Service reinstated upon completion of an additional year of
Credited Service.
Section 3.05. Transfers. Should any Participant
transfer employment to another Employer under the Plan, his
participation will continue based upon his Covered Compensation
from each Employer. Should a Participant transfer employment
to an Affiliated Company which is not an Employer under this
Plan, his participation will continue, but he will share in the
allocations of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures only to
the extent of his Covered Compensation from an Employer.
Section 3.06. Leave of Absence. If a Participant is
granted an Approved Absence, his participation is not
terminated and his Service will include the period of the
Approved Absence.
D11
Section 3.07. Committee's Determination of Eligibility.
Any question as to the eligibility of any Employee hereunder
shall be determined by the Committee in accordance with the
terms hereof, and such determination shall be final and
conclusive for all purposes.
Section 3.08. Military Service. Notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary, contribution benefits
and service credit with respect to military service shall be
provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
D11
ARTICLE IV
CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 4.01. Employer Contributions. As of the close
of each Plan Year, annual Employer Contributions shall be paid
to the Trustee as provided in section 4.02.
Section 4.02. Payment of Employer Contributions.
(a) For each Plan Year, Employer Contributions
may be paid to the Trustee in such amounts (or under
such formula) as may be determined by the board of
directors (and communicated to Participants) not
later than the due date for filing the Company's
Federal income tax return, including any extensions
of such due date; provided that such Employer
Contributions shall not be paid to the Trust in
amounts which would permit the limitation described
in Section 6.03 to be exceeded.
D11
(b) Employer Contributions may be paid to the
Trust in cash or in shares of Company Stock, as
determined by the Board of Directors; provided that:
(i) Employer Contributions shall be paid in cash in
such amounts and at such times, as needed to provide
the Trust with funds sufficient to pay in full when
due any principal and interest payments required by a
Loan incurred by the Trustee pursuant to Article V to
finance the acquisition of Company Stock, except to
the extent such principal and interest payments have
been satisfied by the Trustee from cash dividends
paid to it with respect to Company Stock acquired
with the proceeds of such Loan; and (ii) all Employer
Contributions paid to the Trust on behalf of the
Employees of Ceramco Manufacturing Co. shall be made
in cash and shall be used to purchase Company Stock
at the current fair market value. The Board of
Directors shall determine how Employer Contributions
shall be allocated among each of the Qualified
Business Units for each Plan Year. The amount of
Employer Contributions so allocated to a Qualified
Business Unit shall be allocated to the Employees of
such Qualified Business Unit in accordance with
Section 6.02.
D11
(c) Employer Contributions may be returned to
the Employer if (i) made in excess of the amount
deductible by the Employer for its taxable year, or
(ii) made because of a reasonable mistake as to the
facts and circumstances existing at the time the
contribution was fixed; provided, however, that such
return is limited, respectively, to (i) that portion
in excess of the amount deductible for the Employer's
taxable year which is not necessary to enable the
Trustee to make Loan payments, or (ii) that portion
of the contribution attributable to a reasonable
mistake of fact, and further provided that any such
return must be made within one (1) year of the date
the deduction was disallowed or the mistaken
contribution was made.
Section 4.03. No Participant Contributions. No
Participant shall be required or permitted to make
contributions to the Plan.
Section 4.04. No Eligible Rollover Distributions. No
Participant shall be permitted to make an eligible rollover
distribution from any other retirement plan to the Plan.
D11
ARTICLE V
INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS
Section 5.01. Investment of Trust Assets. Trust Assets
under the Plan will be invested primarily in Company Stock.
Employer Contributions, and all other Trust Assets, including
cash dividends paid on Company Stock, may be used to acquire
shares of Company Stock from Company shareholders (including
former Participants) or from the Company, except that any
Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of a Loan shall be
limited to Employer Securities. However, the proceeds of a
Loan may be invested by the Committee for a reasonable period,
as determined by the Committee, until Employer Securities are
purchased. Trust Assets not acquired with the proceeds of a
Loan may also be invested by the Trustee in savings accounts,
certificates of deposit, short-term securities, equity stocks,
bonds, or other investments desirable for the Trust, insurance
policies on the lives of Participants, key employees or
stockholders of the Company, mutual fund investments selected
by the Committee which are credited to the Mutual Fund Accounts
of Participants, or Trust Assets may be held in cash. All
investments will be made by the Trustee only upon the direction
of the Committee. The Committee may permit Participants to
direct the investment of their Mutual Fund Account in one or
more mutual funds approved by the Committee. The Committee may
direct that all Trust Assets be invested and held in Company
Stock, except as otherwise required by law.
D11
Section 5.02. Purchases of Company Stock. All purchases
of Company Stock by the Trust will be made at a price, or at
prices, which, in the judgment of the Committee, do not exceed
the fair market value of such Company Stock. The determination
of fair market value of Company Stock for all purposes under
the Plan shall be made by the Committee (i) if the shares of
Company Stock are publicly traded within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iv), based upon the
fair market value as quoted on an established securities market
the date the Company Stock is purchased, or (ii) if the Company
Stock is not publicly traded, based upon the value determined
by an independent appraiser having expertise in rendering such
evaluations.
Section 5.03. Sales of Company Stock. The Committee may
direct the Trustee to sell or resell shares of Company Stock to
any person, including the Company, provided that any such sales
to any disqualified person, as defined by Section 4975(e)(2) of
the Code, including the Company, will be made at not less than
the fair market value as determined under Section 5.02 and no
commission is charged. Any such sale shall be made in
conformance with Section 408(e) of ERISA. Except as provided
in Section 5.05, all sales of Company Stock by the Trustee will
be charged pro rata to the Company Stock Accounts of the
Participants.
D11
Section 5.04. Exempt Loan.
(a) The Committee may direct the Trustee to
obtain Loans. Any such Loan shall meet all
requirements necessary to constitute an "exempt loan"
within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii) and shall be used primarily for
the benefit of the Participants (and their
Beneficiaries). The proceeds of any such Loan shall
be used, within a reasonable time after the Loan is
obtained, only to purchase Employer Securities, repay
the Loan, or repay any prior Loan. Any such Loan
shall provide for no more than a reasonable rate of
interest, as determined under Treasury Regulation
54.49757(b)(7), and must be without recourse against
the Plan. The number of years to maturity under the
Loan must be definitely ascertainable at all times.
The only assets of the Plan that may be given as
collateral for a Loan are shares of Employer
Securities acquired with the proceeds of the Loan and
shares of Employer Securities that were used as
collateral on a prior Loan repaid with the proceeds
of the current Loan. Such Employer Securities so
pledged shall be placed in a suspense account. No
person entitled to payment under a Loan shall have
recourse against Trust Assets other than such
collateral, Employer Contributions that are available
under the Plan to meet obligations under the Loan,
and earnings attributable to such collateral and the
investment of such Employer Contributions.
D11
All Employer Contributions paid during the Plan Year
in which a Loan is made (whether before or after the
date the proceeds of the Loan are received), all
Employer Contributions paid thereafter until the Loan
has been repaid in full, and all earnings from
investment of such Employer Contributions, without
regard to whether any such Employer contributions and
earnings have been allocated to Participant's [Other
Investments Accounts], shall be available to meet
obligations under the Loan, unless otherwise provided
by the Company at the time any such Employer
Contribution is made. Any pledge of Employer
Securities must provide for the release of shares so
pledged, as provided below, upon the payment of any
portion of the Loan. For each Plan Year during the
duration of the Loan, the number of shares of
Employer Securities released from such pledge must
equal the number of encumbered securities held
immediately before release for the current Plan Year
multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the
fraction is the amount of principal paid for the
year. The denominator of the fraction is the sum of
the numerator plus the principal to be paid for all
future years. Such years will be determined without
taking into account any possible extension or renewal
periods. At the discretion of the Committee, on a
Loan-by-Loan basis, the numerator and denominator of
the fraction may be changed to principal and interest
rather than principal only. If the collateral
includes more than one class of Employer Securities,
the number of shares of each class to be released for
a Plan Year must be determined by applying the same
fraction to each class.
D11
(b) Payments of principal and interest on any
such Loan during a Plan Year shall be made by the
Trustee (as directed by the Committee) only from (1)
Employer Contributions, and earnings from such
Employer Contributions, to the Trust made to meet the
Plan's obligation under a Loan and from any earnings
attributable to Employer Securities held as
collateral for a Loan (both received during or prior
to the Plan Year), less such payment in prior years;
(2) the proceeds of a subsequent Loan made to repay a
prior Loan; and (3) the proceeds of the sale of any
Employer Securities held as collateral for a Loan.
Such Employer Contributions and earnings must be
accounted for separately by the Plan until the Loan
is repaid.
(c) Employer Securities released by reason of
the payment of principal or interest on an ESOP Loan
will be credited pro rata to Participants' Company
Stock Accounts on the Anniversary Date of the Plan
Year in which such payment of principal is made.
(d) The Employer shall contribute to the Trust
sufficient amounts to enable the Trust to pay
principal and interest on any such Loans as they are
due; provided, however, that no such Employer
contributions shall exceed the limitations in Section
6.03. In the event that such Employer Contributions
by reason of the limitations in Section 6.03 are
insufficient to enable the Trust to pay principal and
interest on such Loan as it is due, then upon the
Trustee's request the Employer shall:
D11
(1) Make a Loan to the Trust, as
described in Treasury Regulation Section
54.49757(b)(4)(iii), in sufficient amounts to
meet such principal and interest payments.
Such new Loan shall also meet all
requirements of an "exempt loan" within the
meaning of Treasury Regulation Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii). Employer Securities
released from the pledge of the prior loan
shall be pledged as collateral to secure the
new Loan. Such Employer Securities will be
released from this new pledge and allocated
to the Accounts of the Participants in
accordance with applicable provisions of the
Plan; or
(2) Purchase any Employer Securities
pledged as collateral in an amount necessary
to provide the Trustee with sufficient funds
to meet the principal and interest
repayments. Any such sale by the Plan shall
meet the requirements of Section 408(e) of
ERISA; or
(3) Any combination of the foregoing.
However, the Employer shall not, pursuant to
the provisions of this subsection, do, fail
to do, or cause to be done any act or thing
which would result in a disqualification of
the Plan as a leveraged employee stock
ownership plan under the Code.
D11
(e) Right of First Refusal. Shares of
Employer Securities or Company Stock distributed by
the Trustee may be subject to a "right of first
refusal". Such a "right" shall provide that prior to
any subsequent transfer, the shares shall first be
offered in writing to the Company at a price equal to
the greater of (1) the then fair market value of such
shares of Employer Securities as determined in good
faith by the Committee, from time to time, or (2) the
purchase price offered by a buyer, other than the
Company or Trustee, making a good faith (as
determined by the Committee) offer to purchase such
shares of Employer Securities or Company Stock. The
Trust or the Company, as the case may be, may accept
the offer as to part or all of the Employer
Securities or Company Stock at any time during a
period not exceeding fourteen (14) days after receipt
of such offer by the Trust, on terms and conditions
no less favorable to the shareholder than those
offered by the independent third party buyer. Any
installments purchase shall be made pursuant to a
note secured by the shares purchased and shall bear a
reasonable rate of interest as determined by the
Committee, provided that if the offer is not accepted
by the Trust, the Company, or both, then the proposed
transfer may be completed within a reasonable period
following the end of the fourteen (14) day period,
but only upon terms and conditions no less favorable
to the shareholder than the terms and conditions of
the third party buyer's prior offer. Shares of
Employer Securities and Company Stock which are
publicly traded within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iv) at the time
such right may otherwise be exercise shall not be
subject to this "right of first refusal".
D11
(f) Put Option. Shares of Employer Securities
acquired with the proceeds of a Loan by the Trust
shall be subject to a "put" option at the times set
forth below provided that at such times such shares
are not readily tradable on an established securities
market within the meaning of Section 409(h)(1)(B) of
the Code. The "put" option shall be exercisable by
the Participant or Beneficiary, by the donees of
either, or by a person (including an estate or its
distributee) to whom the Employer Securities pass by
reason of the Participant's or Beneficiary's death.
The "put" option shall provide that for a period of
at least sixty (60) consecutive days immediately
following the date the shares are distributed to the
holder of the "put" option and for a sixty (60)
consecutive day period immediately following the date
the holder of the "put" option is informed of the
value of Company Stock as of the Anniversary Date
coinciding with or next following the date the shares
were distributed to the holder of the "put" option,
the holder of the "put" option shall have the right
to cause the Company, by notifying it in writing, to
purchase such shares at their fair market value, as
determined by the Committee. The Committee may
direct the Trustee to assume the rights and
obligations of the Company at the time the "put"
option is exercised, insofar as the repurchase of
Employer Securities is concerned. The period during
which the "put" option is exercisable shall not
include any period during which the holder is unable
to exercise such "put" option because the Company is
prohibited from honoring it by Federal or State law.
D11
The terms of payment for the purchase of such shares
of Employer Securities shall be as set forth in
Section 10.02(b). The "put" option provided for by
this Section shall continue to apply to shares of
Employer Securities purchased by the Trustee with the
proceeds of a Loan as described herein
notwithstanding any amendment to or termination of
this Plan which causes the Plan to cease to be a
leveraged employee stock ownership plan within the
meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
Section 5.05. Diversification of Investments.
(a) Each Qualified Participant, upon written
notice to the Committee received within ninety (90)
days (or such longer period as may be established by
the Committee) after the close of each Plan Year
within the Qualified Election Period of such
Qualified Participant, may elect to direct the
Committee to diversify, in the manner set forth in
subsection (b) below, that number of shares of
Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account
determined by:
(i) determining the number of shares of
Company Stock eligible for diversification
under Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code and
the provisions hereof and allocated to his
Company Stock Account as of the Anniversary
Date immediately preceding the date of such
election;
D11
(ii) adding to the amount determined
under (i) above the number of shares of
Company Stock, if any, deemed under Section
401(a)(28)(B) of the Code to have been
previously diversified by such Qualified
Participant;
(iii)multiplying the amount in (ii)
above by twenty-five percent (25%) or, in the
case of the last year in the Qualified
Participant's Qualified Election Period,
fifty percent (50%);
(iv) subtracting from the amount in
(iii) above the number of shares of Company
Stock, if any, deemed under Section
401(a)(28)(B) of the Code to have been
previously diversified by such Qualified
Participant.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to
the contrary, in determining the number of shares of
Company Stock subject to a Qualified Participant's
diversification election, only shares of Company
Stock acquired by the Trust after December 31, 1986
shall be taken into account; shares acquired by the
Trust on or before December 31, 1986 shall be
disregarded for this purpose even if such shares are
not allocated to the Accounts of Participants until
after December 31, 1986.
D11
(b) In the event that a Qualified Participant
provides notice of an election to diversify a portion
of his Company Stock Account pursuant to subsection
(a) above, then no later than one hundred eighty
(180) days (or such longer period as may be
established by the Committee) after the first day of
the Plan Year in which such election is filed, a cash
distribution shall be made to the Mutual Fund Account
of the Qualified Participant in an amount equal to
the fair market value of the number of shares of
Company Stock diversified; provided, however, that if
the shares of Company Stock as to which an election
is filed are readily tradable on an established
securities market within the meaning of Section
409(h)(1)(B) of the Code at the time such election is
filed, then such fair market value shall equal the
proceeds received by the Trustee upon the sale of
such shares on such securities market less any
applicable transaction costs.
D11
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS
Section 6.01. Allocations to Participants'
Accounts.
(a) Separate Company Stock Accounts, Mutual
Fund Accounts and [Other Investments Accounts] will
be established to reflect Participants' interests
under the Plan. Records shall be kept by the
Committee from which can be determined the portion of
each [Other Investments Account] which at any time is
available to meet Loan obligations and the portion
which is not so available as determined pursuant to
Section 5.04.
(b) Each Company Stock Account maintained for
each Participant under the Plan will be credited with
his allocated share of Company Stock (including
fractional shares) purchased and paid for by the
Trust or contributed in kind to the Trust, with
Forfeitures of Company Stock, and with any stock
dividends on Company Stock allocated to his Company
Stock Accounts. Company Stock acquired by the Trust
with the proceeds of a Loan obtained pursuant to
Section 5.04 shall be allocated to the Company Stock
Accounts of Participants as the Company Stock is
released from suspense accounts as provided for in
Section 5.04.
D11
(c) Each [Other Investments Account]
maintained for each Participant under the Plan will
be credited (or debited) with its share of the net
income (or loss) of the Trust, with any cash
dividends on Company Stock allocated to his Company
Stock Accounts, and with Employer Contributions in
cash and Forfeitures in other than Company Stock or
mutual fund investments. Each such [Other
Investments Account] will be debited for its share of
any cash payments for the acquisition of Company
Stock for the benefit of Company Stock Accounts or
for any repayment of principal and interest on any
Loan or other debt chargeable to Participants'
Company Stock Accounts; provided that only the
portion of each [Other Investments Account] which is
available to meet obligations under Loans as
determined pursuant to the provisions of Section
5.04(a) shall be used to pay principal or interest on
a Loan. Each [Other Investments Account] will be
debited for its share of cash payments for the
acquisition of mutual fund investments to be credited
to each Participant's Mutual Fund Account. However
no portion of the accounts of an Employee of Ceramco
Manufacturing Co. shall be used to make any repayment
of principal on any Loan or debt of the Trust.
(d) Each Mutual Fund Account maintained for
each Participant will be credited with his share of
mutual fund investments purchased and paid for by the
Trust.
D11
Section 6.02. Allocable Shares.
(a) Employer Contributions allocable to a
particular Qualified Business Unit, and any shares of
Company Stock released from a suspense account in
accordance with Section 5.04(a) and attributable to
such Employer Contributions, shall be allocated among
eligible Participants employed by such Qualified
Business Unit by multiplying the aggregate of the
amounts to be allocated to the Company Stock Accounts
or [Other Investments Accounts] times a fraction, the
numerator of which is such Participant's total
Covered Compensation for such Plan Year and the
denominator of which is the aggregate Covered
Compensation of all Participants who are employed by
that Qualified Business Unit and who are entitled to
an allocation for such Plan Year.
(b) Except for reasons of death, Permanent
Disability, Approved Absence, or Early, Normal or
Deferred retirement, a Participant must complete at
least 1,000 Hours of Service in the Plan Year and
have not incurred a Termination of Service prior to
the Anniversary Date in order to share in the
allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
for such Plan Year.
Section 6.03. Allocation Limitations.
(a) For each Plan Year, the annual addition to
the Accounts of a Participant may not exceed the
lesser of:
D11
(1) 25% of his compensation, within the
meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3); or
(2) $30,000 or, if greater, one-quarter
of the dollar limitation then in effect under
Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for Plan Years
ending after December 31, 1986. Effective
January 1 of each calendar year beginning
January 1, 1986, the maximum dollar limitation
set forth herein shall be the amount
determined by the Secretary of the Treasury
(or his delegate) under Section 415(d)(1) of
the Code.
For the purpose of this paragraph, the limitation
referred to above shall apply to the sum, for any
Plan Year, of (i) Employer Contributions and
Forfeitures, if any, allocated to a Participant's
account under this Plan and (ii) employer
contributions, employee contributions and forfeitures
allocated to a Participant's accounts under all other
defined contribution plans maintained by the
Employer. If this limitation would be exceeded as to
any Participant, the allocation of Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures would be reduced, with
respect to such Participant, with a reallocation made
to other Participants according to the allocable
share of each as determined under Section 6.02 (to
the extent not exceeding the limitation). Employer
Contributions or Forfeitures which cannot be
reallocated to other Participant Accounts by reason
of this limitation shall be treated (for allocation
purposes) as Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
for the next succeeding Plan Year.
D11
Effective on or after January 1, 1998, the
compensation referred to above shall include amounts
contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement which is not includible in the
gross income of the Participant under Code Sections
125, 402(b)(1)(B), 402(e)(3), 403(b) or, effective
January 1, 2001, Code Section 132(f)(4).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than
one-third of Employer Contributions for a Plan Year
are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees annual
additions shall not include Employer Contributions
applied to the repayment of interest on a Loan or
Forfeitures of Employer Securities acquired with the
proceeds of a Loan.
Effective on or after January 1, 2002, the
maximum annual addition that may be contributed or
allocated on behalf of a Participant under the Plan
for any limitation year shall not exceed the
following:
(i) $40,000, as adjusted for increases
in the cost-of-living under Code Section
415(d), or
(ii) 100 percent of the Participant's
compensation, within the meaning of Section
415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation
year.
The compensation limit referred to in (ii)
above shall not apply to any contribution for medical
benefits after separation from service (within the
meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of
the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual
addition.
D11
(b) In the event a Participant participates in
a defined benefit plan or plans maintained by his
Employer, the ratio of the aggregate annual additions
to a Participant's Accounts under this Plan and any
other defined contribution plan maintained by his
Employer to the maximum aggregate annual additions
which could have been made for all Years of Service
with the Employer, when added to the ratio of a
Participant's annual retirement benefit under a
defined benefit plan to the lesser of 100% of such
Participant's compensation for such Plan Year
averaged over his three highest consecutive years of
compensation or $90,000 (or the amount determined in
accordance with regulations prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury) shall not exceed 1.25.
The provisions of Subsection 6.03(b) shall not
be effective on or after January 1, 2000.
D11
(c) In the event that the allocation of
Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as provided in
this Section would result in an allocation to a
Participant in excess of the foregoing limit on
annual additions, any such excess to the extent of
Forfeitures will be reallocated among the Accounts of
the other Participants (subject to such limit on
annual additions) as provided in this Section for the
allocation of Forfeitures; to the extent that such
excess exceeds the amount of Forfeitures, any
additional excess will be reallocated among the
Accounts of the other Participants (subject to such
limit on annual additions) as provided in this
Section for the allocation of Employer
Contributions. Any such amounts that cannot be
allocated to Participant's Accounts within the
foregoing limits will be credited to a suspense
account and reallocated as of the Anniversary Date
among the then Participants as provided in this
Section for Forfeitures. In the event the Plan is
terminated and there are amounts which cannot be
allocated to Participant's Accounts due to the
foregoing limits, such amounts will be returned to
the Employer.
(d) For purposes of the application of Section
415 of the Code to all defined benefit and defined
contribution plans presently maintained, or to be
established and maintained in the future, by any
Affiliated Company, the "limitation year" shall be
the accounting period of the Company for Federal
income tax purposes.
D11
Section 6.04. Allocation of Net Income (or Loss) of the
Trust. The net income (or loss) attributable to Trust Assets
for each Plan Year will be determined as of each Anniversary
Date.
Each Participant's allocable share of the net income (or loss)
will be allocated to his [Other Investments Accounts] in the
ratio in which the credit balance of each such Account on the
preceding Anniversary Date (reduced by the amount of any
distribution of Capital Accumulation from such Account) bears
to the sum of such balances for all Participants as of that
date. The net income (or loss) includes the increase (or
decrease) in the fair market value of Trust Assets (other than
Company Stock), interest income, dividends and other income (or
loss) attributable to Trust Assets (other than allocated
Company Stock), since the preceding Anniversary Date. For
purposes of computing net income (or loss), interest paid on
any Loan or installment sales contract for the acquisition of
Company Stock by the Trustee shall be disregarded.
Notwithstanding anything contrary in this Section, any income
(or loss) or appreciation (or depreciation) attributable to the
Mutual Fund Account investments of a Participant shall be
credited (or debited) to the Mutual Fund Accounts of the
Participant.
D11
Section 6.05. Accounting for Allocations. The Committee
shall adopt accounting procedures for the purpose of making the
allocations, valuations, and adjustments to Participants'
Accounts provided for in this Article. Except as provided in
Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-11, Company Stock acquired
by the Plan shall be accounted for as provided under Treasury
Regulation Section 1.402(a)-1(b)(2)(ii), allocations of Company
Stock shall be made separately for each class of stock, and the
Committee shall maintain adequate records of the cost basis of
all shares of Company Stock allocated to each Participant's
Company Stock Accounts. From time to time, the Committee may
modify the accounting procedures for the purpose of achieving
equitable and nondiscriminatory allocations among the Accounts
of Participants in accordance with the general concepts of the
Plan and the provisions of this Section. Annual valuations of
Trust Assets shall be made at fair market value.
Section 6.06. Special Allocation Rule. Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event
that the Trustee acquires Company Stock from a person who
elects nonrecognition treatment under Section 1042 of the Code
with respect to such sale, no allocation shall be made under
this Plan which would constitute a violation of the
requirements of Section 409(n) of the Code.
D11
ARTICLE VII
EXPENSES OF THE PLAN AND TRUST
Section 7.01. Expenses of the Plan and Trust. Any
expenses of administering the Plan may be reimbursed by the
Plan or paid by the Company. The Company may elect to pay all
expenses of establishing and administering the Plan without
reimbursement by the Plan. Each Employer, other than the
Company, at the Company's request, shall reimburse the Company
for that portion of each Plan Year's costs and expenses not
reimbursed by the Plan in the ratio that the amount of Employer
Contributions from each such Employer for such Plan Year bears
to the aggregate Employer Contributions from all Employers for
that Plan Year.
D11
ARTICLE VIII
VOTING COMPANY STOCK
Section 8.01. Voting Rights of Participants. Each
Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) to whose
Accounts shares of Company Stock have been allocated shall, as
a named fiduciary within the meaning of Section 403(a)(1) of
ERISA, direct the Trustee with respect to the vote of the
shares of Company Stock allocated to his Accounts, and the
Trustee shall follow the directions of those Participants (and
Beneficiaries) who provide timely instructions to the Trustee.
However, the Trustee shall vote any unallocated shares of
Company Stock held by the Trust, or any allocated shares of
Company Stock as to which no voting instructions have been
received, in such a manner as directed by the Committee. Each
Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) shall be
entitled to direct the Trustee as to whether or not to exercise
any applicable statutory appraisal rights with respect to
shares of Company Stock allocated to such Participant's (or
such Beneficiary's) Accounts. In all other cases, the decision
whether or not to exercise statutory appraisal rights shall be
made by the Trustee in such manner as directed by the
Committee. The Company shall furnish the Trustee and each
Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) with
such information as may be required under applicable law and
the Company's charter-and by-laws as applicable to security
holders in general with respect to any matter put to a vote of
the stockholders of the Company.
D11
Section 8.02. Tender Offer. In the event a tender offer
for Company Stock is commenced, the Committee, promptly after
receiving notice of the commencement of any such tender offer,
shall transfer certain of the Committee's record keeping
functions under the Plan to an independent record keeper (which
if the Trustee consents in writing, may be the Trustee). The
functions so transferred shall be those deemed necessary by the
Committee to preserve the confidentiality of any directions
given by the Participants (and Beneficiaries of deceased
Participants) in connection with the tender offer. The Trustee
shall have no discretion or authority to sell, exchange or
transfer any of such shares pursuant to such tender offer
except to the extent, and only to the extent, that the Trustee
is timely directed to do so in writing as follows:
(a) Each Participant (or Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant) to whose Account shares of
Company Stock have been allocated, shall, as a named
fiduciary within the meaning of Section 403(a)(1) of
ERISA, direct the Trustee with respect to the sale,
exchange or transfer of the shares of Company Stock
allocated to his Account, and the Trustee shall
follow the directions of those Participants (and
Beneficiaries) who provide timely instructions to the
Trustee.
D11
(b) The Trustee shall sell, exchange or
transfer any unallocated shares of Company Stock
comprising Trust Assets, or any allocated shares of
Company Stock as to which no directions have been
received, in such a manner as directed by the
Committee. Following any tender offer that has
resulted in the sale or exchange of any shares of
Company Stock comprising the Trust Assets, the record
keeper shall continue to maintain on a confidential
basis the Accounts of Participants (and
Beneficiaries) to whose Accounts shares of Company
Stock were allocated at any time during such offer,
until complete distribution of such Accounts or such
earlier time as the record keeper determines that the
transfer of the record keeping functions back to the
Committee will not violate the confidentiality of the
directions given by the Participants (and
Beneficiaries). In the event that there is no sale
or exchange of any shares of Company Stock comprising
the Trust Assets pursuant to the tender offer, the
record keeper shall transfer back to the Committee
the record keeping functions; provided, however, the
record keeper shall keep confidential any
instructions which it may receive from Participants
(and Beneficiaries) relating to the tender offer.
For purposes of allocating the proceeds of any sale
or exchange pursuant to a tender offer, the Committee
or the independent record keeper, as the case may be,
shall determine the portion, expressed as a
percentage, of shares tendered by the Trustee that
were actually sold or exchanged (the "applicable
percentage").
D11
The Committee or the independent record keeper, as
the case may be, shall then treat as having been sold
or exchanged from each of the individual Accounts of
Participants (and Beneficiaries) that number of
shares (if any) which is obtained by multiplying (i)
the applicable percentage times (ii) the total number
of shares in such Account that were directed to be
tendered or exchanged. Any proceeds remaining after
application of the preceding sentences shall be
treated as proceeds from the sale or exchange of
unallocated shares.
D11
ARTICLE IX
CAPITAL ACCUMULATION
Section 9.01. Capital Accumulation. Upon Termination of
Service, a Participant (or, in the case of death, his
Beneficiary) shall have a vested (nonforfeitable) interest in
all, a part, or none of the final balances in his Accounts in
accordance with Sections 9.02 and 9.03. A Participant's (or
his Beneficiary's) Capital Accumulation will be determined as
set forth below as soon after his Termination of Service as
practicable.
Section 9.02. Retirement, Death or Permanent
Disability. Upon attainment of his Normal Retirement Date or
upon Termination of Service on account of a Participant's
death, Permanent Disability, or Early or Deferred retirement, a
Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to 100% of his
Account(s). In such a case, the Participant's Capital
Accumulation shall be determined at the time of distribution,
and he will be entitled to receive an allocation of Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures as described in Section 6.02 for
the Plan Year in which his Termination of Service occurs.
Section 9.03. Other Termination of Service and Vesting.
(a) If a Participant incurs a Termination of
Service for any reason other than attainment of his
Early Retirement Date, Normal Retirement Date,
Deferred Retirement Date, death, or Permanent
Disability, his Capital Accumulation shall be
determined at the time of distribution.
D11
(b) If a Participant incurs a Termination of
Service for any reason set forth in Section 9.03(a),
above, his Capital Accumulation will be determined by
the following vesting schedule:
Years of
Nonforfeitable Per-
Credited Service centage of
Accounts
Less Than 3 Years 0%
3 Years 20%
4 Years 40%
5 Years 60%
6 Years 80%
7 or more Years 100%
(c) Each Participant shall at all times have a
100% nonforfeitable interest in the shares allocated
to his Account under the former tax credit portion of
this Plan which was terminated effective January 1,
1994.
D11
Section 9.04. Forfeitures. Any portion of the final
balances in a Participant's Accounts which is not vested and
does not become part of his Capital Accumulation is a
Forfeiture. Forfeitures shall first be applied against the
shares in his Company Stock Account which were purchased by the
Plan after December 31, 1986. If the Forfeiture is not
sufficient to reduce the fair market value of his Capital
Accumulation to the percentage of the total value of his
Accounts determined under Section 9.03, the remainder of the
Forfeiture shall be deducted from the Shares in his Company
Stock Account which were purchased by the Plan and allocated to
his Account prior to December 1, 1987, then from his Other
Investments Accounts and finally from his Mutual Fund
Accounts. All Forfeitures shall reallocated to the Accounts of
the remaining Participants pursuant to Section 6.03 as of the
Anniversary Date of the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture
occurs.
D11
ARTICLE X
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 10.01. Form of Distribution.
(a) A Participant's Capital Accumulation shall
be distributable to him (or, in the case of death, to
his Beneficiary) in the form of a lump sum
distribution.
(b) Distribution of a Participant's Capital
Accumulation may be made in cash, Company Stock or
any combination thereof, except that the Participant
may demand that distribution be made in whole shares
of Company Stock (with the value of any factional
share paid in cash). In the event of distribution in
Company Stock, any balance in a Participant's [Other
Investments Account] will be used to acquire whole
shares of Company Stock for distribution at the then
fair market value (as determined by the Committee)
and the total distribution of a Participant's Capital
Accumulation shall include at least as many shares of
Company Stock, except for fractional shares, as had
been allocated to his Company Stock Accounts. Any
balance in a Participant's Mutual Fund Account shall
be distributed in cash.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan
will be administered in all respects to comply with
the diversification provisions required by Section
401(a)(28)(B) of the Code.
D11
(d) Direct Rollovers.
(1) "Direct Rollover" means a payment
by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Distributee.
(2) "Distributee" means an Employee or
former Employee. In addition, the Employee's
or former Employee's surviving spouse and the
Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
former spouse who is the alternate payee
under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
("QDRO"), as defined in Section 414(p) of the
Code, are Distributees with regard to the
interest of the spouse or former spouse.
(3) "Eligible Retirement Plan" means an
individual retirement account described in
Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
retirement annuity described in Section
408(b) of the Code, an annuity Plan described
in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified
trust described in Section 401(a) of the
Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible
Rollover Distribution. However, in the case
of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan
is an individual retirement plan or
individual retirement annuity.
D11
Effective on or after January 1, 2002, an
"Eligible Retirement Plan" shall also mean
annuity contract described in Section 403(b)
of the Code and an eligible plan under
Section 457(b) of the Code which is
maintained by a state, political subdivision
of a state, or any agency or instrumentality
of a state or political subdivision of a
state and which agrees to separately account
for amounts transferred into such plan from
this Plan. The definition of eligible
retirement plan shall also apply in the case
of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or
to a spouse or former spouse who is an
alternate payee under a QDRO.(4) "Eligible
Rollover Distribution" means any distribution
of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the Distributee except that an
Eligible Rollover Distribution does not
include: any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic
payments (not less frequently than annually)
made for life (or life expectancy) of the
Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life
expectancies) of the Distributee and the
Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for
a specified period of ten years or more; any
distribution to the extent such distribution
is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the
Code; and the portion of any distribution
that is not includible in gross income
(determined without regard to the exclusion
for net unrealized appreciation with respect
to employer securities); and any amount that
is distributed on account of hardship.
D11
(5) Notwithstanding any provision of
the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
limit a Distributee's election under this
Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time
and in the manner prescribed by the
Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible
Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
Distributee in a Direct Rollover.
Section 10.02. Repurchase of Company Stock.
(a) Shares of Company Stock distributed to a
Participant (or, in the case of death, to his
Beneficiary) shall be subject to a "put" option to
the extent, but only to the extent, described in
Section 5.04(f) of the Plan.
(b) The terms of payment for the purchase of
such shares of Company Stock pursuant to the "put"
option shall be as set forth below:
(1) If the fair market value of the
Company Stock, plus the value of the
Participant's Mutual Fund Account and the sum
of all previous distributions, as of the
valuation date immediately preceding the
exercise of the "put", held by the
Participant or Beneficiary is $50,000 or
less, the method of payment shall be a single
lump-sum cash payment.
D11
(2) If the fair market value of the
Company Stock plus the value of the
Participant's Mutual Fund Account and the sum
of all previous distributions, as of the
valuation date immediately preceding the
exercise of the "put", held by the
Participant or Beneficiary is more than
$50,000, the method of payment shall be as
follows:
(i) An immediate cash payment
of $50,000 plus the fair market value
of the Participant's Mutual Fund
Account.
(ii) The balance of the purchase
price shall be payable in equal
monthly, quarterly or annual
installments over a period of not
greater than five (5) years from the
date the "put" option is exercised or
the date any loan used by the Plan to
acquire Employer Securities subject
to the "put" option has been entirely
repaid. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in no event shall a
Participant be entitled to elect a
number of installments which would
result in a quarterly installment of
less than $200. Should the payment
period above exceed five (5) years,
the minimum annual payment of
principal will be $100,000.
D11
(iii)Any installment payout
shall be adequately secured as
determined by the Committee.
(iv) Any installment payout
shall bear a reasonable rate of
interest, as determined by the
Committee, but not less than the
91-day Treasury Bill rate adjusted
quarterly to reflect the rate at the
last auction in the immediately
preceding quarter.
Section 10.03. Timing of Distribution.
(a) In the event of Early, Normal or Deferred
Retirement, death or Permanent Disability under
Section 9.02, distribution of a Participant's Capital
Accumulation will be made as soon as practicable
after his Termination of Service.
(b) In the event of termination of employment
for reasons other than Early, Normal or Deferred
Retirement, death or Permanent Disability (under
section 9.02), distribution of a Participant's
Capital Accumulation may be made as soon as
practicable after the earliest of (i) the eighth
anniversary of the date the Participant commenced
employment with the Company, (ii) his Normal
Retirement Date or (iii) his death.
D11
(c) Unless a Participant elects otherwise in
writing, distribution of each Participant's Capital
Accumulation must commence not later than one year
after the later of the close of the Plan Year (i) in
which the Participant terminates employment due to
attainment of Normal Retirement Date, disability, or
death, or (ii) which is the fifth Plan Year following
the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise
separates from service (provided the Participant is
not reemployed by the employer before the
distribution is required to begin.) If the amount of
a Participant's Capital Accumulation cannot be
ascertained by such date, or the Participant (or
Beneficiary) is unavailable to receive a
distribution, distribution can be delayed until (60)
days after such time as the amount can be ascertained
or the Participant (or Beneficiary) is available. In
the event a Participant elects a later distribution
commencement date, as provided above, distribution
must be made in amounts such that the present value
of the payments to be made to a Participant will be
more than fifty percent (50%) of the total payments
to be made to the Participant and his Beneficiary.
D11
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.03(c),
as of the Effective Date, a Participant that elects
to defer distributions must begin to commence
distribution from the Plan no later than April 1st of
the calendar year following the later of (i) the
calendar year in which such Participant attains the
age of seventy and one-half (70-1/2) or (ii) the
calendar year in which the Participant retires,
provided, however, that clause (ii) shall not apply
in the case of a Participant who is a 5% owner as
defined in Section 416(k) of the Code. As of the
Effective Date, for Participants who are active
non-5% owner Employees and reach age 70-1/2 after
December 31, 1995 and before January 1, 1999, the
Participant shall be permitted to elect to commence
the distribution of his benefits as if his required
beginning date were April 1 of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which he attains age
70-1/2. The right to receive a distribution
according to the terms of this Section shall be an
optional form of benefit.
With respect to distributions under the Plan
made on or after July 1, 2001 for calendar years
beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will
apply the minimum distribution requirements of
section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code in
accordance with the regulations under section
401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001 (the
2001 Proposed Regulations), notwithstanding any
provision of the Plan to the contrary.
D11
If the total amount of required minimum
distributions made to a participant for 2001 prior to
July 1, 2001 are equal to or greater than the amount
of required minimum distributions determined under
the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then no additional
distributions are required for such participant for
2001 on or after such date. If the total amount of
required minimum distributions made to a participant
for 2001 prior to July 1, 2001 are less than the
amount determined under the 2001 Proposed
Regulations, then the amount of required minimum
distributions for 2001 on or after such date will be
determined so that the total amount of required
minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount
determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations. This
amendment shall continue in effect until the last
calendar year beginning before the effective date of
the final regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such
other date as may be published by the Internal
Revenue Service.
D11
(d) If distribution of Capital Accumulation to
a Participant occurs prior to the occurrence of a
Break in Service, and if such Participant is not one
hundred percent (100%) vested in his Account(s), the
non-vested portion which is not distributed will be
held in his Accounts under the Plan, and will become
a Forfeiture only on the Anniversary Date of the Plan
Year in which the Forfeiture occurs. At any given
time, the vested interest ("X") in such suspense
shall be determined in accordance with the following
formula:
X = P (AB +D) - D
For purposes of applying this formula, P is the
vested percentage at the time of the subsequent
termination; AB is the total of the Account balances
at the time; and D is the amount of Capital
Accumulation previously distributed.
(e) If any Participant incurs a Break in
Service and that Participant is subsequently
reemployed (as provided in Section 3.04), his Capital
Accumulation attributable to the prior period of
Service will not be increased (as the result of
additional vesting) by reason of years of Credited
service after his reemployment until such time as the
Participant has completed one year of Service after
his return.
D11
Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant that is
subsequently reemployed (as provided in Section 3.04)
and who has received a distribution of the vested
portion of his Capital Accumulation may be permitted
to repay the amount of the distribution to the
Trust. The Participant's Capital Accumulation
attributable to the prior period of service will be
increased (as the result of additional vesting) by
reason of years of Credited Service after his
reemployment only if such repayment occurs.
Upon repayment of the distribution by the
Participant, shares of Company Stock will be
allocated to the Participant's account at the fair
market value of the shares as of the date of
repayment.
No repayment shall be allowed under this Section at
any time after the earlier of:
(1) Five (5) years after the first date
on which the Participant is subsequently
reemployed, or
(2) The close of the first period of
five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in
Service commencing after the distribution to
the Participant.
D11
(f) If a Participant does not have any vested
interest in his Account(s) derived from Employer
Contributions when a Break in Service occurs, years
of Credited Service earned prior to termination shall
not be taken into account for purposes of determining
a Participant's vested interest in his Account(s), if
the number of consecutive years of Breaks in Service
equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) years or
the number of years of Credited Service before the
Break in Service.
(g) In-service distributions may be made in
cash to a Participant who is 100% vested prior to his
Termination of Service providing said distribution
results from the diversification elections available
to the Participant provided within the Plan. All
non-Code Section 401(a) (28) diversification
distributions shall be made in cash.
Section 10.04. Retained Capital Accumulation. If any
part of the Participant's Capital Accumulation is retained in
the Trust after his participation ends, his Account(s) will
continue to be treated as provided in Article VI, except they
will not be credited with any further Employer Contributions or
Forfeitures.
D11
Section 10.05. Loans to Participants.
(a) The Trustee may, at the direction of the
Committee, loan a Participant up to the lesser of (i)
50% of the vested portion of his Account(s), or (ii)
$50,000 less the excess (if any) of the highest
outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the
one year period ending on the day before the date on
which the loan was made over the outstanding balance
of the loans from the Plan on the date of the loan.
(b) The Committee may direct that a loan be
made to a Participant only for the purpose of
enabling the Participant to meet an immediate and
severe financial hardship of the Participant or his
immediate family. All decisions by the Committee on
requests for loans shall be final and made in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. A Participant
who is married shall obtain the consent of his spouse
with respect to securing a loan under this Section
10.05. Said spousal consent shall be in writing and
properly witnessed or notarized.
(c) The procedures and guidelines to be
followed with respect to loans to Participants shall
be as follows:
(1) All loan requests shall be directed
to a representative of the Company designated by
the Committee;
D11
(2) The loan request shall describe in
some detail the purpose of the loan and the
Committee shall determine whether: (i) the loan
is required to meet an immediate and severe
financial hardship of the Participant or his
immediate family; and, (ii) there are other
available loan sources to the Participant.
(3) A representative of the Committee
shall advise the Participant in writing as to
whether a request for a loan is approved or
denied. If the loan is denied, the Participant
will be advised of the reasons for the denial.
If the loan is approved, the Participant shall
be advised of the amount of the loan approved,
the term of the loan, the repayment schedule and
the interest rate.
(4) The amount of the loan shall not
exceed the limit stated in subsection 10.05(a)
above.
(5) The repayment schedule shall provide
for level amortization consisting of at least
quarterly payments of principal and interest
over a specific repayment period not to exceed
five (5) years.
(6) The loan shall provide for a
reasonable rate of interest which shall be
comparable to the interest rates for similar
types of loans at the time the loan is granted.
Interest payments on loans to Participants shall
be credited as income to the Trust.
D11
(7) Amounts due a Participant from his
Account(s) shall be collateral for any loan made
to a Participant pursuant to this Section
10.05. The Committee shall be entitled to
require and accept such other collateral as may
be required for similar types and amounts of
loans.
(8) Failure to pay any installment of
principal and interest when due pursuant to a
promissory note setting forth the payment terms
of a loan shall constitute an event of default.
(9) If an event of default occurs, the
Account(s) of the Participant in default under
the terms of the loan shall be impounded and all
amounts payable to said Participant under the
terms of the Plan shall be first applied to
satisfy the amounts due and owing under the
terms of the loan. The Committee shall also
take whatever action it deems appropriate with
respect to other collateral pledged by a
Participant to secure the repayment of a loan.
Section 10.06. Distribution of Dividends on Company
Stock. Any cash dividends received by the Trustee on Company
Stock allocated to the Accounts of Participants (or former
Participants) shall be distributed to such Participants, former
Participants, or Beneficiaries (in a nondiscriminatory manner)
unless such Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary
instructs the Trustee to reinvest such dividends in Company
Stock. Any current distribution in cash must be made within
two (2) years of the date such dividend is received by the
Trustee.
D11
Section 10.07. Beneficiary Designation. The Trustee will
make distribution from the Trust only upon direction of the
Committee. Distribution will be made to the Participant, if
living, and if not, to his Beneficiary. A Participant shall
designate his Beneficiary upon becoming a Participant, and may
change such designation at any time, by filing a written
designation with the Committee. A Participant who is married
shall obtain the consent of his spouse with respect to the
designation of a Beneficiary other than such spouse. Such
consent shall (i) be in writing, (ii) acknowledge the effect of
such consent, (iii) be witnessed by a notary public and (iv) be
in such form as may be prescribed by the Committee. Upon the
death of a Participant, if there is no designated Beneficiary
then living, or if the designation is not effective for any
reason, as determined by the Committee, the Participant's
Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, or if none, his
surviving children (equally), or, if none, his estate.
D11
ARTICLE XI
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
Section 11.01. Named Fiduciaries. The Committee and the
Company shall each be a "named fiduciary" within the meaning of
Section 402 of ERISA, but each such party's role as a named
fiduciary shall be limited solely to the exercise of its own
authority and discretion, as defined under the terms of this
Plan, to control and manage the operation and administration of
the Plan (other than authority and discretion assigned under
this Plan, or delegated pursuant thereto, to the Trustee). A
named fiduciary may designate other persons who are not named
fiduciaries to carry out its fiduciary responsibilities
hereunder, and any such person shall become a fiduciary under
the Plan with respect to such delegated responsibilities. In
the event of such a designation, the named fiduciary shall not
be liable for an act or omission of the designee in carrying
out responsibilities delegated to him except to the extent
provided in Section 405 of ERISA.
Section 11.02. Fiduciary Limitations. Named fiduciaries
under the Plan, as well as the Trustee and any other person who
may be a fiduciary by virtue of section 3(21) of ERISA, shall
exercise and discharge their respective powers and duties in
the following manner:
(a) By acting solely in the interest of the
Participants and their Beneficiaries;
(b) By acting for the exclusive purpose of
providing benefits to Participants and their
Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of
administering the Trust Assets and Plan;
D11
(c) By acting with the care, skill, prudence
and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing
that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct
of an enterprise of a like character and with like
aims; and
(d) By otherwise acting in accordance with
this Plan and Trust Agreement to the extent
consistent with Title I of ERISA.
Section 11.03. Company Responsibilities. The Company,
acting through the Board of Directors, shall have the authority
to amend or terminate the Plan pursuant to the provisions of
Article XII, to determine the amount of Employer Contributions
to the Plan pursuant to Article IV, to appoint a Trustee and
Committee and to approve the adoption of the Plan by any other
Employer. Whenever the Company is permitted or required to so
perform any act under the terms of this Plan, it shall be done
and performed by any officer duly authorized by the Board of
Directors. To enable the Committee to perform its duties, the
Company shall supply completely and timely all information
which the Committee may from time to time require.
Section 11.04. Trustee Responsibilities. The Trustee
shall have, to the extent set forth in the Trust Agreement,
authority and discretion to receive, hold and distribute Trust
Assets, fiduciary responsibilities in connection with the
exercise of such authority and discretion, and a duty to issue
reports and otherwise to account to the Company and the
Committee. All Employer Contributions shall be paid over to
the Trustee and, together with accretions thereto, shall be
invested by the Trustee in accordance with the directions
permitted in this Plan and Trust Agreement.
D11
Section 11.05. Appointment of Committee. This Plan will
be administered by a Committee composed of up to ten (l0)
individuals appointed by the Board of Directors to serve at its
pleasure and without compensation. A member of the Committee
may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time with or
without cause upon ten (10) days written notice from the Board
of Directors and a vacancy existing on the Committee after such
removal shall be filled promptly by the Board of Directors.
Any member of the Committee may resign by delivering his
written resignation to the Board of Directors.
Section 11.06. Committee Responsibilities. Committee
shall have the following
The responsibilities:
(a) Powers and Duties. The Committee shall be
the Plan Administrator under Section 414(g) of the
Code and under Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA. Subject to
the provisions of the Plan and to such restrictions
as the Board of Directors may impose, the Committee
shall have the power to interpret and construe the
provisions of the Plan, to supply omissions herein,
and to establish rules and regulations for the
interpretation and administration of the Plan and
transaction of its business, including, among other
things, provisions for determining who are
Participants, what constitutes a year of Credited
Service and Covered Compensation, allocation to
Participants of Employer Contributions, Forfeitures
and income (or loss) and valuation of Trust Assets.
All such interpretative and administrative decisions,
and rules and regulations, shall be conclusive and
binding on all persons having an interest in or under
the Plan.
D11
(b) Records and Reports. The Committee shall
be responsible for keeping a record of all its
proceedings and actions and shall maintain all such
books of account, records, and other data as shall be
necessary to administer the Plan and to meet the
disclosure and reporting requirements of ERISA.
(c) Compensation. No member of the Committee
shall receive any compensation from the Company, Plan
or Trust for his services as a member of the
Committee.
(d) Committee Procedures. The Committee may
act at a meeting or in writing without a meeting.
The Committee shall elect one of its members as a
Chairman, who shall also be the agent for service of
legal process on behalf of the Plan, and appoint a
Secretary, who may or may not be a Committee member.
The Committee may adopt such bylaws as it deems
desirable for the conduct of its affairs. All
decisions of the Committee shall be made by majority
vote of the number then constituting the Committee,
including actions taken without a meeting.
(e) Distribution of Benefits.
(1) Direction to the Trustee. The
Committee shall issue directions to the
Trustee concerning all benefits which are to
be paid from the Trust pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan, and shall warrant
that all such directions are in accordance
with this Plan.
D11
(2) Application by Participants. The
Committee may require a Participant to
complete and file with it an application for
the payment of benefits under the Plan and
any other forms deemed necessary and
desirable by the Committee for the proper
administration of the Plan and furnish all
pertinent information requested by the
Committee. The Committee may rely upon all
such information so furnished it, including
the Participant's current mailing address.
(3) Participant's Incapacity. Whenever
in the written and certified opinion of one
or more qualified physicians selected by or
satisfactory to the Committee, a person
entitled to receive a payment hereunder of a
benefit or installment thereof is under a
legal disability or is incapacitated in any
way so as to be unable to manage his
financial affairs, the Committee may direct
the Trustee to make payments to such person
or to his legal representative. Any payment
of a benefit or installment thereof in
accordance with the provisions of this
subparagraph shall be a complete discharge of
any liability for the making of such payment
under the provisions of the Plan.
D11
(f) Claims Procedure. The Committee shall
adopt a claims procedure consistent with the
requirements of Section 503 of ERISA and rules and
regulations thereunder.
(g) Bonding. The Committee shall arrange for
such bonding as is required by law, but no bonding in
excess of the amount required by this Plan.
Section 11.07. Indemnification. To the extent authorized
by the laws of the State of Pennsylvania and ERISA, the Company
may indemnify the members of the Committee, any present or
former members of the Board of Directors, the Trustee or any
officer or Employee of the Employer, against any and all
claims, losses, damages, expenses (including legal fees),
fines, penalties, and liabilities arising out of acts,
omissions, and conduct as a fiduciary (as defined in Section
3(21) of ERISA) with respect to the Plan, except to the extent
that such person shall be determined to be liable by a court of
competent Jurisdiction for his own willful misconduct. The
foregoing rights of indemnification shall be in addition to
such other rights as the above persons may enjoy as a matter of
law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind.
D11
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
Section 12.01. Company Right to Amend. Subject to the
provisions hereinafter set forth, the Company reserves the
right, at any time or from time to time, by action of the Board
of Directors, to amend in whole or in part any or all of the
provisions of this Plan; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall be made which:
(a) Will deprive any Participant of any
benefit to which he has a nonforfeitable right under
Article IX of this Plan; or
(b) Shall make it possible for any part of the
Trust Assets or its income to be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants. No such amendment which
affects the rights, duties, or responsibilities of
the Trustee may be made without the Trustee's written
consent. Any such amendment shall become effective
upon delivery of a written instrument, executed by
order of the Board of Directors, to the Trustee and
the endorsement of the Trustee of its receipt or of
its written consent thereto, if such consent is
required.
Section 12.02 Mandatory Amendments. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Article XII, or of any other provisions of
this Plan, any amendment may be made, retroactively if
necessary, which the Company deems necessary or appropriate to
conform the Plan to, or to satisfy the conditions of, any law,
government regulation or ruling, and to permit the Plan to meet
the requirements for qualification under Sections 4975 (e) (7)
and 401 of the Code, and to permit the Trust to meet the
requirements for tax-exempt status under Section 501 of the
Code.
D11
In the event that a favorable determination letter from the
Internal Revenue Service is not obtained with respect to the
adoption of this Plan, as amended, then this Plan shall be
declared null and void and the Plan in effect prior to this
amendment shall continue in full force and effect.
Section 12.03. Termination. The Company shall have the
right at any time to terminate the Plan and the Trust created
concurrently herewith by delivering to the Committee written
notice of such termination and by further informing the Trustee
by written notice of such termination. Each Employer reserves
the right to terminate the participation of its Employees under
the Plan. Upon any such termination, such action shall be
taken as to render it impossible for any part of the corpus of
the Trust or income of the Plan to be at any time used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and their Beneficiaries.
Section 12.04. Employee Nonforfeitable Rights. Upon
termination (or partial termination) of the Plan within the
meaning of Section 411(d) (3) of the Code or a complete
discontinuance of Employer Contributions thereunder, each
Participant (or in the case of a partial termination, each
Participant affected) shall have a nonforfeitable right to 100%
of the balance in each of his Account(s) as of the date of
termination, partial termination or complete discontinuance;
provided, however, that replacement of this Plan with a
comparable plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code
shall not be a termination for purposes of this Section.
D11
Section 12.05. Distribution Upon Termination. In the
event of termination pursuant to Section 12.03, the assets then
held in Trust under the Plan shall be distributed to the
Participants in accordance with Article X hereof, either, in
the sole discretion of the Committee, upon actual Termination
of Service or as if Termination of Service occurred as of the
date the Plan terminated.
D11
ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 13.01. Participants' Rights. Neither the
establishment of this Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor
the creation of any fund or account, nor the payment of any
benefits, shall be construed as giving to any Participant or
other person any legal or equitable right against the Employer,
or any officer or Employee thereof, or the Trustee, or the
Committee, except as herein provided. The adoption and
maintenance of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a
contract of employment or otherwise between an Employer and any
Employee, or to be a consideration for, or an inducement or
condition of, any employment. Nothing contained herein shall
be deemed to give an Employee the right to be retained in the
service of an Employer or to interfere with the right of an
Employer to discharge, with or without cause, any Employee at
any time.
Section 13.02. Spendthrift Clause. No benefit which
shall be payable out of the Trust Assets to any Participant
and/or his Beneficiary shall be subject in any manner to
anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
garnishment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to
anticipate same shall be liable for or subject to the debts,
contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such
Participant and/or his Beneficiary nor shall it be subject to
attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the
same will not be recognized by the Trustee except to such an
extent as may be required by a QDRO or an order subject to
ERISA Section 206(d)(4).
D11
13.03. Judgments, Orders, Decrees and Settlement
Agreements. Effective August 5, 1997, a Participant's
Account(s) (and that of his spouse) shall be reduced to satisfy
liabilities of the Participant to the Plan due to (a) the
Participant being convicted of committing a crime involving the
Plan, (b) a civil judgment (or consent order or decree) entered
by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation
of the fiduciary provisions of Title 1 of ERISA, or (c) a
settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor or the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in
connection with a violation of the fiduciary provisions of
ERISA. Any reduction made pursuant to this paragraph shall be
done in accordance with the requirements of ERISA Section
206(d).
Section 13.04. Company's Liability. All Capital
Accumulations will be paid only from the Trust Assets, and
neither the Company nor any Employer nor the Committee nor the
Trustee shall have any duty or liability to furnish the Trust
with any funds, securities or other assets, except as expressly
provided in the Plan.
Section 13.05. Merger or Consolidation. In the event of
a merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer in
whole or in part of the Trust Assets or liabilities to another
trust fund held under any other plan of deferred compensation
maintained or to be established for the benefit of all or some
of the Participants, Trust Assets or liabilities shall be
transferred to the other trust fund only if each Participant
would be entitled to a benefit immediately after the merger,
consolidation or transfer (assuming the other plan and trust
then terminates) which is equal to or greater than the benefit
to which he would have been entitled to receive immediately
before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had
then terminated).
D11
Section 13.06. Governing Law. Subject to ERISA or other
applicable Federal law, this Plan shall be construed according
to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and all
provisions hereof shall be administered according to, and its
validity shall be determined under, the laws of such
Commonwealth.
Section 13.07. Legal Action. In any action or proceeding
involving the Trust, or any property constituting part or all
thereof, or the administration thereof, Employees or former
Employees of the Employer or the Beneficiaries or any other
person having or claiming to have an interest in the Trust
Assets or under the Plan shall not be necessary parties nor
entitled to any notice of process.
Section 13.08. Binding on All Parties. Any final
judgment which is not appealed or appealable that may be
entered in any legal action or proceeding shall be binding and
conclusive on the parties hereto, the Committee, and all
persons having or claiming to have an interest in the Trust
Assets or under this Plan.
Section 13.09. Headings. The headings of this Plan are
inserted for convenience or reference only, and are not to be
considered in the construction or the interpretation of this
Plan.
Section 13.10. Severability of Provisions. If any
provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other
provision, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if
such provision had not been included.
D11
ARTICLE XIV
SPECIAL RULES FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS
Section 14.01. General Provision. If the Plan is or at
any time becomes "Top-Heavy" as that term is defined in Section
416 of the Code, Sections 14.02 through 14.14 shall apply
notwithstanding any conflicting provision of the Plan.
Section 14.02. Top -Heavy Ratio.
(a) If the Employer maintains one or more
defined contribution plans (including any Simplified
Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer has never
maintained any defined benefit plan which has covered
or could cover a Participant in the Plan, the
Top-Heavy Ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which
is the sum of the Account balances of all Key
Employees as of the Determination Date (including any
part of any Account balance distributed in the 5 year
period ending on the Determination Date) , and the
denominator of which is the sum of all Account
balances (including any part of any Account balance
distributed in the 5-year period ending on the
Determination Date) of all participants as of the
Determination Date. Both the numerator and
denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted to
reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as
of the Determination Date.
D11
(b) If the Employer maintains one or more
defined contribution plans (including any Simplified
Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or
has maintained one or more defined benefit plans
which have covered or could cover a Participant in
the Plan, the Top-Heavy Ratio is a fraction, the
numerator of which is the sum of Account balances
under the defined contributions plans for all Key
Employees and the present value of accrued benefits
under the defined benefit plans for all Key
Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of
the Account balances under the defined contribution
plans for all participants and the present value of
accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for
all participants. Both the numerator and denominator
of the Top-Heavy Ratio are adjusted for any
distribution of an Account balance or an accrued
benefit made in the five-year period ending on the
Determination Date and any contribution due but
unpaid as of the Determination Date.
(c) For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the
value of Account balances and the present value of
accrued benefits will be determined as of the most
recent valuation date that falls within or ends with
the 12-month period ending on the Determination
Date. The Account balances and accrued benefits of a
Participant who is not a Key Employee but who was a
Key Employee in a prior year will be disregarded.
The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the
extent to which distributions, rollovers, and
transfers are taken into account will be made in
accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
regulations thereunder.
D11
Non-deductible voluntary Participant contributions
are included in the computation. Deductible employee
contributions will not be taken into account for
purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. The
Account balance or accrued benefit of an Employee
shall be disregarded if the Employee has not received
any compensation from and has not performed any
services for the Employer over the five (5) year
period ending on the Determination Date.. When
aggregating plans the value of Account balances and
accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
the Determination Dates that fall within the same
calendar year.
Effective on or after January 1, 2002, the present values
of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an
Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the
distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan
and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)
of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the
determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to
distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under
Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a
distribution made for a reason other than separation from
service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied
by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period". The
accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not
performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period
ending on the determination date shall not be taken into
account.
D11
Section 14.03. Permissive Aggregation Group for the
purpose of Article XIV shall mean the Required Aggregation
Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer
which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation
Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Sections
401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
Section 14.04. Required Aggregation Group for the purpose
of Article XIV shall mean (1) each qualified plan of the
Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates, and
(2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a
plan described in (1) to meet the requirements of Sections
401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
Section 14.05. Determination Date for the purpose of
Article XIV shall mean for any Plan Year subsequent to the
first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For
the first Plan Year of the Plan, it is the last day of that
year.
Section 14.06. Valuation Date for the purpose of Article
XIV shall mean the last day of each Plan Year as of which
Account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of
calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio.
Section 14.07. Present Value. For purposes of
establishing the present value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio,
any benefit shall be discounted only for interest and
post-retirement mortality based on the following (unless
otherwise provided in the defined benefit plan):
Interest rate 9% Mortality table UP 1984
D11
Section 14.08. Top-Heavy Definition. If the Top-Heavy
Ratio for all plans in the Required Aggregation Group (RAG)
exceeds six-tenths (6/10) then all plans in the RAG are
Top-Heavy unless there exists a Permissive Aggregation Group
(PAG) for which the Top-Heavy Ratio does not exceed six-tenths
(6/10), in which case no plan in the PAG is Top-Heavy.
Section 14.09. Minimum Allocations.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in (b) and
(c) below, the Employer Contributions and the
Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant
who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the
lesser of three percent of such Participant's
compensation or in the case where the Employer has no
defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to
satisfy Section 401 of the Code, the largest
percentage of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures,
as a percentage of Covered Compensation, allocated on
behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The
minimum allocation is determined without regard to
any Social Security contribution. This minimum
allocation shall be made even though, under other
Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise
be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have
received a lesser allocation for the year because of
(i) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours
of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan),
(ii) the Participant's failure to make mandatory
contributions to the Plan, or (iii) Covered
Compensation less than a stated amount.
D11
(b) The provision in (a) above shall not apply
to any Participant who was not employed by the
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
(c) The provision in (a) above shall not apply
to any Participant to the extent the Participant is
covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer
and the Employer has provided that the minimum
allocation or benefit requirement applicable to
Top-Heavy plans will be met in the other plan or
plans. If for any reason the minimum is not provided
for a Participant in the other plan, it shall be
provided in this Plan.
Section 14.10. No Forfeitability of Minimum Allocation.
The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) may not be
forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the
Code.
Section 14.11. Minimum Vesting Schedules.
(a) If this plan is Top-Heavy for any Plan
Year, then in that Plan Year and all subsequent Plan
Years the vesting schedule enumerated in Section
14.12(b) will apply unless the Employer had elected
100% vesting after three (3) Years of Credited
Service or less. If the Employer had elected 100%
vesting after three (3) Years of Credited Service or
less, then that vesting schedule will continue to
apply. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all
benefits within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of
the Code except those attributable to Employee
Contributions, including benefits accrued before the
effective date of Section 416 of the Code and
benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy.
D11
Further, no reduction in vested benefits may occur
in the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes
for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not
apply to the Account balance of any Employee who does
not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has
initially become Top-Heavy and such Employee's
Account balance attributable to Employer
Contributions and Forfeitures will be determined
without regard to this Section.
(b) For purposes of this Section only, a
Participant's Capital Accumulation will be determined
in accordance with the following vesting schedule:
Years of
Nonforfeitable Per-
Credited Service centage of
Accounts
Less Than 1 Year 0%
1 Year 0%
2 Years 20%
3 Years 40%
4 Years 60%
5 Years 80%
6 Years 100%
Each Participant shall at all times have a 100%
nonforfeitable interest in the shares allocated to
his Account under the former tax credit portion of
this Plan which was terminated effective January 1,
1994.
Section 14.12. Key Employee for the purpose of Article
XIV shall mean a person who at any time during the Plan Year or
the preceding four (4) Plan Years was:
D11
(a) An Officer. An Officer is an employee who
is an officer in fact and who earns for the Plan Year
in excess of 50% of the amount in effect under Code
Section 415(b)(1)(A). The number of Officers is
limited to a maximum of the lesser of:
(1) 50 employees or,
(2) the greater of 3 employees or 10%
of all employees.
(b) Shareholder. A Shareholder is an employee
who:
(1) owns more than a 5% interest in the
Employer; or,
(2) is one of 10 employees who own more
than a 1/2% interest in the Employer and who
also own the largest interests in the
Employer and who have earnings for the Year
in excess of the Code Section 415 dollar
limit for defined contribution plans. This
category shall include no more than ten (10)
employees. If two Employees own equal
interests in the Employer, then the Employee
who earns more compensation than the other
will be considered as owning the greater
interest; or,
(3) owns a 1% or more interest in the
Employer and earns compensation from the
Employer in excess of $150,000 annually.
D11
(c) A Beneficiary of a Key Employee is a Key
Employee. The determination of who is a Key Employee
will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of
the Code and the regulations thereunder.
Effective on or after January 1, 2002, Key Employee means
an Employee or former Employee (including any deceased
Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes
the determination date was an officer of the Employer having
annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under
Section 416(k)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 2003), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a
1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of
more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation
means compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of
the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be
made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the
applicable regulations and other guidance of general
applicability issued thereunder.Section 14.13. Maximum
Allocation. If the Plan is Top-Heavy then the defined
contribution fraction denominator as computed under Section
415(e)(6) of the Code shall be modified by substituting
"41,500" for "51,975" unless:
(a) the Plan would not be Top-Heavy if "9/10"
were substituted for "6/10" under Section 14.08; and
(b) "Four" percent is substituted for "three"
percent under Section 14.09(a) and the defined
benefit plan provides an additional Top-Heavy minimum
accrual of 1% per year up to an additional 10%; or,
the Plan provides a Top-Heavy minimum allocation of
7.5% of compensation.
D11
ARTICLE XV
EXECUTION
To record the adoption of this amended and restated Plan,
the Company has caused its appropriate officers to affix its
corporate name and seal hereto this ____ day of ____________,
2001.
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
By:
Attest:
D11
DENTSPLY EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
AS AMENDED AND
RESTATED EFFECTIVE AS OF
JANUARY 1, 1997
D11
Page
{A296525:} - iv -
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION..........................................1
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS..........................................2
2.01.Account................................................2
2.02.Affiliated Company.....................................2
2.03.Anniversary Date.......................................2
2.04.Approved Absence.......................................2
2.05.Beneficiary............................................2
2.06.Board of Directors.....................................2
2.07.Break in Service.......................................2
2.08.Capital Accumulation...................................2
2.09.Code...................................................2
2.10.Committee..............................................2
2.11.Company................................................2
2.12.Company Stock..........................................2
2.13.Company Stock Account..................................2
2.14.Covered Compensation...................................2
2.15.Credited Service.......................................2
2.16.Deferred Retirement Date...............................2
2.17.Disability Retirement Date.............................2
2.18.Effective Date.........................................2
2.18.Early Retirement Date..................................2
2.19.Employee...............................................2
2.20.Employer...............................................2
2.21.Employer Contributions.................................2
2.22.Employer Securities....................................2
2.23.Employment Date........................................2
2.24.ERA....................................................2
2.25.Forfeiture.............................................2
2.26.Hour of Service........................................2
2.27.Leased Employee........................................2
2.28.Loan...................................................2
2.29.Mutual Fund Account....................................2
2.30.Normal Retirement Date.................................2
2.31.Other Investments Account..............................2
2.32.Participant............................................2
2.33.Part-Time Employee.....................................2
2.34.Permanent Disability...................................2
2.35.Plan...................................................2
D11
2.36.Plan Year..............................................2
2.37.Qualified Business Unit................................2
2.38.Qualified Election Period..............................2
2.39.Qualified Participant..................................2
2.40.Reemployment Date......................................2
2.41.Service................................................2
2.42.Termination of Service.................................2
2.43.Trust..................................................2
2.44.Trust Agreement........................................2
2.45.Trust Assets...........................................2
2.46.Trustee................................................2
ARTICLE III - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.......................2
3.01.Eligibility for Participation..........................2
3.02.Commencement of Participation..........................2
3.03.Cessation of Participation.............................2
3.04.Reemployment...........................................2
3.05.Transfers..............................................2
3.06.Leave of Absence.......................................2
3.07.Committee's Determination of Eligibility...............2
3.08. Military Service.....................................2
ARTICLE IV - CONTRIBUTIONS........................................2
4.01.Employer Contributions.................................2
4.02.Payment of Employer Contributions......................2
4.03.No Participant Contributions...........................2
4.04.No Eligible Rollover Distributions.....................2
ARTICLE V - INVESTMENT OF TRUST ASSETS............................2
5.01.Investment of Trust Assets.............................2
5.02.Purchases of Company Stock.............................2
5.03.Sales of Company Stock.................................2
5.04.Exempt Loan............................................2
5.05.Diversification of Investments.........................2
ARTICLE VI - ALLOCATIONS..........................................2
6.01.Allocations to Participants' Accounts..................2
6.02.Allocable Shares.......................................2
6.03.Allocation Limitations.................................2
6.04.Allocation of Net Income (or Loss) of the Trust........2
6.05.Accounting for Allocations.............................2
D11
6.06.Special Allocation Rule................................2
ARTICLE VII - EXPENSES OF THE PLAN AND TRUST......................2
ARTICLE VIII - VOTING COMPANY STOCK...............................2
ARTICLE IX - CAPITAL ACCUMULATION.................................2
9.01.Capital Accumulation...................................2
9.02.Retirement, Death or Permanent Disability..............2
9.03.Other Termination of Service and Vesting...............2
9.04.Forfeitures............................................2
ARTICLE X - DISTRIBUTIONS.........................................2
10.01.Form of Distribution..................................2
10.02.Repurchase of Company Stock...........................2
10.03.Timing of Distribution................................2
10.04.Retained Capital Accumulation.........................2
10.05.Loans to Participants.................................2
10.06.Distribution of Dividends on Company Stock............2
10.07.Beneficiary Designation...............................2
ARTOC;E XI - PLAN ADMINISTRATION..................................2
11.01.Named Fiduciaries.....................................2
11.02.Fiduciary Limitations.................................2
11.03.Company Responsibilities..............................2
11.04.Trustee Responsibilities..............................2
11.05.Appointment of Committee..............................2
11.06.Committee Responsibilities............................2
11.07.Indemnification.......................................2
ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION...........................2
12.01.Company Right to Amend................................2
12.02Mandatory Amendments...................................2
12.03.Termination...........................................2
12.04.Employee Nonforfeitable Rights........................2
12.05.Distribution Upon Termination.........................2
ARTOC;E XIII - GENERAL PROVISIONS.................................2
13.01.Participants' Rights..................................2
13.02.Spendthrift Clause....................................2
13.03.Judgments, Orders, Decrees and Settlement
Agreements.............................................2
13.03.Company's Liability...................................2
13.04.Merger or Consolidation...............................2
D11
13.05.Governing Law.........................................2
13.06.Legal Action..........................................2
13.07.Binding on All Parties................................2
13.08.Headings..............................................2
13.09.Severability of Provisions............................2
ARTICLE XIV - SPECIAL RULES FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS...................2
14.01.General Provision.....................................2
14.02.Top -Heavy Ratio......................................2
14.03.Permissive Aggregation Group..........................2
14.04.Required Aggregation Group............................2
14.05.Determination Date....................................2
14.06.Valuation Date........................................2
14.07.Present Value.........................................2
14.08.Top-Heavy Definition..................................2
14.09.Minimum Allocations...................................2
14.10.No Forfeitability of Minimum Allocation...............2
14.11.Minimum Vesting Schedules.............................2
14.12.Key Employee..........................................2
14.13. Maximum Allocation..................................2
ARTICLE XV........................................................2
D11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
AND
CHRISTOPHER T. CLARK
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 1, 2002, by and between
DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and
Christopher T. Clark, ("Employee").
WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of the Company and Employee that the
terms and conditions of Employee's services be formally set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of
the parties hereto, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Services
1.1 The Company shall employ Employee and Employee accepts such employment
and agrees to serve as a Senior Vice President of the Company,
responsible for the business activities and operations assigned by
the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Board of Directors as set
forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of the date stated
below, and, if elected thereto, as an officer or director of any
Affiliate, for the term and on the conditions herein set forth.
Employee shall be responsible for the activities and duties
presently associated with this position. Employee shall perform
such other services as shall from time to time be assigned to him
by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the
President of the Company depending on the needs and demands of the
business and the availability of other personnel, provided that
such services shall generally be similar in level of position and
responsibility as those set forth in this Agreement. Employee's
services shall be performed at a location suitable for the
performance of the Employee's assigned duties.
1.2 Employee shall at all times devote his full business time and efforts to
the performance of his duties and to promote the best interests of
the Company and its Affiliates.
2. Period of Employment Employment as Senior Vice President shall begin
and continue from November 1, 2002, and terminate on the happening of
any of the following events:
D12
2.1 Death The date of death of Employee;
2.2 Termination by Employee Without Good Reason The date specified in a
written notice of termination given to the Company by Employee not
less than 180 days in advance of such specified date, at which date
the Employee's obligation to perform services pursuant to this
Agreement shall cease.
2.3 Termination by Employee with Good Reason Thirty (30) days following the
date of a written notice of termination given to the Company by
Employee within thirty (30) days after any one or more of the
following events have occurred:
(a) failure by the Company to maintain the level of responsibility and
status of the Employee generally similar to those of
Employee's position as of the date of the Agreement, or
(b) a reduction by the Company in Employee's base salary as in effect as of
the date hereof plus all increases thereof subsequent thereto;
other than any reduction implemented as part of a formal
austerity program approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company and applicable to all continuing employees of the
Company, provided such reduction does not reduce Employee's
salary by a percentage greater than the average reduction in
the compensation of all employees who continue as employees of
the Company during such austerity program; or
(c) the failure of the Company to maintain and to continue Employee's
participation in the Company's benefit plans as in effect from
time to time on a basis substantially equivalent to the
participation and benefits of Company employees similarly
situated to the Employee; or
(d) any substantial and uncorrected breach of the Agreement by the Company.
2.4 Termination by the Company Upon written notice of termination given to
Employee by the Company, the Employee's obligation to perform
services pursuant to this Agreement shall cease as of the date of
such notice.
D12
3. Payments by the Company
3.1 During the Period of Employment, the Company shall pay to the Employee
for all services to be performed by Employee hereunder a salary of
not less than $250,000 per annum, or such larger amount as may from
time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company or,
if applicable, by the Human Resources Committee of the Board (or
its successor), payable in accordance with the Company's normal pay
schedule.
3.2 During the Period of Employment, Employee shall be entitled to
participate in all plans and other benefits made available by the
Company generally to its domestic executive employees, including
(without limitation) benefits under any pension, profit sharing,
employee stock ownership, stock option, bonus, performance stock
appreciation right, management incentive, vacation, disability,
annuity, or insurance plans or programs. Any payments to be made
to Employee under other provisions of this Section 3 shall not be
diminished by any payments made or to be made to Employee or his
designees pursuant to any such plan, nor shall any payments to be
made to Employee or his designees pursuant to any such plan be
diminished by any payment made or to be made to Employee under
other provisions of this Section 3.
3.3 Upon termination of the Period of Employment for whatever reason,
Employee shall be entitled to receive the compensation accrued and
unpaid as of the date of his termination. If Employee at the time
of termination is eligible to participate in any Company incentive
or bonus plan then in effect, Employee shall be entitled to receive
a pro-rata share of such incentive or bonus award based upon the
number of days he is employed during the plan year up to the date
of his termination. Such pro-rata amount shall be calculated in
the usual way and paid at the usual time.
3.4 If the Period of Employment terminates upon the death of Employee, the
Company shall continue payment of his then current salary for a
period of 12 months from the date of death, together with his
pro-rata share of any incentive or bonus payments due for the
period prior to his death, to Employee's designated beneficiary or,
if no beneficiary has been effectively designated, then to
Employee's estate.
D12
3.5 If the Period of Employment is terminated by the Employee under Section
2.3, or by the Company under Section 2.4, the Company shall
continue to pay compensation and provide benefits to the employee
as provided in this Section 3.5 for a period (the "Termination
Period") beginning on the date of the termination notice and ending
on the earlier of: (i) the second annual anniversary of the date
of such termination notice; or (ii) the date on which the Employee
would attain age 65, as follows:
(a) Compensation shall be paid to the Employee at the rate of salary being
paid to Employee under Section 3.1 immediately before the
termination;
(b) Bonus and incentive compensation shall be paid to the Employee in
accordance with plans approved by the Board of Directors and
similar to those in which the Employee participated at time of
termination, using the same formula and calculations as if
termination had not occurred. The Employee shall not be
entitled to receive any further grants of stock options under
any stock option or similar such plan subsequent to the date
of termination, but outstanding stock options shall continue
to vest during the Termination Period in accordance with the
applicable stock option plan;
(c) Employee shall receive the benefits that would have been accrued by the
Employee during the Termination Period from participation by
the Employee under any pension, profit sharing, employee stock
ownership plan ("ESOP") or similar retirement plan or plans of
the Company or any Affiliate in which the Employee
participated immediately before the termination, in accordance
with the terms of any such plan (or, if not available, in lieu
thereof be compensated for such benefits), based on service
the Employee would have had during the Termination Period and
compensation (and, if applicable, bonus and incentive
compensation) as determined under Section (a) (and, if
applicable, Subsection (b) above);
(d) Employee shall receive continued coverage during the Termination Period
under all employee disability, annuity, insurance, or other
employee welfare benefit plans, programs or arrangements of
the Company or any Affiliate in which Employee participated
immediately before the notice of termination, plus all
improvements subsequent thereto (or, if not available, in lieu
thereof be compensated for such coverage); and
D12
(e) In the event of the death of Employee during the Termination Period, the
Company shall continue to make payments under Subsection
3.5(a) for the period that is the lesser of the remainder of
the Termination Period or twelve (12) months, and shall pay
any bonuses due under Subsection 3.5(b) on a pro-rata basis
until the date of Employee's death, to Employee's designated
beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been effectively
designated, then to Employee's estate.
Except as provided in Section 3.6, payment of compensation under
Subsection 3.5(a) above shall be made at the same time as payments
of compensation under Section 3.1, and payments of other benefits
under Subsections 3.5(b) and (c) shall be paid at the same time and
to the same person as compensation or benefits would have been paid
under the plan, program, or arrangement to which they relate (after
taking into account any election made by the Employee with respect
to payments under such plan, program, or arrangement), and shall be
pro-rated for any partial year through the date of expiration of
the Termination Period.
3.6 If at any time after a Change of Control the Period of Employment is
terminated by the Employee under Section 2.3, or the Company
terminates or gives written notice of termination of the Period of
Employment to the Employee (regardless of whether in accordance
with Section 2.4), then in lieu of the periodic payment of the
amounts specified in Subsections 3.5(a), (b), and (c) (except as
may be otherwise prohibited by law or by said plans), the Company,
at the written election of Employee, shall pay to Employee within
five (5) business days of such termination or notice of termination
the present value of the amounts specified in Subsections 3.5(a),
(b), and (c), discounted at the greatest rate of interest then
payable by Mellon Bank (or its successor) on any federally insured
savings account into which Employee could deposit such amount and
make immediate withdrawals therefrom without penalty, and shall
provide for the remainder of the Termination Period, if any, the
benefit coverage required by Subsection 3.5(d). Employee shall not
be required to mitigate damages payable under this Section 3.6.
3.7 In no event will the Company be obligated to continue Employee's
compensation and other benefits under Section 3.5 of this Agreement
beyond Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday or if Employee's
employment is terminated because of gross negligence or significant
willful misconduct (e.g. conviction of misappropriation of
corporate assets or serious criminal offense).
D12
4. Non-Competition Agreement During the Period of Employment and for a
period of five (5) years after the termination thereof, Employee shall
not, without the written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly
be employed or retained by, or render any services for, or be
financially interested in, any firm or corporation engaged in any
business which is competitive with any business in which the Company or
any of its Affiliates may have been engaged during the Period of
Employment. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to the purchase
by Employee of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
any corporation whose securities are listed on any national securities
exchange.
5. Loyalty Commitments During and after the Period of Employment: (a)
Employee shall not disclose any confidential business information about
the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates; and (b) Employee
shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, induce or
attempt to induce any employee or agency representative of the Company
or any Affiliate to leave the employment or representation of the
Company or such Affiliate.
6. Separability of Provisions The terms of this Agreement shall be
considered to be separable from each other, and in the event any shall
be found to be invalid, it shall not affect the validity of the
remaining terms.
7. Binding Effect This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of (a) the Company and its successors and assigns, and (b)
Employee, his personal representatives, heirs, and legatees.
8. Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes and revokes all prior oral or written
understandings between the parties relating to Employee's employment,
except with respect to matters addressed in the offer letter dated
October , 2002 between the parties to the extent such matters are not
covered in this Agreement. The Agreement may not be changed orally but
only by a written document signed by the party against whom enforcement
of any waiver, change, modification, extension, or discharge is sought.
9. Definitions The following terms herein shall (unless otherwise
expressly provided) have the following respective meanings:
D12
9.1 "Affiliate" when used with reference to the Company means any
corporations, joint ventures, or other business enterprises
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common
control with the Company. For purposes of this definition,
"control" means ownership or power to vote 50% or more of the
voting stock, venture interests, or other comparable participation
in such business enterprises.
9.2 "Period of Employment" means the period commencing on the date hereof
and terminating pursuant to Section 2.
9.3 "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated in writing by
Employee to Company.
9.4 "Change of Control" means any event by which (i) an Acquiring Person has
become such, or (ii) Continuing Directors cease to comprise a
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or
the applicable Parent of the Company (a "Board"). For purposes of
this definition:
(a) An "Acquiring Person" means any person or group (as defined in Section
13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in
effect on the date of this Agreement (the "Exchange Act") who
or which, together with all affiliates and associates (as
defined in Rule 12B-2 under the Exchange Act) becomes, by way
of any transaction, the beneficial owner of shares of the
Company, or such Parent, having 20% or more of (i) the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, or such
Parent, or (ii) the voting power of the then outstanding
voting securities of the Company, or such Parent, entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the Company or
such Parent; and
(b) "Continuing Director" means any member of a Board, while such person is
a member of such Board who is not an Acquiring Person, or an
affiliate or associate of an Acquiring Person or a
representative of an Acquiring Person or of any such affiliate
or associate and who (i) was a member of such Board prior to
the date of this Agreement, or (ii) subsequently becomes a
member of such Board and whose nomination for election or
election to such Board is recommended or approved by
resolution of a majority of the Continuing Directors or who is
included as a nominee in a proxy statement of the Company or
the applicable Parent distributed when a majority of such
Board consists of Continuing Directors.
D12
9.5 "Parent" means any Affiliate directly or indirectly controlling (within
the meaning of Section 9.1) the Company.
10. Notices Where there is provision herein for the delivery of written
notice to either of the parties, such notice shall be deemed to have
been delivered for the purposes of this Agreement when delivered in
person or placed in a sealed, postpaid envelope addressed to such party
and mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested to the address
set forth below for the Company and the most recent address as may be on
the Company records for the Employee:
For Company: DENTSPLY International Inc.
570 West College Avenue
York, PA 17404
Attention: Secretary
11. Arbitration Any controversy arising from or related to this Agreement
shall be determined by arbitration in the City of Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration
Association, and judgment upon any such determination or award may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction. In the event of any
arbitration between Employee and Company related to the Agreement, if
employee shall be the successful party, Company will indemnify and
reimburse Employee against any reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred in such arbitration.
12. Applicable Law The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Agreement on the day and
year first above written.
Attest: DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
____________ ___________________ By:____________________________________
Secretary President and Chief Operating Officer
----------------------------------------
Christopher T. Clark
D12
EXHIBIT A
BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITIES
o Business Development
o Strategic Planning
o Group Practice Sales
o North American Marketing and Administration
o Alliance
o Federal Sales Government
o Manufacturing and Logistics
o DENTSPLY Ransom & Randolph
D12
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
AND
JAMES G. MOSCH
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 1, 2002, by and
between
DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") and James G. Mosch, ("Employee").
WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of the Company and Employee
that the terms and conditions of Employee's services be formally
set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements of the parties hereto, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Services
1.1 The Company shall employ Employee and Employee accepts such
employment and agrees to serve as a Senior Vice
President of the Company, responsible for the business
activities and operations assigned by the Chief
Executive Officer and/or the Board of Directors as set
forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, effective as of the
date stated below, and, if elected thereto, as an
officer or director of any Affiliate, for the term and
on the conditions herein set forth. Employee shall be
responsible for the activities and duties presently
associated with this position. Employee shall perform
such other services as shall from time to time be
assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, or the President of the Company
depending on the needs and demands of the business and
the availability of other personnel, provided that such
services shall generally be similar in level of
position and responsibility as those set forth in this
Agreement. Employee's services shall be performed at a
location suitable for the performance of the Employee's
assigned duties.
1.2 Employee shall at all times devote his full business time
and efforts to the performance of his duties and to
promote the best interests of the Company and its
Affiliates.
D13
2. Period of Employment Employment as Senior Vice President
shall begin and continue from November 1, 2002, and
terminate on the happening of any of the following events:
2.1 Death The date of death of Employee;
2.2 Termination by Employee Without Good Reason The date
specified in a written notice of termination given to
the Company by Employee not less than 180 days in
advance of such specified date, at which date the
Employee's obligation to perform services pursuant to
this Agreement shall cease.
2.3 Termination by Employee with Good Reason Thirty (30) days
following the date of a written notice of termination
given to the Company by Employee within thirty (30)
days after any one or more of the following events have
occurred:
(a) failure by the Company to maintain the level of
responsibility and status of the Employee
generally similar to those of Employee's position
as of the date of the Agreement, or
(b) a reduction by the Company in Employee's base salary as in
effect as of the date hereof plus all increases
thereof subsequent thereto; other than any
reduction implemented as part of a formal
austerity program approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company and applicable to all
continuing employees of the Company, provided such
reduction does not reduce Employee's salary by a
percentage greater than the average reduction in
the compensation of all employees who continue as
employees of the Company during such austerity
program; or
(c) the failure of the Company to maintain and to continue
Employee's participation in the Company's benefit
plans as in effect from time to time on a basis
substantially equivalent to the participation and
benefits of Company employees similarly situated
to the Employee; or
(d) any substantial and uncorrected breach of the Agreement by
the Company.
2.4 Termination by the Company Upon written notice of
termination given to Employee by the Company, the
Employee's obligation to perform services pursuant to
this Agreement shall cease as of the date of such
notice.
D13
3. Payments by the Company
3.1 During the Period of Employment, the Company shall pay to
the Employee for all services to be performed by
Employee hereunder a salary of not less than $260,000
per annum, or such larger amount as may from time to
time be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company
or, if applicable, by the Human Resources Committee of
the Board (or its successor), payable in accordance
with the Company's normal pay schedule.
3.2 During the Period of Employment, Employee shall be entitled
to participate in all plans and other benefits made
available by the Company generally to its domestic
executive employees, including (without limitation)
benefits under any pension, profit sharing, employee
stock ownership, stock option, bonus, performance stock
appreciation right, management incentive, vacation,
disability, annuity, or insurance plans or programs.
Any payments to be made to Employee under other
provisions of this Section 3 shall not be diminished by
any payments made or to be made to Employee or his
designees pursuant to any such plan, nor shall any
payments to be made to Employee or his designees
pursuant to any such plan be diminished by any payment
made or to be made to Employee under other provisions
of this Section 3.
3.3 Upon termination of the Period of Employment for whatever
reason, Employee shall be entitled to receive the
compensation accrued and unpaid as of the date of his
termination. If Employee at the time of termination is
eligible to participate in any Company incentive or
bonus plan then in effect, Employee shall be entitled
to receive a pro-rata share of such incentive or bonus
award based upon the number of days he is employed
during the plan year up to the date of his
termination. Such pro-rata amount shall be calculated
in the usual way and paid at the usual time.
3.4 If the Period of Employment terminates upon the death of
Employee, the Company shall continue payment of his
then current salary for a period of 12 months from the
date of death, together with his pro-rata share of any
incentive or bonus payments due for the period prior to
his death, to Employee's designated beneficiary or, if
no beneficiary has been effectively designated, then to
Employee's estate.
D13
3.5 If the Period of Employment is terminated by the Employee
under Section 2.3, or by the Company under Section 2.4,
the Company shall continue to pay compensation and
provide benefits to the employee as provided in this
Section 3.5 for a period (the "Termination Period")
beginning on the date of the termination notice and
ending on the earlier of: (i) the second annual
anniversary of the date of such termination notice; or
(ii) the date on which the Employee would attain age
65, as follows:
(a) Compensation shall be paid to the Employee at the rate of
salary being paid to Employee under Section 3.1
immediately before the termination;
(b) Bonus and incentive compensation shall be paid to the
Employee in accordance with plans approved by the
Board of Directors and similar to those in which
the Employee participated at time of termination,
using the same formula and calculations as if
termination had not occurred. The Employee shall
not be entitled to receive any further grants of
stock options under any stock option or similar
such plan subsequent to the date of termination,
but outstanding stock options shall continue to
vest during the Termination Period in accordance
with the applicable stock option plan;
(c) Employee shall receive the benefits that would have been
accrued by the Employee during the Termination
Period from participation by the Employee under
any pension, profit sharing, employee stock
ownership plan ("ESOP") or similar retirement plan
or plans of the Company or any Affiliate in which
the Employee participated immediately before the
termination, in accordance with the terms of any
such plan (or, if not available, in lieu thereof
be compensated for such benefits), based on
service the Employee would have had during the
Termination Period and compensation (and, if
applicable, bonus and incentive compensation) as
determined under Section (a) (and, if applicable,
Subsection (b) above);
(d) Employee shall receive continued coverage during the
Termination Period under all employee disability,
annuity, insurance, or other employee welfare
benefit plans, programs or arrangements of the
Company or any Affiliate in which Employee
participated immediately before the notice of
termination, plus all improvements subsequent
thereto (or, if not available, in lieu thereof be
compensated for such coverage); and
D13
(e) In the event of the death of Employee during the Termination
Period, the Company shall continue to make
payments under Subsection 3.5(a) for the period
that is the lesser of the remainder of the
Termination Period or twelve (12) months, and
shall pay any bonuses due under Subsection 3.5(b)
on a pro-rata basis until the date of Employee's
death, to Employee's designated beneficiary or, if
no beneficiary has been effectively designated,
then to Employee's estate.
Except as provided in Section 3.6, payment of
compensation under Subsection 3.5(a) above shall be
made at the same time as payments of compensation under
Section 3.1, and payments of other benefits under
Subsections 3.5(b) and (c) shall be paid at the same
time and to the same person as compensation or benefits
would have been paid under the plan, program, or
arrangement to which they relate (after taking into
account any election made by the Employee with respect
to payments under such plan, program, or arrangement),
and shall be pro-rated for any partial year through the
date of expiration of the Termination Period.
3.6 If at any time after a Change of Control the Period of
Employment is terminated by the Employee under Section
2.3, or the Company terminates or gives written notice
of termination of the Period of Employment to the
Employee (regardless of whether in accordance with
Section 2.4), then in lieu of the periodic payment of
the amounts specified in Subsections 3.5(a), (b), and
(c) (except as may be otherwise prohibited by law or by
said plans), the Company, at the written election of
Employee, shall pay to Employee within five (5)
business days of such termination or notice of
termination the present value of the amounts specified
in Subsections 3.5(a), (b), and (c), discounted at the
greatest rate of interest then payable by Mellon Bank
(or its successor) on any federally insured savings
account into which Employee could deposit such amount
and make immediate withdrawals therefrom without
penalty, and shall provide for the remainder of the
Termination Period, if any, the benefit coverage
required by Subsection 3.5(d). Employee shall not be
required to mitigate damages payable under this Section
3.6.
3.7 In no event will the Company be obligated to continue
Employee's compensation and other benefits under
Section 3.5 of this Agreement beyond Employee's
sixty-fifth (65th) birthday or if Employee's employment
is terminated because of gross negligence or
significant willful misconduct (e.g. conviction of
misappropriation of corporate assets or serious
criminal offense).
D13
4. Non-Competition Agreement During the Period of Employment
and for a period of five (5) years after the termination
thereof, Employee shall not, without the written consent of
the Company, directly or indirectly be employed or retained
by, or render any services for, or be financially interested
in, any firm or corporation engaged in any business which is
competitive with any business in which the Company or any of
its Affiliates may have been engaged during the Period of
Employment. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to
the purchase by Employee of up to 5% of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of any corporation whose securities
are listed on any national securities exchange.
5. Loyalty Commitments During and after the Period of
Employment: (a) Employee shall not disclose any
confidential business information about the affairs of the
Company or any of its Affiliates; and (b) Employee shall
not, without the prior written consent of the Company,
induce or attempt to induce any employee or agency
representative of the Company or any Affiliate to leave the
employment or representation of the Company or such
Affiliate.
6. Separability of Provisions The terms of this Agreement
shall be considered to be separable from each other, and in
the event any shall be found to be invalid, it shall not
affect the validity of the remaining terms.
7. Binding Effect This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of (a) the Company and its successors
and assigns, and (b) Employee, his personal representatives,
heirs, and legatees.
8. Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties and supersedes and revokes all
prior oral or written understandings between the parties
relating to Employee's employment, except with respect to
matters addressed in the offer letter dated
October , 2002 between the parties to the extent such
matters are not covered in this Agreement. The Agreement
may not be changed orally but only by a written document
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver,
change, modification, extension, or discharge is sought.
9. Definitions The following terms herein shall (unless
otherwise expressly provided) have the following respective
meanings:
D13
9.1 "Affiliate" when used with reference to the Company means
any corporations, joint ventures, or other business
enterprises directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by, or under common control with the
Company. For purposes of this definition, "control"
means ownership or power to vote 50% or more of the
voting stock, venture interests, or other comparable
participation in such business enterprises.
9.2 "Period of Employment" means the period commencing on the
date hereof and terminating pursuant to Section 2.
9.3 "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated in
writing by Employee to Company.
9.4 "Change of Control" means any event by which (i) an
Acquiring Person has become such, or (ii) Continuing
Directors cease to comprise a majority of the members
of the Board of Directors of the Company or the
applicable Parent of the Company (a "Board"). For
purposes of this definition:
(a) An "Acquiring Person" means any person or group (as defined
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder as in effect on the date of
this Agreement (the "Exchange Act") who or which,
together with all affiliates and associates (as
defined in Rule 12B-2 under the Exchange Act)
becomes, by way of any transaction, the beneficial
owner of shares of the Company, or such Parent,
having 20% or more of (i) the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company, or such
Parent, or (ii) the voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company, or
such Parent, entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors of the Company or such
Parent; and
(b) "Continuing Director" means any member of a Board, while
such person is a member of such Board who is not
an Acquiring Person, or an affiliate or associate
of an Acquiring Person or a representative of an
Acquiring Person or of any such affiliate or
associate and who (i) was a member of such Board
prior to the date of this Agreement, or (ii)
subsequently becomes a member of such Board and
whose nomination for election or election to such
Board is recommended or approved by resolution of
a majority of the Continuing Directors or who is
included as a nominee in a proxy statement of the
Company or the applicable Parent distributed when
a majority of such Board consists of Continuing
Directors.
D13
9.5 "Parent" means any Affiliate directly or indirectly
controlling (within the meaning of Section 9.1) the
Company.
10. Notices Where there is provision herein for the delivery of
written notice to either of the parties, such notice shall
be deemed to have been delivered for the purposes of this
Agreement when delivered in person or placed in a sealed,
postpaid envelope addressed to such party and mailed by
registered mail, return receipt requested to the address set
forth below for the Company and the most recent address as
may be on the Company records for the Employee:
For Company: DENTSPLY International
Inc.
570 West College Avenue
York, PA 17404
Attention: Secretary
11. Arbitration Any controversy arising from or related to this
Agreement shall be determined by arbitration in the City of
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the rules of
the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon any
such determination or award may be entered in any court
having jurisdiction. In the event of any arbitration
between Employee and Company related to the Agreement, if
employee shall be the successful party, Company will
indemnify and reimburse Employee against any reasonable
legal fees and expenses incurred in such arbitration.
12. Applicable Law The Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Agreement on
the day and year first above written.
Attest: DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
- ------------ -------------------
By:____________________________________
Secretary President and Chief Operating
Officer
- ----------------------------------------
James G. Mosch
D13
EXHIBIT A
BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITIES
o Australia
o Brazil
o Canada
o Gendex worldwide
o Latin America
o Mexico
D13
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
AND
BRET W. WISE
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 1, 2002, by and
between
DENTSPLY International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company") and Bret W. Wise, ("Employee").
WHEREAS, it is in the best interest of the Company and Employee
that the terms and conditions of Employee's services be formally
set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements of the parties hereto, it is hereby agreed as follows:
1. Services
1.1 The Company shall employ Employee and Employee accepts
such employment and agrees to serve as Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company, effective as of the date
stated below, and, if elected thereto, as an officer or director
of any Affiliate, for the term and on the conditions herein set
forth. Employee shall be responsible for the activities and
duties presently associated with these positions. Employee shall
perform such other services not inconsistent with his position as
shall from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of
Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President of the
Company. Employee's services shall be performed at a location
suitable for the performance of the Employee's assigned duties.
1.2 Employee shall at all times devote his full business
time and efforts to the performance of his duties and to promote
the best interests of the Company and its Affiliates.
2. Period of Employment Employment as Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer shall begin and continue from
, 2002, and terminate on the happening of any of the following
events:
2.1 Death The date of death of Employee;
D14
2.2 Termination by Employee Without Good Reason The date
specified in a written notice of termination given to the Company
by Employee not less than 180 days in advance of such specified
date, at which date the Employee's obligation to perform services
pursuant to this Agreement shall cease.
2.3 Termination by Employee with Good Reason Thirty (30)
days following the date of a written notice of termination given
to the Company by Employee within thirty (30) days after any one
or more of the following events have occurred:
(a) failure by the Company to maintain the duties,
status, and responsibilities of the Employee substantially
consistent with those of Employee's position as of the date
of the Agreement, or
(b) a reduction by the Company in Employee's base
salary as in effect as of the date hereof plus all increases
thereof subsequent thereto; other than any reduction
implemented as part of a formal austerity program approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company and applicable to
all continuing employees of the Company, provided such
reduction does not reduce Employee's salary by a percentage
greater than the average reduction in the compensation of
all employees who continue as employees of the Company
during such austerity program; or
(c) the failure of the Company to maintain and to
continue Employee's participation in the Company's benefit
plans as in effect from time to time on a basis
substantially equivalent to the participation and benefits
of Company employees similarly situated to the Employee; or
(d) any substantial and uncorrected breach of the
Agreement by the Company.
2.4 Termination by the Company Upon written notice of
termination given to Employee by the Company, the Employee's
obligation to perform services pursuant to this Agreement shall
cease as of the date of such notice.
3. Payments by the Company
3.1 During the Period of Employment, the Company shall pay
to the Employee for all services to be performed by Employee
hereunder a salary of not less than $325,000 per annum, or such
larger amount as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of
Directors of the Company or, if applicable, by the Human
Resources Committee of the Board (or its successor), payable in
accordance with the Company's normal pay schedule.
D14
3.2 During the Period of Employment, Employee shall be
entitled to participate in all plans and other benefits made
available by the Company generally to its domestic executive
employees, including (without limitation) benefits under any
pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership, stock option,
bonus, performance stock appreciation right, management
incentive, vacation, disability, annuity, or insurance plans or
programs. Any payments to be made to Employee under other
provisions of this Section 3 shall not be diminished by any
payments made or to be made to Employee or his designees pursuant
to any such plan, nor shall any payments to be made to Employee
or his designees pursuant to any such plan be diminished by any
payment made or to be made to Employee under other provisions of
this Section 3.
3.3 Upon termination of the Period of Employment for
whatever reason, Employee shall be entitled to receive the
compensation accrued and unpaid as of the date of his
termination. If Employee at the time of termination is eligible
to participate in any Company incentive or bonus plan then in
effect, Employee shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of
such incentive or bonus award based upon the number of days he is
employed during the plan year up to the date of his termination.
Such pro-rata amount shall be calculated in the usual way and
paid at the usual time.
3.4 If the Period of Employment terminates upon the death
of Employee, the Company shall continue payment of his then
current salary for a period of 12 months from the date of death,
together with his pro-rata share of any incentive or bonus
payments due for the period prior to his death, to Employee's
designated beneficiary or, if no beneficiary has been effectively
designated, then to Employee's estate.
3.5 If the Period of Employment is terminated by the
Employee under Section 2.3, or by the Company under Section 2.4,
the Company shall continue to pay compensation and provide
benefits to the employee as provided in this Section 3.5 for a
period (the "Termination Period") beginning on the date of the
termination notice and ending on the earlier of: (i) the second
annual anniversary of the date of such termination notice; or
(ii) the date on which the Employee would attain age 65, as
follows:
(a) Compensation shall be paid to the Employee at the
rate of salary being paid to Employee under Section 3.1
immediately before the termination;
(b) Bonus and incentive compensation shall be paid to
the Employee in accordance with plans approved by the Board
of Directors and similar to those in which the Employee
participated at time of termination, using the same formula
and calculations as if termination had not occurred. The
Employee shall not be entitled to receive any further grants
of stock options under any stock option or similar such plan
subsequent to the date of termination, but outstanding stock
options shall continue to vest during the Termination Period
in accordance with the applicable stock option plan;
D14
(c) Employee shall receive the benefits that would
have been accrued by the Employee during the Termination
Period from participation by the Employee under any pension,
profit sharing, employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") or
similar retirement plan or plans of the Company or any
Affiliate in which the Employee participated immediately
before the termination, in accordance with the terms of any
such plan (or, if not available, in lieu thereof be
compensated for such benefits), based on service the
Employee would have had during the Termination Period and
compensation (and, if applicable, bonus and incentive
compensation) as determined under Section (a) (and, if
applicable, Subsection (b) above);
(d) Employee shall receive continued coverage during
the Termination Period under all employee disability,
annuity, insurance, or other employee welfare benefit plans,
programs or arrangements of the Company or any Affiliate in
which Employee participated immediately before the notice of
termination, plus all improvements subsequent thereto (or,
if not available, in lieu thereof be compensated for such
coverage); and
(e) In the event of the death of Employee during the
Termination Period, the Company shall continue to make
payments under Subsection 3.5(a) for the period that is the
lesser of the remainder of the Termination Period or twelve
(12) months, and shall pay any bonuses due under Subsection
3.5(b) on a pro-rata basis until the date of Employee's
death, to Employee's designated beneficiary or, if no
beneficiary has been effectively designated, then to
Employee's estate.
Except as provided in Section 3.6, payment of compensation under
Subsection 3.5(a) above shall be made at the same time as
payments of compensation under Section 3.1, and payments of other
benefits under Subsections 3.5(b) and (c) shall be paid at the
same time and to the same person as compensation or benefits
would have been paid under the plan, program, or arrangement to
which they relate (after taking into account any election made by
the Employee with respect to payments under such plan, program,
or arrangement), and shall be pro-rated for any partial year
through the date of expiration of the Termination Period.
D14
3.6 If at any time after a Change of Control the Period of
Employment is terminated by the Employee under Section 2.3, or
the Company terminates or gives written notice of termination of
the Period of Employment to the Employee (regardless of whether
in accordance with
Section 2.4), then in lieu of the periodic payment of the amounts
specified in Subsections 3.5(a), (b), and (c) (except as may be
otherwise prohibited by law or by said plans), the Company, at
the written election of Employee, shall pay to Employee within
five (5) business days of such termination or notice of
termination the present value of the amounts specified in
Subsections 3.5(a), (b), and (c), discounted at the greatest rate
of interest then payable by Mellon Bank (or its successor) on any
federally insured savings account into which Employee could
deposit such amount and make immediate withdrawals therefrom
without penalty, and shall provide for the remainder of the
Termination Period, if any, the benefit coverage required by
Subsection 3.5(d). Employee shall not be required to mitigate
damages payable under this Section 3.6.
3.7 In no event will the Company be obligated to continue
Employee's compensation and other benefits under the Agreement
beyond Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday or if Employee's
employment is terminated because of gross negligence or
significant willful misconduct (e.g. conviction of
misappropriation of corporate assets or serious criminal offense).
4. Non-Competition Agreement During the Period of Employment
and for a period of five (5) years after the termination thereof,
Employee shall not, without the written consent of the Company,
directly or indirectly be employed or retained by, or render any
services for, or be financially interested in, any firm or
corporation engaged in any business which is competitive with any
business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates may have
been engaged during the Period of Employment. The foregoing
restriction shall not apply to the purchase by Employee of up to
5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation
whose securities are listed on any national securities exchange.
5. Loyalty Commitments During and after the Period of
Employment: (a) Employee shall not disclose any confidential
business information about the affairs of the Company or any of
its Affiliates; and (b) Employee shall not, without the prior
written consent of the Company, induce or attempt to induce any
employee or agency representative of the Company or any Affiliate
to leave the employment or representation of the Company or such
Affiliate.
6. Separability of Provisions The terms of this Agreement
shall be considered to be separable from each other, and in the
event any shall be found to be invalid, it shall not affect the
validity of the remaining terms.
7. Binding Effect This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of (a) the Company and its successors and
assigns, and (b) Employee, his personal representatives, heirs,
and legatees.
D14
8. Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties and supersedes and revokes all
prior oral or written understandings between the parties relating
to Employee's employment, except with respect to matters
addressed in the offer letter dated
October , 2002 between the parties to the extent such matters
are not covered in this Agreement. The Agreement may not be
changed orally but only by a written document signed by the party
against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification,
extension, or discharge is sought.
9. Definitions The following terms herein shall (unless
otherwise expressly provided) have the following respective
meanings:
9.1 "Affiliate" when used with reference to the Company
means any corporations, joint ventures, or other business
enterprises directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with the Company. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means ownership or power to vote 50% or
more of the voting stock, venture interests, or other comparable
participation in such business enterprises.
9.2 "Period of Employment" means the period commencing on
the date hereof and terminating pursuant to Section 2.
9.3 "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated in
writing by Employee to Company.
9.4 "Change of Control" means any event by which (i) an
Acquiring Person has become such, or (ii) Continuing Directors
cease to comprise a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company or the applicable Parent of the Company
(a "Board"). For purposes of this definition:
(a) An "Acquiring Person" means any person or group
(as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder as in effect on the date of this
Agreement (the "Exchange Act") who or which, together with
all affiliates and associates (as defined in Rule 12B-2
under the Exchange Act) becomes, by way of any transaction,
the beneficial owner of shares of the Company, or such
Parent, having 20% or more of (i) the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company, or such Parent, or
(ii) the voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities of the Company, or such Parent, entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors of the Company or
such Parent; and
D14
(b) "Continuing Director" means any member of a Board,
while such person is a member of such Board who is not an
Acquiring Person, or an affiliate or associate of an
Acquiring Person or a representative of an Acquiring Person
or of any such affiliate or associate and who (i) was a
member of such Board prior to the date of this Agreement, or
(ii) subsequently becomes a member of such Board and whose
nomination for election or election to such Board is
recommended or approved by resolution of a majority of the
Continuing Directors or who is included as a nominee in a
proxy statement of the Company or the applicable Parent
distributed when a majority of such Board consists of
Continuing Directors.
9.5 "Parent" means any Affiliate directly or indirectly
controlling (within the meaning of Section 9.1) the Company.
10. Notices Where there is provision herein for the delivery of
written notice to either of the parties, such notice shall be
deemed to have been delivered for the purposes of this Agreement
when delivered in person or placed in a sealed, postpaid envelope
addressed to such party and mailed by registered mail, return
receipt requested to the address set forth below or the most
recent address as may be on the Company records for the Employee:
For Employee: Bret W. Wise
6157 Burr Oak Way
Hudson, OH 44236
For Company: DENTSPLY International
Inc.
570 West College Avenue
York, PA 17405
11. Arbitration Any controversy arising from or related to this
Agreement shall be determined by arbitration in the City of
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, in accordance with the rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon any such
determination or award may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction. In the event of any arbitration between Employee
and Company related to the Agreement, if employee shall be the
successful party, Company will indemnify and reimburse Employee
against any reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in such
arbitration.
12. Applicable Law The Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.
D14
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed the Agreement
on the day and year
first above written.
Attest: DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC.
- ------------ -------------------
By:____________________________________
Secretary President and Chief Operating
Officer
- ----------------------------------------
Bret W. Wise
D14
Summary of 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan At the end of 2001, the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors adopted the Year 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan established target award opportunities ranging from 23% of base salary for key employees to 80% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer. The bonuses were earned based on the achievement of certain financial targets, which are established based on the individual participant's position. For the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Operating Officer the bonus awards for 100% of targeted performance were set at 80% and 65%, respectively, of their base salaries. For the Senior Vice Presidents and the General Counsel the bonus awards for 100% of targeted performance were set at 55% and 43%, respectively, of their base salaries. Messrs. Miles, Kunkle, Jellison, Lehner, Roos, Weston, Whiting and Addison received bonus awards for 2002 of 97.0%, 78.8%, 66.7%, 74.4%, 52.0%, 59.4%, 74.4% and 52.1%, respectively. D15
EXHIBIT 13 - Pages 9 through 47 of the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders
for fiscal year 2002
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Year ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of Income Data:
Net sales $ 1,513,742 $1,132,968 $ 889,796 $ 836,438 $ 800,456
Net sales without precious metal content 1,326,653 1,082,323 889,796 836,438 800,456
Gross profit 732,899 568,520 462,771 430,972 415,286
Restructuring and other costs (income) (2,732) 5,073 (56) - 71,500
Operating income 256,500 176,045 161,422 147,229 67,216
Income before income taxes 220,985 185,127 151,796 138,019 55,101
Net income $ 147,952 $ 121,496 $ 101,016 $ 89,863 $ 34,825
Earnings per Common Share:
Net income-basic $ 1.89 $ 1.56 $ 1.30 $ 1.14 $ 0.44
Net income-diluted 1.85 1.54 1.29 1.13 0.43
Cash dividends declared per
common share $ 0.18400 $ 0.18333 $ 0.17083 $ 0.15417 $ 0.14000
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:
Basic 78,180 77,671 77,785 79,131 79,995
Diluted 79,994 78,975 78,560 79,367 80,396
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital $ 175,256 $ 125,726 $ 157,316 $ 138,448 $ 128,076
Total assets 2,087,033 1,798,151 866,615 863,730 895,322
Total debt 774,373 731,158 110,294 165,467 233,761
Stockholders' equity 835,928 609,519 520,370 468,872 413,801
Return on average stockholders' equity 20.5% 21.5% 20.4% 20.4% 8.3%
Long-term debt to total capitalization 47.9% 54.3% 17.4% 23.7% 34.4%
Other Data:
Depreciation and amortization $ 43,859 $ 54,334 $ 41,359 $ 39,624 $ 37,474
Capital expenditures 57,454 49,337 28,425 33,386 31,430
Property, plant and equipment, net 313,178 240,890 181,341 180,536 158,998
Goodwill and other intangibles, net 1,134,506 1,012,160 344,753 349,421 346,073
Interest expense, net 27,385 18,256 6,797 12,252 11,532
Cash flows from operating activities 172,983 211,068 145,622 125,877 96,323
Inventory days 100 93 114 122 132
Receivable days 49 46 52 52 55
Income tax rate 33.0% 34.4% 33.5% 34.9% 36.8%
D16
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Certain statements made by the Company, including without limitation,
statements containing the words "plans", "anticipates", "believes",
"expects", or words of similar import may be deemed to be forward-looking
statements and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors are cautioned that
forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which may
materially affect the Company's business and prospects, and should be read in
conjunction with the risk factors and uncertainties discussed within Item I,
Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In January 2002, the Company acquired the partial denture business of
Austenal Inc. ("Austenal"), and in 2001 the Company made three significant
acquisitions. In January 2001, the Company acquired the outstanding shares
of Friadent GmbH ("Friadent"), a global dental implant manufacturer and
marketer. In March 2001, the Company acquired the dental injectible
anaesthetic assets of AstraZeneca ("AZ Assets"). In October 2001, the Company
acquired the Degussa Dental Group ("Degussa Dental"), a manufacturer and
seller of dental products, including precious metal alloys, ceramics, dental
laboratory equipment and chairside products. The details of these
transactions are discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements. The results of these acquired companies have been included in
the consolidated financial statements since the dates of acquisition. These
acquisitions, accounted for using the purchase method, significantly impact
the comparability between years.
A significant portion of DENTSPLY's net sales is comprised of sales of
precious metals generated through its precious metal alloy product offerings.
Due to the fluctuations of precious metal prices and because the precious
metal content of the Company's sales is largely a pass-through to customers
and has minimal effect on earnings, DENTSPLY reports sales both with and
without precious metals to show the Company's performance independent of
precious metal price volatility and to enhance comparability of performance
between periods.Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' data
in order to conform to the current year presentation.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, 2002 COMPARED TO 2001
Net Sales
Net sales in 2002 increased $380.8 million, or 33.6%, to $1,513.7 million.
Net sales, excluding precious metals, increased $244.3 million, or 22.6%, to
$1,326.7 million. The growth in sales, excluding the precious metal content,
was driven by internal growth of 6.8%, 14.6% growth from acquisitions and a
1.2% positive impact from currency translation as several major currencies
strengthened against the U.S. dollar during the year. The sales growth in
2002, excluding precious metal content, in total and by region is as follows:
Sales Growth By Region
(excluding precious metal content)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total United All Other
Consolidated States Europe Regions
Internal growth 6.8% 9.1% 5.4% 2.7%
Acquisition growth 14.6% 4.5% 33.0% 16.3%
Foreign currency translation 1.2% 0.1% 5.6% -2.0%
22.6% 13.7% 44.0% 17.0%
D16
Internal sales growth was strongest in the United States at 9.1%, while
Europe grew 5.4% organically. The Company also continued to experience strong
internal growth in the Pacific Rim and Asia (excluding Japan). Internal
growth was most notable in implants, endodontics, orthodontics, other
consumables, intra-oral cameras and digital x-ray systems. The laboratory
side of the business was the weakest, particularly in Europe where economic
conditions appear to be reducing demand for high-end procedures that are
deferrable by the patient.
****
Graph titled "2002 Geographic Sales"
Information disclosed:
% of
Region Sales
United States 45%
Europe 37%
Japan 5%
Pacific Rim and Asia 3%
Latin America 4%
Other Regions 6%
****
****
Graph titled "2002 Product Distribution"
Information disclosed:
% of
Product Category Sales
Consumables and Small Equipment 92%
Heavy Equipment 6%
Non-Dental 2%
****
Internal sales growth for heavy equipment, including x-ray equipment and
intra-oral cameras, was 8.5% in 2002 while internal sales growth for
consumable and small equipment, including laboratory products, was 7.1%.
These increases were offset slightly by softening sales of non-dental
products.
Gross Profit
Gross profit was $732.9 million in 2002 compared to $568.5 million in 2001,
an increase of $164.4 million, or 28.9%. Gross profit, including precious
metals, represented 48.4% of net sales in 2002 compared to 50.2% in 2001. The
decline in 2002 is due to the inclusion of the Degussa Dental business for a
full year versus just one quarter in 2001 and the corresponding relatively
high precious metal content of these sales. Gross profit for 2002, excluding
precious metal content, represented 55.2% of net sales compared to 52.5% in
2001. The gross profit margin in 2002, excluding the precious metals pass
through, benefited from new product introductions, a favorable product mix,
and the integration and restructuring benefits related to acquisitions
completed over the past several years. The 2001 period included the negative
impact of the amortization of the Friadent and Degussa Dental inventory
step-ups recorded in connecton with purchase price accounting. The Company
continues to drive projects, including lean manufacturing, waste elimination
and centralized warehousing, focused on improving our operating processes and
product flows. These efforts not only strengthen our gross profit percentage
and reduce inventory levels, but also improve our overall competitive
advantage.
D16
****
Graph titled "Gross Profit Percentage"
Information disclosed:
Gross Profit
Year Percentage
1998 51.9%
1999 51.5%
2000 52.0%
2001 52.5%
2002 55.2%
Footnote:
Excludes precious metals content of net sales.
****
Operating Expenses
Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense increased $91.7
million, or 23.7%, to $479.1 million in 2002 from $387.4 million in 2001. As
a percentage of sales, including precious metals, SG&A expenses decreased to
31.7% compared to 34.2% in 2001. This decrease is mainly due to the
discontinuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset
amortization in 2002, which in 2001 amounted to $17.8 million ($14.0 million,
net of tax). As a percentage of sales, excluding precious metals, SG&A
expenses increased to 36.1% compared to 35.8% in 2001. This increase was
primarily driven by the inclusion of the Degussa Dental business, and its
higher SG&A expense ratio (excluding precious metal content), for a full year
versus one quarter in 2001, offset by the discontinuation of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible asset amortization in 2002. This increase also
included higher insurance and legal expenses in 2002.
During 2002, the Company recorded restructuring and other income of $2.7
million ($1.8 million, net of tax), including $3.7 million which resulted
from changes in estimates related to prior period restructuring initiatives,
offset somewhat by a restructuring charge for the combination of the CeraMed
and U.S. Friadent divisions of $1.7 million. In addition, the Company
recognized a gain of $0.7 million related to the insurance settlement for
fire damages sustained at the Company's Maillefer facility. The 2001 period
included a restructuring charge of $5.5 million to improve efficiencies in
Europe, Brazil and North America and $11.5 million of restructuring and other
costs primarily related to the Degussa Dental acquisition and its integration
with DENTSPLY. An additional cost of $2.4 million was recorded for a payment
made at the point of regulatory filings related to Oraqix, a product for
which the Company acquired rights in the AZ Asset acquisition. These charges
were offset by a gain of $8.5 million related to the restructuring of the
Company's U.K. pension arrangements and a gain of $5.8 million for an
insurance settlement for equipment destroyed in the fire at the Company's
Maillefer facility in Switzerland. The above items in 2001, on a net basis,
amount to charges of $5.1 million ($3.5 million, net of tax) (see Note 14 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements).
****
Graph titled "Operating Income Percentage"
Information disclosed:
Operating Income
Year Percentage
1998 8.4%
1999 17.6%
2000 18.1%
2001 16.3%
2002 19.3%
Footnote:
Excludes precious metals content of net sales.
****
D16
Other Income and Expenses
Net interest expense increased $9.1 million in 2002 due to higher debt
levels associated with the acquisition activities in 2002 and 2001. Other
income decreased $35.5 million in 2002, due primarily to income recognized in
2001 of $24.5 million ($15.1 million, net of tax) which included a $23.1
million gain from the sale of Infosoft, LLC and a $1.4 million minority
interest benefit related to an intangible impairment charge included in
restructuring and other costs. Other income and expense in 2002 also
included a $4.7 million unfavorable change in currency transaction gain/loss
resulting from the significant weakening of the U.S. dollar in 2002, a $1.1
million loss realized on the share exchange with PracticeWorks, Inc. and a
net loss of $2.5 million on mark-to-market adjustment for the warrants
received in the transaction. Also contributing to the decrease in other
income in 2002 was a decrease of $0.8 million in accrued dividends related to
the PracticeWorks, Inc. preferred stock prior to the time of the
PracticeWorks share exchange.
Earnings
Income before income taxes in 2002 increased $35.9 million, or 19.4%, to
$221.0 million from $185.1 million in 2001. The effective tax rate decreased
to 33.0% in 2002 from 34.4% in 2001.
Net income increased $26.5 million, or 21.8%, to $148.0 million in 2002
from $121.5 million in 2001. Fully diluted earnings per share were $1.85 in
2002, an increase of 20.1% from $1.54 in 2001. Net income in 2002 and 2001
included charges and income that affect the comparability between years as
described above.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, 2001 COMPARED TO 2000
Net Sales
Net sales in 2001 increased $243.2 million, or 27.3%, to $1,133.0 million.
Net sales, excluding precious metals, increased $192.5 million, or 21.6%, to
$1,082.3 million. The growth in sales, excluding the precious metal content,
was driven by internal growth of 6.2% and 17.1% growth from acquisitions,
partially offset by a 1.7% negative impact from currency translation as the
U.S. dollar strengthened against several major currencies during the year.
The sales growth in 2001, excluding precious metal content, in total and by
region is as follows:
Sales Growth By Region
(excluding precious metal content)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Total United All Other
Consolidated States Europe Regions
Internal growth 6.2% 7.4% 5.6% 3.0%
Acquisition growth 17.1% 4.4% 40.9% 27.1%
Foreign currency translation -1.7% 0.0% -2.4% -5.9%
21.6% 11.8% 44.1% 24.2%
Internal sales growth was strongest in the United States at 7.4%, while
Europe grew 5.6% internally. The Company also continued to experience strong
internal growth in the Pacific Rim and Asia (excluding Japan). Internal
growth was most notable in endodontics, orthodontics, other consumables,
intra-oral cameras and digital x-ray systems.
D16
****
Graph titled "2001 Geographic Sales"
Information disclosed:
% of
Region Sales
United States 51%
Europe 29%
Japan 4%
Pacific Rim and Asia 4%
Latin America 5%
Other Regions 7%
****
****
Graph titled "2001 Product Distribution"
Information disclosed:
% of
Product Category Sales
Consumables and Small Equipment 90%
Heavy Equipment 7%
Non-Dental 3%
****
Internal sales growth for heavy equipment, including x-ray equipment and
intra-oral cameras, was 9.1%, while consumable and small equipment internal
sales growth was 6.5%. These increases were offset slightly by softening
sales of non-dental products in 2001.
Gross Profit
Gross profit was $568.5 million in 2001 compared to $462.8 million in 2000,
an increase of $105.7 million, or 22.8%. Gross profit for 2001 represented
50.2% of net sales, or 52.5% excluding sales of precious metals, compared to
52.0% of net sales in 2000. There were no sales of precious metals in 2000.
The gross profit margin, excluding precious metals, was benefited by a
favorable product mix, restructuring and operational improvements during
2001. These benefits were offset by the negative impact of a stronger U.S.
dollar and the negative impact of the amortization of the Friadent and
Degussa Dental inventory step-ups recorded in connecton with the purchase
accounting.
Operating Expenses
SG&A expense increased $86.0 million, or 28.5%, to $387.4 million in 2001
from $301.4 million in 2000. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses
increased to 34.2% compared to 33.9% in 2000. As a percentage of sales
without precious metal content, SG&A expenses were 35.8% in 2001.
Acquisitions and higher research and development spending were the primary
reasons for this increase. In addition, amortization of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets increased to $17.8 million ($14.0 million,
net of tax) from $10.2 million ($8.3 million, net of tax) in 2000, which
contributed to the increase.
During 2001, the Company recorded net restructuring and other costs of $5.1
million ($3.5 million, net of tax). The 2001 period included a restructuring
charge of $5.5 million to improve efficiencies in Europe, Brazil and North
America and $11.5 million of restructuring and other costs primarily related
to the Degussa Dental acquisition and its integration with DENTSPLY. An
additional cost of $2.4 million was recorded for a payment made at the point
of regulatory filings related to Oraqix, a product for which the Company
acquired rights in the AZ Asset acquisition. These charges were offset by a
gain of $8.5 million related to the restructuring of the Company's U.K.
pension arrangements and a gain of $5.8 million for an insurance settlement
for equipment destroyed in the fire at the Company's Maillefer facility in
Switzerland (see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
D16
Other Income and Expenses
Net interest expense increased $11.5 million in 2001 due to higher debt
levels associated with the significant acquisition activity during 2001,
offset somewhat by strong operating cash flow and lower interest rates. Other
income of $27.3 million in 2001 compares with other expense of $2.8 million
in 2000. The increase in 2001 was due primarily to income recognized in 2001
of $24.5 million ($15.1 million, net of tax) which included a $23.1 million
gain related to the Company's sale of InfoSoft, LLC to PracticeWorks, Inc.
and a $1.4 million minority interest benefit related to an intangible
impairment charge included in restructuring and other costs. Also
contributing to the increase in other income was $1.7 million of accrued
dividends related to this preferred stock investment and $1.2 million of
gains from foreign exchange transactions. The other expense in 2000
represented mainly losses on foreign exchange transactions.
Earnings
Income before income taxes in 2001 increased $33.3 million, or 21.9%, to
$185.1 million from $151.8 million in 2000. The effective tax rate increased
to 34.4% in 2001 from 33.5% in 2000.
Net income increased $20.5 million, or 20.3%, to $121.5 million in 2001
from $101.0 million in 2000. Fully diluted earnings per share were $1.54 in
2001, an increase of 19.4% from $1.29 in 2000. Net income in 2001 and 2000
included charges and income that affect the comparability between years as
described above. Net income and diluted earnings per common share for 2001
include additional goodwill amortization and interest costs related to the
$84.6 million Tulsa earn-out payment and inventory step-up charges for
Friadent and Degussa Dental during the year.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
Since approximately 50% of the Company's 2002 revenues have been generated
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the value of the U.S. dollar in
relation to those currencies affects the results of operations of the
Company. The impact of currency fluctuations in any given period can be
favorable or unfavorable. The impact of foreign currency fluctuations of
European currencies on operating income is partially offset by sales in the
U.S. of products sourced from plants and third party suppliers located
overseas, principally in Germany, Switzerland, and the Netherlands.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
The Company has identified below the accounting estimates believed to be
critical to its business and results of operations. These critical estimates
represent those accounting policies that involve the most complex or
subjective decisions or assessments.
Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets". This statement requires that the amortization of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets be discontinued and instead an annual
impairment approach be applied. The Company performed the transitional
impairment tests upon adoption and the annual impairment tests during 2002,
as required, and no impairment was identified. These impairment tests are
based upon a fair value approach rather than an evaluation of the
undiscounted cash flows. If impairment is identified under SFAS 142, the
resulting charge is determined by recalculating goodwill through a
hypothetical purchase price allocation of the fair value and reducing the
current carrying value to the extent it exceeds the recalculated goodwill. If
impairment is identified on indefinite-lived intangibles, the resulting
charge reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its fair value.
D16
Other long-lived assets, such as identifiable intangible assets and fixed
assets, are amortized or depreciated over their estimated useful lives. These
assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances provide
evidence that suggest that the carrying amount of the asset may not be
recoverable with impairment being based upon an evaluation of the
identifiable undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the resulting charge
reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its fair value.
If market conditions become less favorable, future cash flows, the key
variable in assessing the impairment of these assets, may decrease and as a
result the Company may be required to recognize impairment charges.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of
inventories is determined primarily by the first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or
average cost methods, with a small portion being determined by the last-in,
first-out ("LIFO") method. The Company establishes reserves for inventory
estimated to be obsolete or unmarketable equal to the difference between the
cost of inventory and estimated market value based upon assumptions about
future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less
favorable than those anticipated, additional inventory reserves may be
required.
Accounts Receivable
The Company sells dental equipment and supplies primarily through a
worldwide network of distributors, although certain product lines are sold
directly to the end user. For customers on credit terms, the Company performs
ongoing credit evaluation of those customers' financial condition and
generally does not require collateral from them. The Company establishes
allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial
condition of the Company's customers were to deteriorate, their ability to
make required payments may become impaired, and increases in these allowances
may be required. In addition, a negative impact on sales to those customers
may occur.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are determined in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS 109"), which requires recognition of
deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or
tax returns. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets
are determined based on the difference between financial statements and tax
bases of liabilities and assets using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. SFAS 109 also provides
for the recognition of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that
the assets will be realized in future years. A valuation allowance has been
established for deferred tax assets for which realization is not likely. In
assessing the valuation allowance, the Company has considered future taxable
income and ongoing tax planning strategies. Changes in these circumstances,
such as a decline in future taxable income, may result in an additional
valuation allowance being required. Except for certain earnings that the
Company intends to reinvest indefinitely, provision has been made for the
estimated U.S. federal income tax liabilities applicable to undistributed
earnings of affiliates and associated companies. Judgement is required in
assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in
our financial statements or tax returns. If the outcome of these future tax
consequences differs from our estimates the outcome could materially impact
our financial position or our results of operations. In addition, we operate
within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these
jurisdictions. We record accruals for the estimated outcomes of these audits
and the accruals may change in the future due to the outcome of these audits.
Litigation
The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits
arising out of their respective operations. The Company records liabilities
when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are
based on an analysis made by internal and external legal counsel which
considers information known at the time. The Company believes it has
estimated any liabilities for probable losses well in the past; however,
court decisions could cause liability to be incurred in excess of estimates.
D16
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash flows from operating activities during 2002 were $173.0 million
compared to $211.1 million during 2001. The 2001 cash flows benefited from a
$29.1 million reduction in precious metal inventory acquired in the Degussa
Dental acquisition. Excluding this reduction, cash flows from operating
activities decreased by $9.0 million from 2001 to 2002. This decrease
resulted primarily from restructuring outflows and payments of annual volume
rebates for precious metal purchases, offset somewhat by higher operating
earnings.
****
Graph titled "Working Capital Management"
Information disclosed:
Inventory Receivable
Year Days Days
1998 132 55
1999 122 52
2000 114 52
2001 93 46
2002 100 49
****
Investing activities, for the year ended December 31, 2002, include capital
expenditures of $57.5 million. During 2003, the Company expects its capital
expenditures to be approximately $70 million. This increase from 2002 is due
largely to expenditures related to the construction of the Company's
pharmaceutical manufacturing facility in Chicago, IL. Net acquisition
activity for 2002 was $49.8 million, which primarily included cash paid to
acquire Austenal of $21.1 million and additional net consideration of $24.7
million related to the purchases of Degussa Dental, the AZ Assets and
Friadent. Additionally, in 2003, the Company expects to make the remaining
payments of $18 million related to the Oraqix agreement and may be required
to make a payment of up to $10 million for the final consideration related to
the Degussa Dental purchase if an unfavorable ruling is received in
arbitration (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
The Company's long-term debt increased by $46.3 million in 2002 to $769.8
million. This net change included an increase of $136.6 million due to
exchange rate fluctuations on non-U.S. dollar denominated debt. A portion of
this debt qualifies as a hedge of the Company's net investments in certain
foreign subsidiaries and the offset of this increase is reflected in
"Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)". In addition, another portion of
this debt is hedged by cross currency swaps, the value of which increased by
$58.1 million in 2002 to an asset position of $52.3 million and is reflected
in "Other noncurrent assets". As a result, the income statement impact of the
change in currency related to the debt is completely offset by the income
statement impact of changes in the fair values of the swaps. Excluding the
exchange rate fluctuations, long-term debt was reduced by $90.3 million
during 2002 from operating cash flows. During 2002, the Company's ratio of
long-term debt to total capitalization decreased to 47.9% compared to 54.3%
at December 31, 2001.
Under its multi-currency revolving credit agreement, the Company is able to
borrow up to $250 million through May 2006 ("the five-year facility") and
$250 million through May 2003 ("the 364 day facility"). The 364-day facility
terminates in May 2003, but may be extended, subject to certain conditions,
for additional periods of 364 days. This revolving credit agreement is
unsecured and contains various financial and other covenants. The Company
also has available an aggregate $250 million under two commercial paper
facilities; a $250 million U.S. facility and a $250 million U.S. dollar
equivalent European facility ("Euro CP facility"). Under the Euro CP
facility, borrowings can be denominated in Swiss francs, Japanese yen, Euros,
British pounds and U.S. dollars. The 364-day facility serves as a back-up to
these commercial paper facilities. The total available credit under the
commercial paper facilities and the 364-day facility is $250 million.
D16
The Company also has access to $83.2 million in uncommitted short-term
financing under lines of credit from various financial institutions.
Substantially all of these lines of credit have no major restrictions and are
provided under demand notes between the Company and the lending institutions.
In total, the Company had unused lines of credit of $420.9 million at
December 31, 2002. Access to most of these available lines of credit is
contingent upon the Company being in compliance with certain affirmative and
negative covenants relating to its operations and financial condition. The
most restrictive of these covenants pertain to asset dispositions,
maintenance of certain levels of net worth, and prescribed ratios of
indebtedness to total capital and operating income plus depreciation and
amortization to interest expense. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in
compliance with these covenants.
The following table presents the Company's scheduled contractual cash
obligations at December 31, 2002:
Less Than 1-4 5 Years
Contractual Obligations 1 Year Years Or More Total
(in thousands)
Long-term debt $ 23,156 $706,429 $ 40,238 $769,823
Operating leases 75,542 23,493 12,394 111,429
$ 98,698 $729,922 $ 52,632 $881,252
The Company expects on an ongoing basis, to be able to finance cash
requirements, including capital expenditures, stock repurchases, debt
service, operating leases and potential future acquisitions, from the funds
generated from operations and amounts available under its existing credit
facilities.
PENDING ACCOUNTING CHANGES
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 ("SFAS 143"), "Accounting
for Asset Retirement Obligations". It applies to legal obligations
associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the
acquisition, construction, development and (or) the normal operation of a
long-lived asset, except for certain obligations of lessees. SFAS 143
requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement
obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a
reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset
retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the
long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense over the asset's
useful life. SFAS 143 is effective for the Company in 2003 and the effect of
adoption is not expected to be material.
In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 146 ("SFAS 146"), "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities". SFAS 146 nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No.
94-3 ("EITF 94-3"), "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity". The principal change resulting
from this statement as compared to EITF 94-3 relates to more stringent
requirements for the recognition of a liability for a cost associated with an
exit or disposal activity. This Statement requires that a liability for a
cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the
liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This
Statement also establishes that fair value is the objective for initial
measurement of the liability. SFAS 146 is effective for exit or disposal
activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application
encouraged. Based on a preliminary assessment of this new standard, the
Company believes that SFAS 146 may impact the timing of the recognition of
future restructuring activities, whereby liabilities associated with the
elements of the restructuring plan may need to be recognized at various dates
subsequent to the commitment date rather than at the commitment date, which
is the Company's current practice.
D16
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 ("FIN 45"),
"Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others". FIN 45 elaborates on the
disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial
statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued.
In addtion, it clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the
inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation
undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The interpretation is effective on a
prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.
The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements
of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002 and the Company
has complied with these requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact of the application of this interpretation, but does not expect that
FIN 45 will have a material impact on its financial statements.
In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 148 ("SFAS 148"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -
Transition and Disclosure - an Amendment of FAS 123". This Statement amends
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation", to provide alternative methods of transition
for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the
disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures in both
annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on
reported results. The annual disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are effective
for annual periods ending after December 31, 2002 and the interim disclosure
provisions are effective for the first interim period beginning after
December 15, 2002. The Company has complied with these disclosure
requirements and has elected not to adopt the fair value based accounting
provisions of this new standard.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"),
"Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB 51".
The primary objectives of this interpretation are to provide guidance on the
identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other
than through voting rights ("variable interest entities") and how to
determine when and which business enterprise should consolidate the variable
interest entity (the "primary beneficiary"). This new model for consolidation
applies to an entity which either (1) the equity investors (if any) do not
have a controlling financial interest or (2) the equity investment at risk is
insufficient to finance that entity's activities without receiving additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46
requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other enterprises with a
significant variable interest in a variable interest entity make additional
disclosures. Certain disclosure requirements of FIN 46 are effective for
financial statements issued after January 31, 2003. The remaining provisions
of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003 and are effective beginning in the first
interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all
variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003. The Company has
determined that the application of this standard will not have a material
impact on its financial statements.
D16
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information below provides information about the Company's market
sensitive financial instruments and includes "forward-looking statements"
that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially
from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. The Company's major
market risk exposures are changing interest rates, movements in foreign
currency exchange rates and potential price volatility of commodities used by
the Company in its manufacturing processes. The Company's policy is to manage
interest rates through the use of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps
to adjust interest rate exposures when appropriate, based upon market
conditions. A portion of the Company's borrowings are denominated in foreign
currencies which exposes the Company to market risk associated with exchange
rate movements. The Company's policy generally is to hedge major foreign
currency exposures through foreign exchange forward contracts. These
contracts are entered into with major financial institutions thereby
minimizing the risk of credit loss. In order to limit the unanticipated
earnings fluctuations from volatility in commodity prices, the Company
selectively enters into commodity price swaps to convert variable raw
material costs to fixed costs. The Company does not hold or issue derivative
financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. The Company is
subject to other foreign exchange market risk exposure in addition to the
risks on its financial instruments, such as possible impacts on its pricing
and production costs, which are difficult to reasonably predict, and have
therefore not been included in the table below. All items described are
non-trading and are stated in U.S. dollars.
Financial Instruments
The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to
various market data and other valuation techniques as appropriate. The
Company believes the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts), prepaid expenses and
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, income taxes
payable and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature
of these instruments. The Company estimates the fair value of its total
long-term debt was $774.0 million versus its carrying value of $769.8 million
as of December 31, 2002. The fair value approximated the carrying value since
much of the Company's debt is variable rate and reflects current market
rates. The fixed rate Eurobonds are effectively converted to variable rate as
a result of an interest rate swap and the interest rates on revolving debt
and commercial paper are variable and therefore the fair value of these
instruments approximates their carrying values. The Company has fixed rate
Swiss franc and Japanese yen denominated notes with estimated fair values
that differ from their carrying values. At December 31, 2002, the fair value
of these instruments was $235.6 million versus their carrying values of
$231.4 million. The fair values differ from the carrying values due to lower
market interest rates at December 31, 2002 versus the rates at issuance of
the notes. The Company holds equity securities, classified as
available-for-sale, within "Other noncurrent assets". The carrying value of
these securities was $12.4 million which includes $7.9 million of unrealized
losses which the Company deems to be temporary. In accordance with SFAS 115,
the Company records the unrealized losses related to these securities within
"Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)"until sold.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company employs derivative financial instruments to hedge certain
anticipated transactions, firm commitments, or assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, the Company utilizes
interest rate swaps to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate, fixed rate
debt to floating rate, cross currency basis swaps to convert debt denominated
in one currency to another currency and commodity swaps to fix its variable
raw materials. The Company also holds stock warrants which are considered
derivative financial instruments as defined under SFAS No. 133.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management The Company enters into forward
foreign exchange contracts to selectively hedge assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies. Market value gains and losses are
recognized in income currently and the resulting gains or losses offset
foreign exchange gains or losses recognized on the foreign currency assets
and liabilities hedged. Determination of hedge activity is based upon
market conditions, the magnitude of the foreign currency assets and
liabilities and perceived risks. The Company's significant contracts
outstanding as of December 31, 2002 are summarized in the table that
follows. These foreign exchange contracts generally have maturities of less
than twelve months and counterparties to the transactions are typically
large international financial institutions.
D16
Interest Rate Risk Management The Company enters into interest rate
swaps to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate, fixed rate debt to
floating rate, and cross currency basis swaps to convert debt denominated
in one currency to another currency. In July 1998, the Company entered
into interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $80.0
million converting a portion of its variable rate financing to fixed rate
debt. These U.S. dollar swaps were terminated in February 2001 at a cost of
$1.2 million. In January 2000 and February 2001, the Company entered into
interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling 180 million
Swiss francs converting a portion of the Company's variable rate financing
to fixed rate debt. These agreements effectively convert the underlying
debt's interest rate to an average fixed rate of 3.3% for an average period
of 4 years. In February 2002, the Company entered into interest rate swap
agreements with notional amounts totaling 12.6 billion Japanese yen
converting a portion of its variable rate financing to fixed rate debt.
These agreements effectively convert the underlying debt's interest rate to
an average fixed rate of 1.6% for a term of ten years. As part of this
transaction, the Company offset a portion of its Swiss franc swaps (115
million Swiss francs) by entering into reverse swap agreements with
identical terms. In December 2001, the Company entered into a series of
fixed to variable rate swaps to convert its fixed rate 5.75% coupon
Eurobonds into variable debt, currently at 4.4%. Additionally, the Company
entered into a series of freestanding Euro to U.S. dollar cross currency
basis swaps to effectively convert the Eurobonds and related interest
expense to U.S. dollars, currently at 2.8%. The fair value of these swap
agreements is the estimated amount the Company would receive (pay) at the
reporting date, taking into account the effective interest rates and
foreign exchange rates. At December 31, 2002, the estimated net fair
values of the swap agreements was $52.3 million.
Commodity Price Risk Management The Company selectively enters into
commodity price swaps to effectively fix certain variable raw material
costs. In November 2001, the Company entered into a commodity price swap
agreement with notional amounts totaling 270,000 troy ounces of silver
bullion throughout calendar year 2002. The average fixed rate of this
agreement was $4.20 per troy ounce. In November, 2002, the Company entered
into a commodity price swap agreement with notional amounts totaling
300,000 troy ounces of silver bullion to hedge forecasted purchases
throughout calendar year 2003. The average fixed rate of this agreement is
$4.65 per troy ounce. At December 31, 2002, the estimated fair value was
$14,000.
As of December 31, 2002, the Company had leased $59.3 million of
precious metals. Under this arrangement the Company leases fixed quantities
of precious metals which are used in producing alloys and pays a lease rate
(a percent of the value of the leased inventory) to the lessor. These
precious metal leases are accounted for as operating leases and the lease
fee is recorded in "Cost of products sold". The terms of the leases are
less than one year and the average lease rate at December 31, 2002 was
2.5%. The Company's objective for using these operating lease arrangements
to supply its precious metals needs is to free up working capital and to
limit the Company's exposure to commodity price volatility.
D16
EXPECTED MATURITY DATES DECEMBER 31, 2002
2008 and Carrying Fair
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 beyond Value Value
(dollars in thousands)
Notes Payable and Current Portion
of Long-term Debt:
U.S. dollar denominated $ 3,487 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 3,487 $ 3,487
Average interest rate 2.48% 2.48%
Australian dollar denominated 143 - - - - - 143 143
Average interest rate 8.75% 8.75%
Denmark krone denominated 62 - - - - - 62 62
Average interest rate 6.50% 6.50%
Euro denominated 138 - - - - - 138 138
Average interest rate 6.00% 6.00%
Japanese yen denominated 720 - - - - - 720 720
Average interest rate 2.00% 2.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4,550 - - - - - 4,550 4,550
2.76% 2.76%
Long Term Debt:
U.S. dollar denominated - 154 22 - - - 176 176
Average interest rate 5.46% 5.64% 5.48%
Swiss franc denominated - - 40,238 145,432 40,238 - 225,908 229,753
Average interest rate 4.49% 3.63% 4.49% 3.94%
Japanese yen denominated 19,914 18,441 18,222 105,776 - - 162,353 162,695
Average interest rate 1.26% 1.43% 1.41% 0.56% 0.84%
Euro denominated 1,701 - - 378,144 - - 379,845 379,845
Average interest rate 5.99% 5.75% 5.75%
Thai baht denominated 1,113 - - - - - 1,113 1,113
Average interest rate 2.75% 2.75%
Chile peso denominated 428 - - - - - 428 428
Average interest rate 6.80% 6.80%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23,156 18,595 58,482 629,352 40,238 - 769,823 774,010
1.78% 1.46% 3.53% 4.39% 4.49% 4.18%
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts:
Forward purchase, 1.8 billion Japanese
yen 14,606 - - - - - 596 596
Forward purchase, 30.8 million Swiss
francs 21,916 - - - - - 311 311
Forward purchase, 7.3 million Canadian
dollar 4,812 - - - - - (97) (97)
Forward sales, 3.2 million Euro 3,105 - - - - - (54) (54)
Interest Rate Swaps:
Interest rate swaps - U.S. dollar,
terminated 2/2001 (58) (33) (21) - - - (112) (112)
Interest rate swaps - Japanese yen - - - - - 105,777 (7,882) (7,882)
Average interest rate 1.6%
Interest rate swaps - Swiss francs - - - 47,026 - - (2,861) (2,861)
Average interest rate 3.4%
Interest rate swaps - Euro - - - 367,290 - - 10,854 10,854
Average interest rate 4.4%
Basis swap - Euro-U.S. Dollar - - - 315,000 - - 52,290 52,290
Average interest rate 2.8%
Silver Swap - U.S. dollar 1,394 - - - - - 14 14
D16
Management's Financial Responsibility
The management of DENTSPLY International Inc. is responsible for the
preparation and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and all
other information contained in this Annual Report. The financial statements
were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
include amounts that are based on management's informed estimates and
judgments.
In fulfilling its responsibility for the integrity of financial
information, management has established a system of internal accounting
controls supported by written policies and procedures. This provides
reasonable assurance that assets are properly safeguarded and accounted for
and that transactions are executed in accordance with management's
authorization and recorded and reported properly.
The financial statements have been audited by our independent accountants,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, whose unqualified report is presented below. The
independent accountants perform audits of the financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, which includes
consideration of the system of internal accounting controls to determine the
nature, timing and extent of audit procedures to be performed.
The Audit and Information Technology Committee (the "Committee") of the
Board of Directors, consisting solely of outside Directors, meets with the
independent accountants with and without management to review and discuss the
major audit findings, internal control matters and quality of financial
reporting. The independent accountants also have access to the Committee to
discuss auditing and financial reporting matters with or without management
present.
/s/John C. Miles II /s/Gerald K. Kunkle /s/Bret W. Wise
John C. Miles II Gerald K. Kunkle Bret W. Wise
Chairman and President and Senior Vice
Chief Executive Officer Chief Operating Officer President and
Chief Financial
Officer
Report of Independent Accountants
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of DENTSPLY International Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the
related consolidated statements of income, of stockholders' equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of DENTSPLY International Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and
2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements
in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States
of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements, on
January 1, 2002 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets".
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, PA
January 23, 2003
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales (Note 4) $1,513,742 $1,132,968 $ 889,796
Cost of products sold 780,843 564,448 427,025
Gross profit 732,899 568,520 462,771
Selling, general and administrative expenses 479,131 387,402 301,405
Restructuring and other costs (income) (Note 14) (2,732) 5,073 (56)
Operating income 256,500 176,045 161,422
Other income and expenses:
Interest expense 29,238 19,358 7,659
Interest income (1,853) (1,102) (862)
Other expense (income), net (Note 5) 8,130 (27,338) 2,829
Income before income taxes 220,985 185,127 151,796
Provision for income taxes (Note 12) 73,033 63,631 50,780
Net income $ 147,952 $ 121,496 $ 101,016
Earnings per common share (Note 2):
Basic $ 1.89 $ 1.56 $ 1.30
Diluted 1.85 1.54 1.29
Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.18400 $ 0.18333 $ 0.17083
Weighted average common shares outstanding (Note 2):
Basic 78,180 77,671 77,785
Diluted 79,994 78,975 78,560
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 25,652 $ 33,710
Accounts and notes receivable-trade, net (Note 1) 221,262 191,534
Inventories, net (Notes 1 and 6) 214,492 197,454
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 79,595 61,545
Total Current Assets 541,001 484,243
Property, plant and equipment, net (Notes 1 and 7) 313,178 240,890
Identifiable intangible assets, net (Notes 1 and 8) 236,009 248,890
Goodwill, net (Notes 1 and 8) 898,497 763,270
Other noncurrent assets 98,348 60,858
Total Assets $ 2,087,033 $ 1,798,151
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 66,625 $ 69,904
Accrued liabilities (Note 9) 190,783 194,357
Income taxes payable 103,787 86,622
Notes payable and current portion
of long-term debt (Note 10) 4,550 7,634
Total Current Liabilities 365,745 358,517
Long-term debt (Note 10) 769,823 723,524
Deferred income taxes 27,039 32,526
Other noncurrent liabilities 87,239 73,628
Total Liabilities 1,249,846 1,188,195
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries 1,259 437
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; .25 million
shares authorized; no shares issued -- --
Common stock, $.01 par value; 200 million shares authorized;
81.4 million shares issued at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 814 814
Capital in excess of par value 156,898 152,916
Retained earnings 730,971 597,414
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) 1,624 (77,388)
Unearned ESOP compensation (1,899) (3,419)
Treasury stock, at cost, 3.0 million shares at December 31, 2002
and 3.5 million shares at December 31, 2001 (52,480) (60,818)
Total Stockholders' Equity 835,928 609,519
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity $ 2,087,033 $ 1,798,151
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accumulated Unearned Total
Capital in Other ESOP Stock-
Common Excess of Retained Comprehensive Compensa- Treasury holders'
Stock Par Value Earnings Gain (Loss) tion Stock Equity
(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 1999 $ 543 $ 151,509 $ 402,408 $ (43,209) $ (6,458) $ (35,921) $ 468,872
Comprehensive Income:
Net income -- -- 101,016 -- -- -- 101,016
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- -- (5,416) -- -- (5,416)
Minimum pension liability adjustment -- -- -- (671) -- -- (671)
Comprehensive Income 94,929
Exercise of stock options -- (583) -- -- -- 8,008 7,425
Tax benefit from stock options exercised -- 973 -- -- -- -- 973
Repurchase of common stock, at cost -- -- -- -- -- (40,092) (40,092)
Cash dividends ($0.17083 per share) -- -- (13,257) -- -- -- (13,257)
Decrease in unearned ESOP compensation -- -- -- -- 1,520 -- 1,520
Balance at December 31, 2000 543 151,899 490,167 (49,296) (4,938) (68,005) 520,370
Comprehensive Income:
Net income -- -- 121,496 -- -- -- 121,496
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- -- (26,566) -- -- (26,566)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle for derivative and hedging
activities (SFAS 133) -- -- -- (503) -- -- (503)
Net loss on derivative financial
instruments -- -- -- (810) -- -- (810)
Minimum pension liability adjustment -- -- -- (213) -- -- (213)
Comprehensive Income 93,404
Exercise of stock options -- (45) -- -- -- 8,062 8,017
Tax benefit from stock options exercised -- 1,333 -- -- -- -- 1,333
Repurchase of common stock, at cost -- -- -- -- -- (875) (875)
Cash dividends ($0.18333 per share) -- -- (14,249) -- -- -- (14,249)
Decrease in unearned ESOP compensation -- -- -- -- 1,519 -- 1,519
Three-for-two common stock split 271 (271) -- -- -- -- --
Balance at December 31, 2001 814 152,916 597,414 (77,388) (3,419) (60,818) 609,519
Comprehensive Income:
Net income -- -- 147,952 -- -- -- 147,952
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- -- 88,739 -- -- 88,739
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale
securities -- -- -- (4,854) -- -- (4,854)
Net loss on derivative financial
instruments -- -- -- (4,670) -- -- (4,670)
Minimum pension liability adjustment -- -- -- (203) -- -- (203)
Comprehensive Income 226,964
Exercise of stock options -- 715 -- -- -- 8,338 9,053
Tax benefit from stock options exercised -- 3,320 -- -- -- -- 3,320
Cash dividends ($0.184 per share) -- -- (14,395) -- -- -- (14,395)
Decrease in unearned ESOP compensation -- -- -- -- 1,520 -- 1,520
Fractional share payouts -- (53) -- -- -- -- (53)
Balance at December 31, 2002 $ 814 $ 156,898 $ 730,971 $ 1,624 $ (1,899) $ (52,480) $ 835,928
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
---------------------------------------------------
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income $ 147,952 $ 121,496 $ 101,016
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation 34,032 25,219 22,024
Amortization 9,827 29,115 19,335
Deferred income taxes (6,019) 6,451 4,249
Restructuring and other (income) costs (2,732) 5,073 (56)
Other non-cash costs (income) 9,281 (3,849) 815
Gain on sale of business -- (23,121) --
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 1,703 54 482
Non-cash ESOP compensation 1,520 1,519 1,520
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
acquisitions and divestitures:
Accounts and notes receivable-trade, net (13,946) (3,709) (9,218)
Inventories, net (8,940) 14,763 (1,216)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (1,515) 47 (1,526)
Accounts payable (7,275) 9,180 1,492
Accrued liabilities (12,732) 28,704 7,018
Income taxes 17,833 4,295 (834)
Other, net 3,994 (4,169) 521
Net cash provided by operating activities 172,983 211,068 145,622
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired (49,805) (812,523) (14,995)
Expenditures for identifiable intangible assets (3,309) (4,265) (1,423)
Proceeds from bulk sale of precious metals inventory 6,754 41,814 --
Insurance proceeds received for fire-destroyed equipment 2,535 8,980 --
Redemption of preferred stock 15,000 -- --
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 1,777 645 215
Capital expenditures (57,454) (49,337) (28,425)
Net cash used in investing activities (84,502) (814,686) (44,628)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term borrowings, net of deferred financing costs 100,244 1,435,175 114,341
Payments on long-term borrowings (190,589) (819,186) (149,390)
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings (3,666) 7,511 (18,389)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants 9,053 8,017 7,425
Cash paid for treasury stock -- (875) (40,092)
Cash dividends paid (14,358) (14,228) (13,004)
Proceeds from the termination of a pension plan -- 8,486 --
Fractional share payout (53) -- --
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (99,369) 624,900 (99,109)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 2,830 (3,005) 2,130
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (8,058) 18,277 4,015
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 33,710 15,433 11,418
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 25,652 $ 33,710 $ 15,433
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid $25,545 $15,967 $ 7,434
Income taxes paid 55,913 47,215 39,064
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions:
Receipt of convertible preferred stock in connection
with the sale of a business -- 32,000 --
Receipt of common stock and stock warrants in exchange
for convertible preferred stock 18,582 -- --
The company assumed liabilities in conjunction
with the following acquisitions:
Fair Value Cash Paid for
of Assets Assets or Liabilities
Date Acquired Acquired Capital Stock Assumed
(in thousands)
Austenal, Inc. January 2002 $ 35,330 $ 21,065 $ 14,265
Degussa Dental Group October 2001 665,531 519,191 146,340
CeraMed Dental (remaining 49%) July 2001 20,000 20,000 -
Tulsa Dental Products (earn-out payment) May 2001 84,627 84,627 -
Dental injectible anesthetic assets of
AstraZeneca March 2001 130,469 119,347 11,122
Friadent GmbH January 2001 128,356 97,749 30,607
Aggregate 2000 acquisitions Various 2000 16,665 16,227 438
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
D16
DENTSPLY INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
DENTSPLY designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
products for the dental market. The Company believes that it is the world's
leading manufacturer and distributor of dental prosthetics, precious metal
dental alloys, dental ceramics, endodontic instruments and materials,
prophylaxis paste, dental sealants, ultrasonic scalers and crown and bridge
materials; the leading United States manufacturer and distributor of dental
x-ray equipment, dental handpieces, intraoral cameras, dental x-ray film
holders, film mounts and bone substitute/grafting materials; and a leading
worldwide manufacturer or distributor of dental injectable anesthetics,
impression materials, orthodontic appliances, dental cutting instruments and
dental implants. The Company distributes its dental products in over 120
countries under some of the most well established brand names in the industry.
DENTSPLY is committed to the development of innovative, high-quality, cost
effective new products for the dental market.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and all majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions
are eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates, if different assumptions are made or if different conditions exist.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts and Notes Receivable-Trade
The Company sells dental equipment and supplies primarily through a
worldwide network of distributors, although certain product lines are sold
directly to the end user. For customers on credit terms, the Company performs
ongoing credit evaluation of those customers' financial condition and
generally does not require collateral from them. The Company establishes
allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability of its customers to make required payments. Accounts and notes
receivable-trade are stated net of these allowances which were $18.5 million
and $12.6 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Certain of the
Company's larger distributors are offered cash rebates based on targeted
sales increases. The Company records an accrual based on its projected cash
rebate obligations.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. At December 31,
2002 and 2001, the cost of $13.0 million, or 6%, and $23.6 million, or 12%,
respectively, of inventories was determined by the last-in, first-out
("LIFO") method. The cost of other inventories was determined by the
first-in, first-out ("FIFO") or average cost methods. The Company establishes
reserves for inventory estimated to be obsolete or unmarketable equal to the
difference between the cost of inventory and estimated market value based
upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
If the FIFO method had been used to determine the cost of LIFO inventories,
the amounts at which net inventories are stated would be higher than reported
at December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 by $0.8 million and $2.3 million,
respectively.
D16
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated
depreciation. Except for leasehold improvements, depreciation for financial
reporting purposes is computed by the straight-line method over the following
estimated useful lives: buildings - generally 40 years and machinery and
equipment - 4 to 15 years. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized
over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the term of the lease.
Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations; replacements and major
improvements are capitalized. These assets are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or circumstances provide evidence that suggest that the
carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Impairment is based upon
an evaluation of the identifiable undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the
resulting charge reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its
fair value.
Identifiable Finite-lived Intangible Assets
Identifiable finite-lived intangible assets, which primarily consist of
patents, trademarks and licensing agreements, are amortized on a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 5 to 40
years. These assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
circumstances provide evidence that suggest that the carrying amount of the
asset may not be recoverable. Impairment is based upon an evaluation of the
identifiable undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the resulting charge
reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its fair value.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets". This statement requires that the amortization of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets be discontinued and instead an annual
impairment approach be applied. The Company performed the transitional
impairment tests upon adoption and the annual impairment tests during 2002,
as required, and no impairment was identified. These impairment tests are
based upon a fair value approach rather than an evaluation of the
undiscounted cash flows. If impairment is identified under SFAS 142, the
resulting charge is determined by recalculating goodwill through a
hypothetical purchase price allocation of the fair value and reducing the
current carrying value to the extent it exceeds the recalculated goodwill. If
impairment is identified on indefinite-lived intangibles, the resulting
charge reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its fair value.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133
("SFAS 133"), "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities",
on January 1, 2001. This standard, as amended by SFAS 138, requires that all
derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value
and that changes in fair value be recorded each period in current earnings or
comprehensive income.
The Company employs derivative financial instruments to hedge certain
anticipated transactions, firm commitments, or assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, the Company utilizes
interest rate swaps to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate, fixed rate
debt to floating rate, cross currency basis swaps to convert debt denominated
in one currency to another currency and commodity swaps to fix its variable
raw materials. The Company also holds stock warrants which are considered
derivative financial instruments as defined under SFAS No. 133.
Litigation
The Company and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits
arising out of their respective operations. The Company records liabilities
when a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are
based on an analysis made by internal and external legal counsel which
considers information known at the time.
D16
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for foreign operations, except for those in highly
inflationary economies, has been determined to be the local currency.
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at exchange
rates on the balance sheet date; revenue and expenses are translated at the
average year-to-date rates of exchange. The effects of these translation
adjustments are reported in a separate component of stockholders' equity.
Exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and
translation adjustments in countries with highly inflationary economies are
included in income. Exchange losses of $3.5 million in 2002 and $2.7 million
in 2000 and exchange gains of $1.2 million in 2001 are included in "Other
expense (income), net".
Revenue Recognition
Revenue, net of related discounts and allowances, is recognized when
product is shipped and risk of loss has transferred to the customer. Net
sales includes shipping and handling costs collected from customers in
connection with the sale.
A significant portion of the Company's net sales is comprised of sales of
precious metals generated through its precious metal alloy product offerings.
The precious metals content of sales was $187.1 million and $50.6 million for
2002 and 2001, respectively. There were no sales of precious metals in 2000.
Warranties
The Company provides warranties on certain equipment products. Estimated
warranty costs are accrued when sales are made to customers. Estimates for
warranty costs are based primarily on historical warranty claim experience.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development ("R&D") costs relate primarily to internal costs
for salaries and direct overhead costs. In addition, the Company sometimes
contracts with outside vendors to conduct R&D activities. All such R&D costs
are charged to expense when incurred. The Company capitalizes the costs of
equipment that has general R&D uses and expenses such equipment that is
solely for specific R&D projects. The depreciation related to this
capitalized equipment is included in the Company's R&D costs. R&D costs are
included in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" and amounted to
approximately $41.6 million, $28.3 million and $20.4 million for 2002, 2001
and 2000, respectively.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are determined in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS 109"), which requires recognition of
deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax
consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or
tax returns. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets
are determined based on the difference between financial statements and tax
bases of liabilities and assets using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. SFAS 109 also provides
for the recognition of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that
the assets will be realized in future years. A valuation allowance has been
established for deferred tax assets for which realization is not likely.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings by the
weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding for the period, adjusted for the effect
of an assumed exercise of all dilutive options outstanding at the end of the
period.
D16
Stock Compensation
The Company has stock-based employee compensation plans which are described
more fully in Note 11. The Company applies the intrinsic value method in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees", and related interpretations in accounting for
stock compensation plans. Under this method, no compensation expense is
recognized for fixed stock option plans, provided that the exercise price is
greater than or equal to the price of the stock at the date of grant. The
following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share
if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation", to stock-based employee compensation.
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income as reported $ 147,952 $ 121,496 $ 101,016
Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation
expense determined under fair value
method, net of related tax (9,576) (6,137) (4,614)
Pro forma net income $ 138,376 $ 115,359 $ 96,402
Basic earnings per common share
As reported $ 1.89 $ 1.56 $ 1.30
Pro forma under fair value based method $ 1.77 $ 1.49 $ 1.24
Diluted earnings per common share
As reported $ 1.85 $ 1.54 $ 1.29
Pro forma under fair value based method $ 1.73 $ 1.46 $ 1.23
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation
adjustments related to the Company's foreign subsidiaries, net of the related
changes in certain financial instruments hedging these foreign currency
investments. In addition, changes in the fair value of the Company's
available-for-sale investment securities and certain derivative financial
instruments and changes in its minimum pension liability are recorded in
other comprehensive income (loss). These adjustments are recorded in other
comprehensive income (loss) net of any related tax effects. For the years
ended 2002 and 2000 these adjustments were net of tax benefits of $32.9
million and $1.1 million, respectively. For the year ended 2001, these
adjustments were net of tax liabilities of $5.6 million.
The balances included in accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) in the
consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Foreign currency translation adjustments $ 13,548 $(75,191)
Net loss on derivative financial
instruments (5,983) (1,313)
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities (4,854) --
Minimum pension liability (1,087) (884)
$ 1,624 $(77,388)
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years' data in order to
conform to the current year presentation.
D16
Pending Accounting Changes
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143 ("SFAS 143"), "Accounting
for Asset Retirement Obligations". It applies to legal obligations
associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the
acquisition, construction, development and (or) the normal operation of a
long-lived asset, except for certain obligations of lessees. SFAS 143
requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement
obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a
reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset
retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the
long-lived asset and subsequently allocated to expense over the asset's
useful life. SFAS 143 is effective for the Company in 2003 and the effect of
adoption is not expected to be material.
In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 146 ("SFAS 146"), "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities". SFAS 146 nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No.
94-3 ("EITF 94-3"), "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity". The principal change resulting
from this statement as compared to EITF 94-3 relates to more stringent
requirements for the recognition of a liability for a cost associated with an
exit or disposal activity. This Statement requires that a liability for a
cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the
liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This
Statement also establishes that fair value is the objective for initial
measurement of the liability. SFAS 146 is effective for exit or disposal
activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application
encouraged. Based on a preliminary assessment of this new standard, the
Company believes that SFAS 146 may impact the timing of the recognition of
future restructuring activities, whereby liabilities associated with the
elements of the restructuring plan may need to be recognized at various dates
subsequent to the commitment date rather than at the commitment date, which
is the Company's current practice.
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45 ("FIN 45"),
"Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others". FIN 45 elaborates on the
disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial
statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued.
In addtion, it clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the
inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation
undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The interpretation is effective on a
prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.
The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements
of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002 and the Company
has complied with these requirements. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact of the application of this interpretation, but does not expect that
FIN 45 will have a material impact on its financial statements.
In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 148 ("SFAS 148"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -
Transition and Disclosure - an Amendment of FAS 123". This Statement amends
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation", to provide alternative methods of transition
for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation. In addition, this Statement amends the
disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures in both
annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for
stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on
reported results. The annual disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are effective
for annual periods ending after December 31, 2002 and the interim disclosure
provisions are effective for the first interim period beginning after
December 15, 2002. The Company has complied with these disclosure
requirements and has elected not to adopt the fair value based accounting
provisions of this new standard.
D16
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"),
"Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB 51".
The primary objectives of this interpretation are to provide guidance on the
identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other
than through voting rights ("variable interest entities") and how to
determine when and which business enterprise should consolidate the variable
interest entity (the "primary beneficiary"). This new model for consolidation
applies to an entity which either (1) the equity investors (if any) do not
have a controlling financial interest or (2) the equity investment at risk is
insufficient to finance that entity's activities without receiving additional
subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46
requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other enterprises with a
significant variable interest in a variable interest entity make additional
disclosures. Certain disclosure requirements of FIN 46 are effective for
financial statements issued after January 31, 2003. The remaining provisions
of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all variable interest entities
created after January 31, 2003 and are effective beginning in the first
interim or annual reporting period beginning after June 15, 2003 for all
variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003. The Company has
determined that the application of this standard will not have a material
impact on its financial statements.
.
NOTE 2 - EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per common share:
Income Shares Per Share
(Numerator) (Denominator) Amount
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31, 2002
Basic EPS $147,952 78,180 $ 1.89
Incremental shares from assumed exercise
of dilutive options - 1,814
Diluted EPS $147,952 79,994 $ 1.85
Year Ended December 31, 2001
Basic EPS $121,496 77,671 $ 1.56
Incremental shares from assumed exercise
of dilutive options - 1,304
Diluted EPS $121,496 78,975 $ 1.54
Year Ended December 31, 2000
Basic EPS $101,016 77,785 $ 1.30
Incremental shares from assumed exercise
of dilutive options - 775
Diluted EPS $101,016 78,560 $ 1.29
Options to purchase 0.1 million and 1.4 million shares of common stock that
were outstanding during the years ended 2002 and 2000, respectively, were not
included in the computation of diluted earnings per share since the options'
exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common
shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.
D16
NOTE 3 - BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
Acquisitions
All acquisitions completed in 2002, 2001 and 2000 were accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting; accordingly, the results of the operations
acquired are included in the accompanying financial statements for the
periods subsequent to the respective dates of the acquisitions. The purchase
prices were allocated on the basis of estimates of the fair values of assets
acquired and liabilities assumed.
In January 2002, the Company acquired the partial denture business of
Austenal Inc. ("Austenal") in a cash transaction valued at approximately
$21.1 million, including debt assumed. Previously headquartered in Chicago,
Illinois, Austenal manufactured dental laboratory products and was the world
leader in the manufacture and sale of systems used by dental laboratories to
fabricate partial dentures. The purchase price plus direct acquisition costs
have been allocated on the basis of estimated fair values at the dates of
acquisition, pending final determination of the fair value of certain
acquired assets and liabilities. The preliminary purchase price allocation
for Austenal is as follows (in thousands):
Current assets $ 6,896
Property, plant and equipment 999
Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill 22,838
Other long-term assets 4,597
Current liabilities (13,193)
Other long-term liabilities (1,072)
$ 21,065
Pro forma financial information has not been presented for Austenal since
its effect would not be significant.
In October 2001, the Company completed the acquisition of Degussa Dental
Group ("Degussa Dental"), a unit of Degussa AG, pursuant to the May 2001 Sale
and Purchase Agreement. The preliminary purchase price for Degussa Dental was
548 million Euros or $503 million, which was paid at closing. The preliminary
purchase price was subject to increase or decrease, based on certain working
capital levels of Degussa Dental as of October 1, 2001. In June 2002, the
Company made a partial payment of 12.1 million Euros, or $11.4 million, as a
closing balance sheet adjustment. An additional closing balance sheet
adjustment is subject to a dispute between the parties and is in arbitration.
The Company may be required to pay up to $10 million for the final closing
balance sheet adjustment depending upon the outcome of the arbitration. Any
payments would result in additional purchase price. Previously headquartered
in Hanau-Wolfgang, Germany, Degussa Dental manufactured and sold dental
products, including precious metal alloys, ceramics and dental laboratory
equipment, and chairside products.
In January 2001, the Company agreed to acquire the dental injectible
anesthetic assets of AstraZeneca ("AZ Assets"), including permanent,
exclusive and royalty-free licensing rights to the dental products and
tradenames, for $136.5 million and royalties on future sales of a new
anesthetic product for scaling and root planing, Oraqix(TM) ("Oraqix"), that
was in Stage III clinical trials at the time of the agreement. The $136.5
million purchase price is composed of the following: an initial $96.5 million
payment which was made at closing in March 2001; a $20 million contingency
payment (including related accrued interest) associated with the first year
sales of injectible dental anesthetic which was paid during the first quarter
of 2002; a $2.0 million payment upon submission of a New Drug Application
("NDA") in the U.S. and a Marketing Authorization Application ("MAA") in
Europe for the Oraqix product under development; payments of $6.0 million and
$2.0 million upon the approval of the NDA and MAA, respectively, for
licensing rights; and a $10.0 million prepaid royalty payment upon approval
of both applications. Under the terms of the agreement, the $2.0 million
payment related to the application filings was accrued during the fourth
quarter of 2001 and was paid during the first quarter of 2002. Because the
Oraqix product had not received regulatory approvals for its use, this
payment was considered to be research and development costs and was expensed
as incurred. The Company expects that the regulatory applications will be
approved during 2003, and as a result, it expects to make the remaining
payments of $18.0 million during the year. These payments will be capitalized
and amortized over the term of the licensing agreement.
D16
In January 2001, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of Friadent
GmbH ("Friadent") for 220 million German marks or $106 million ($105 million,
net of cash acquired). During the first quarter of 2002, the Company
received cash of 16.5 million German marks or approximately $7.3 million,
representing a final balance sheet adjustment. As a result of this closing
balance sheet adjustment, goodwill was reduced by approximately $7.3 million.
Previously headquartered in Mannheim, Germany, Friadent was a major global
dental implant manufacturer and marketer with subsidiaries in Germany,
France, Denmark, Sweden, the United States, Switzerland, Brazil, and Belgium.
The respective purchase prices plus direct acquisition costs for Degussa
Dental, Friadent and the AZ Assets have been allocated on the basis of
estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The purchase price
allocations for these acquisitions are as follows:
Degussa Dental Friadent AZ Assets
(in thousands)
Current assets $ 166,124 $ 16,244 $ --
Property, plant and equipment 71,641 4,184 878
Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill 413,725 104,484 129,591
Other long-term assets 14,041 3,444 --
Current liabilities (104,642) (27,553) (11,122)
Other long-term liabilities (41,698) (3,054) --
$ 519,191 $ 97,749 $ 119,347
In August 1996, the Company purchased a 51% interest in CeraMed Dental
("CeraMed") for $5 million with the right to acquire the remaining 49%
interest. In March 2001, the Company entered into an agreement for an early
buy out of the remaining 49% interest in CeraMed at a cost of $20 million,
which was made in July 2001, with a potential contingent consideration
("earn-out") provision capped at $5 million. The earn-out was based on future
sales of CeraMed products during the August 1, 2001 to July 31, 2002 time
frame, with any additional pay out due on September 30, 2002. The Company was
not required to make a payment under this earn-out provision.
Certain assets of Tulsa Dental Products LLC were purchased in January 1996
for $75.1 million, plus $5.0 million paid in May 1999 related to earn-out
provisions in the purchase agreement based on performance of the acquired
business. The purchase agreement provided for an additional earn-out payment
based upon the operating performance of the Tulsa Dental business for one of
the three two-year periods ending December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001 or
December 31, 2002, as selected by the seller. The seller chose the two-year
period ended December 31, 2000 and the final earn-out payment of $84.6
million was made in May 2001 resulting in an increase in goodwill.
During 2000, the Company completed five acquisitions with an aggregate
purchase price of of $16.7 million.
D16
Divestitures
In March 2001, the Company sold InfoSoft, LLC to PracticeWorks Inc.
("PracticeWorks"). InfoSoft, LLC was the wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company, that developed and sold software and related products for dental
practice management. In the transaction, the Company received 6.5%
convertible preferred stock in PracticeWorks, with a fair value of $32
million. This sale resulted in a $23.1 million pretax gain which was included
in "Other expense (income), net". The Company recorded this preferred stock
investment and subsequent accrued dividends to "Other noncurrent assets".
In June 2002, the Company completed a transaction with PracticeWorks to
exchange the accumulated balance of this preferred stock investment for a
combination of $15.0 million of cash, 1.0 million shares of PracticeWorks'
common stock valued at $15.0 million and 450,000 seven-year term stock
warrants issued by PracticeWorks, valued at $3.6 million, based on the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The transaction resulted in a loss to the
Company of $1.1 million, which is included in "Other expense (income), net".
The exchange provided the Company with immediate cash, as well as, improved
liquidity on its investment in PracticeWorks, while also providing additional
market appreciation potential if PracticeWorks' business and stock price
perform positively. As a result of the transaction, the Company no longer
receives preferred stock dividends. The common stock has been classified as
available-for-sale and any fair value adjustments to this investment are
reflected in "Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)" until sold. The
warrants are classified as derivative financial instruments as defined under
SFAS No. 133 and any fair value adjustments in these holdings are reflected
in current income each quarter. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the
unrealized loss on the stock warrants was $2.5 million. These unrealized
losses were included in "Other expense (income), net".
D16
NOTE 4 - SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131
("SFAS 131"), "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information". SFAS 131 establishes standards for disclosing information
about reportable segments in financial statements. The Company has numerous
operating businesses covering a wide range of products and geographic
regions, primarily serving the professional dental market. Professional
dental products represented approximately 98%, 97% and 95% of sales in 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively. Accordingly, all operating businesses are
aggregated into one reportable segment for purposes of SFAS 131.
six
The Company's operations are structured to achieve consolidated
objectives. As a result, significant interdependencies exist among the
Company's operations in different geographic areas. Intercompany sales of
manufacturing materials between areas are at prices which, in general,
provide a reasonable profit after coverage of all manufacturing costs.
Intercompany sales of finished goods are at prices intended to provide a
reasonable profit for purchasing locations after coverage of marketing and
general and administrative costs.
The following table sets forth information about the Company's operations
in different geographic areas for 2002, 2001 and 2000. Net sales reported
below represent revenues for shipments made by operating businesses located
in the country or territory identified, including export sales. Assets
reported represent those held by the operating businesses located in the
respective geographic areas.
United Other
States Germany Foreign Consolidated
(in thousands)
2002
Net sales $ 738,831 $ 333,691 $ 441,220 $ 1,513,742
Long-lived assets 186,674 100,744 114,780 402,198
2001
Net sales $ 627,480 $ 160,347 $ 345,141 $ 1,132,968
Long-lived assets 138,380 66,756 91,584 296,720
2000
Net sales $ 560,692 $ 57,989 $ 271,115 $ 889,796
Long-lived assets 87,314 42,049 66,519 195,882
The following table presents sales information by product category:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Consumables and small equipment $1,390,522 $1,016,062 $ 769,740
Heavy equipment 90,231 81,913 76,374
Non-dental 32,989 34,993 43,682
$1,513,742 $1,132,968 $ 889,796
Third party export sales from the United States are less than ten percent
of consolidated net sales. No customers accounted for more than ten percent
of consolidated net sales in 2002. In 2001, one customer, a distributor,
accounted for 11% of consolidated net sales. In 2000, two customers, both
distributors, accounted for 14% and 10% of consolidated net sales.
D16
NOTE 5 - OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)
Other expense (income), net consists of the following:
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------
2002 2001 2000
Foreign exchange transaction losses (gains) $ 3,489 $ (1,177) $ 2,695
Gain on sale of InfoSoft, LLC -- (23,121) --
Unrealized losses on stock warrants 2,471 -- --
Preferred stock dividend income (929) (1,710) --
Loss on preferred stock conversion 1,056 -- --
Minority interests 364 (1,265) (215)
Other 1,679 (65) 349
$ 8,130 $(27,338) $ 2,829
NOTE 6 - INVENTORIES
Inventories consist of the following:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Finished goods $134,989 $119,030
Work-in-process 39,065 35,539
Raw materials and supplies 40,438 42,885
$214,492 $197,454
NOTE 7 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Assets, at cost:
Land $ 34,746 $ 19,752
Buildings and improvements 160,566 114,202
Machinery and equipment 274,915 238,157
Construction in progress 28,368 20,566
498,595 392,677
Less: Accumulated depreciation 185,417 151,787
$313,178 $240,890
D16
NOTE 8 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets". This statement requires that the amortization of goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets be discontinued and instead an annual
impairment test approach be applied. The impairment tests are required to be
performed transitionally upon adoption and annually thereafter (or more often
if adverse events occur) and are based upon a fair value approach rather than
an evaluation of the undiscounted cash flows. If goodwill impairment is
identified, the resulting charge is determined by recalculating goodwill
through a hypothetical purchase price allocation of the fair value and
reducing the current carrying value to the extent it exceeds the recalculated
goodwill. If impairment is identified on indefinite-lived intangibles, the
resulting charge reflects the excess of the asset's carrying cost over its
fair value. Other intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be
amortized over their useful lives. The Company performed the transitional
impairment tests and the annual impairment tests during 2002, as required by
SFAS 142, and no impairment was identified. In addition, as part of the
adoption of the standard, the Company assessed and identified intangible
assets which were deemed indefinite-lived.
In accordance with SFAS 142, prior period amounts have not been restated.
The following table presents prior year reported amounts adjusted to
eliminate the amortization of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Reported net income $ 147,952 $ 121,496 $ 101,016
Add: amortization adjustment, net of related tax -- 13,963 8,319
Adjusted net income $ 147,952 $ 135,459 $ 109,335
Reported basic earnings per share $ 1.89 $ 1.56 $ 1.30
Add: amortization adjustment -- 0.18 0.11
Adjusted basic earnings per share $ 1.89 $ 1.74 $ 1.41
Reported diluted earnings per share $ 1.85 $ 1.54 $ 1.29
Add: amortization adjustment -- 0.18 0.11
Adjusted diluted earnings per share $ 1.85 $ 1.72 $ 1.40
The table below presents the net carrying values of goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets. The indefinite-lived intangible-lived assets
were designated as such as of January 1, 2002; however, the Company has shown
the value of these assets at December 31, 2001 for comparative purposes.
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Goodwill $898,497 $763,270
Indefinite-lived identifiable intangible assets:
Trademarks $ 4,080 $ 4,080
Licensing agreements 149,254 118,979
Finite-lived identifiable intangible assets 82,675 125,831
Total identifiable intangible assets $236,009 $248,890
D16
A reconciliation of changes in the Company's goodwill is as follows:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of the year $ 763,270 $ 264,023
Acquisition activity 68,201 545,239
Divestitures -- (5,948)
Impairment charges -- --
Amortization -- (15,423)
Effects of exchange rate changes 67,026 (24,621)
Balance, end of the year $ 898,497 $ 763,270
The change in the net carrying value of goodwill was primarily related to
the goodwill associated with the acquisition of Austenal purchased in January
2002, purchase price adjustments related to the Degussa Dental acquisition,
the closing balance sheet adjustment received in the Friadent acquisition
(see Note 3) and foreign currency translation adjustments. The increase in
indefinite-lived licensing agreements was due to final purchase price
adjustments related to the AZ Asset acquisition and foreign currency
translation adjustments. These intangible assets relate to the royalty-free
licensing rights to AstraZeneca's dental products and tradenames. The change
in finite-lived identifiable intangible assets was due primarily to the
finalization of the valuations of the intangible assets acquired in the
Degussa Dental acquisition which were previously based on estimates and
foreign currency translation adjustments.
Finite-lived identifiable intangible assets consist of the following:
December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001
-------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
Gross Net Gross Net
Carrying Accumulated Carrying Carrying Accumulated Carrying
Amount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization Amount
(in thousands)
Patents $ 53,902 $ (30,015) $ 23,887 $ 64,514 $ (27,866) $ 36,648
Trademarks 37,145 (6,608) 30,537 59,610 (5,630) 53,980
Licensing agreements 23,730 (6,411) 17,319 29,405 (14,877) 14,528
Other 26,151 (15,219) 10,932 44,961 (24,286) 20,675
$ 140,928 $ (58,253) $ 82,675 $ 198,490 $ (72,659) $ 125,831
Amortization expense for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
for 2001 and 2000 was $17.8 million and $10.2 million, respectvely.
Amortization expense for finite-lived identifiable intangible assets for
2002, 2001 and 2000 was $9.8 million, $11.3 million and $9.1 million,
respectively. The annual estimated amortization expense related to these
intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is $9.8
million, $8.7 million, $7.5 million, $6.8 million and $5.9 million for 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
D16
NOTE 9 - ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Payroll, commissions, bonuses and
other cash compensation $ 44,490 $ 39,139
Employee benefits 13,181 15,458
General insurance 14,965 13,886
Sales and marketing programs 19,401 21,533
Restructuring and other costs 18,043 24,497
Earn-out related to the AZ Asset purchase -- 20,622
Warranty liabilities 8,576 7,951
Other 72,127 51,271
$190,783 $194,357
A reconciliation of changes in the Company's warranty liability for 2002 is
as follows:
Warranty
Liability
December 31, 2002
(in thousands)
Balance, beginning of the year $ 7,951
Accruals for warranties issued during the year 5,381
Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (1,654)
Warranty settlements made during the year (3,705)
Effects of exchange rate changes 603
Balance, end of the year $ 8,576
D16
NOTE 10 - FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Short-Term Borrowings
Short-term bank borrowings amounted to $3.2 million and $3.5 million at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The weighted average interest rates
of these borrowings were 2.5% and 3.3% at December 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Unused lines of credit for short-term financing at December 31,
2002 and 2001 were $80.0 million and $66.9 million, respectively.
Substantially all short-term borrowings were classified as long-term as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001, reflecting the Company's intent and ability to
refinance these obligations beyond one year and are included in the table
below. Substantially all unused lines of credit have no major restrictions
and are provided under demand notes between the Company and the lending
institution. Interest is charged on borrowings under these lines of credit
at various rates, generally below prime or equivalent money rates.
Long-Term Borrowings
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
$250 million multi-currency revolving credit agreement expiring May 2006,
Japanese yen 12.6 billion at 0.56%, Swiss francs 65.0 million at 1.25% $152,803 $147,028
$250 million multi-currency revolving credit agreement expiring May 2003 -- 55,338
Prudential Private Placement Notes, Swiss franc denominated, 84.4 million at 4.56% and
82.5 million at 4.42% maturing March 2007, 80.4 million at 4.96% maturing October 2006 178,881 147,489
ABN Private Placement Note, Japanese yen 6.2 billion at 1.39% maturing December 2005 52,562 47,527
Euro 350.0 million Eurobonds at 5.75% maturing December 2006 378,144 303,563
$250 million commercial paper facility rated A/2-P/2 U.S. dollar borrowings -- 6,650
Other borrowings, various currencies and rates 8,836 20,061
771,226 727,656
Less: Current portion (included in notes payable and current portion of long-term debt) 1,403 4,132
$769,823 $723,524
The table below reflects the contractual maturity dates of the various
borrowings at December 31, 2002 (in thousands). The borrowings contractually
due in 2003 have been classified as long-term due to the Company's intent and
ability to renew or refinance these obligations beyond 2003. The individual
borrowings under the revolving credit agreement are structured to mature on a
quarterly basis but because the Company has the intent and ability to extend
them until the expiration date of the agreement, these borrowings are
considered contractually due in May 2006.
2003 $ 23,156
2004 18,595
2005 58,482
2006 629,352
2007 40,238
2008 and thereafter --
$769,823
D16
In July 1998, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with
notional amounts totaling $80.0 million converting a portion of its variable
rate financing to fixed rate debt. These U.S. dollar swaps were terminated in
February 2001 at a cost of $1.2 million. In January 2000 and February 2001,
the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts
totaling 180 million Swiss francs converting a portion of the Company's
variable rate financing to fixed rate debt. These agreements effectively
convert the underlying debt's interest rate to an average fixed rate of 3.3%
for an average period of 4 years. In February 2002, the Company entered into
interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling 12.6 billion
Japanese yen converting a portion of its variable rate financing to fixed
rate debt. These agreements effectively convert the underlying debt's
interest rate to an average fixed rate of 1.6% for a term of ten years. As
part of this transaction, the Company offset a portion of its Swiss franc
swaps (115 million Swiss francs) by entering into reverse swap agreements
with identical terms. In December 2001, the Company entered into a series of
fixed to variable rate swaps to convert its fixed rate 5.75% coupon Eurobonds
into variable debt, currently at 4.4%. Additionally, the Company entered into
a series of freestanding Euro to U.S. dollar cross currency basis swaps to
effectively convert the Eurobonds and related interest expense to U.S.
dollar, currently at 2.8%.
In May 2001, the Company replaced and increased its multiple revolving
credit agreements with a single agreement providing a total available credit
of $500 million with participation from thirteen banks. The revolving credit
agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants as to the
operations and financial condition of the Company, the most restrictive of
which pertain to asset dispositions, maintenance of certain levels of net
worth, and prescribed ratios of indebtedness to total capital and operating
income plus depreciation and amortization to interest expense. The Company
pays a facility fee of 0.125 % annually on the amount of the commitment under
the $250 million five year facility ("facility B") and 0.10 % annually under
the $250 million 364-day facility ("facility A"). Interest rates on amounts
borrowed under the facility will depend on the maturity of the borrowing, the
currency borrowed, the interest rate option selected, and the Company's
long-term credit rating from Moody's and Standard and Poors.
The $250 million facility A may be extended, subject to certain conditions,
for additional periods of 364 days, which the Company intends to extend
annually. The entire $500 million revolving credit agreement has a usage fee
of 0.125 % annually if utilization exceeds 50% of the total available
facility.
The Company has complementary U.S. dollar and Euro multicurrency commercial
paper facilities totaling $250 million which have utilization, dealer, and
annual appraisal fees which on average cost 0.11 % annually. The $250
million facility A acts as back-up credit to this commercial paper facility.
The total available credit under the commercial paper facilities and the
facility A is $250 million. The short-term commercial paper borrowings were
classified as long-term, as of December 31, 2001, reflecting the Company's
intent and ability to renew these obligations beyond 2002. There were no
outstanding commercial paper obligations at December 31, 2002.
In March 2001, the Company issued Series A and B private placement notes
to Prudential Capital Group totaling Swiss francs 166.9 million ($100
million) at an average rate of 4.49% with six year final maturities. The
notes were issued to finance the acquisition of the AZ Assets. In October
2001, the Company issued a Series C private placement note to Prudential
Capital Group for Swiss francs 80.4 million ($50 million) at a rate of 4.96%
with a five year final maturity. The series A and B notes were also amended
to increase the interest rate by 30 basis points, reflecting the Company's
higher leverage. In December 2001, the Company issued a private placement
note through ABN AMRO for Japanese yen 6.2 billion ($50 million) at a rate of
1.39% with a four year final maturity. The Series C note and the ABN note
were issued to partially finance the Degussa Dental acquisition.
In December 2001, the Company issued 350 million Eurobonds with a coupon of
5.75%, maturing December 2006 at an effective yield of 5.89%. These bonds
were issued to partially finance the Degussa Dental acquisition.
At December 31, 2002, the Company had total unused lines of credit,
including lines available under its short-term arrangements, of $420.9
million.
D16
NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 1.5 million and 6.0
million shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2001 and
2000, respectively, on the open market or in negotiated transactions. Each
of these authorizations to repurchase shares expired on December 31 of the
respective years. The Company repurchased 37,500 shares for $0.9 million and
2.2 million shares for $40.1 million in 2001 and 2000, respectively. No share
repurchases were made during 2002.
A former Chairman of the Board holds options to purchase 45,000 shares of
common stock at an exercise price of $14.83, which was equal to the market
price on the date of grant. The options are exercisable at any time through
January 2004.
The Company has stock options outstanding under three stock option plans
(1993 Plan, 1998 Plan and 2002 Plan). Further grants can be made under the
1998 and 2002 Plans. Under the1993 Plan, a committee appointed by the Board
of Directors granted to key employees and directors of the Company options to
purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price determined by such
committee, but not less than the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant. Options generally expire ten years after the date of grant
under the 1993 Planand grants become exercisable over a period of three years
after the date of grant at the rate of one-third per year, except that they
become immediately exercisable upon death, disability or retirement.
The 1998 Plan authorized grants of 6.5 million shares of common stock, plus
shares not granted under the 1993 Plan at the time of adoption of the 1998
Plan (as noted above, no further grants can be made under the 1993 Plan).
The 1998 Plan enables the Company to grant "incentive stock options" ("ISOs")
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, to key employees of the Company, and "non-qualified stock options"
("NSOs") which do not constitute ISOs to key employees and non-employee
directors of the Company. Grants of options to key employees are solely
discretionary with the Board of Directors of the Company. ISOs and NSOs
generally expire ten years from date of grant and become exercisable over a
period of three years after the date of grant at the rate of one-third per
year, except that they become immediately exercisable upon death, disability
or retirement. Such options are granted at exercise prices not less than the
fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.
The 2002 Plan authorized grants of 7.0 milion shares of common stock, (plus
any unexercised portion of canceled or terminated stock options granted under
the DENTSPLY International Inc. 1993 and 1998 Stock Option Plans), subject to
adjustment as follows: each January, if 7% of the outstanding common shares
of the Company exceed 7.0 million, the excess becomes available for grant
under the Plan. The 2002 Plan enables the Company to grant "incentive stock
options" ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, to key employees of the Company, and "non-qualified
stock options" ("NSOs") which do not constitute ISOs to key employees and
non-employee directors of the Company. Grants of options to key employees
are solely discretionary with the Board of Directors of the Company. ISOs
and NSOs generally expire ten years from date of grant and become exercisable
over a period of three years after the date of grant at the rate of one-third
per year, except that they become immediately exercisable upon death,
disability or retirement. Such options are granted at exercise prices not
less than the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.
It is intended that grants will be made under the 1998 Plan until the
shares authorized under that Plan are fully utilized. Then option grants
will only be made under the 2002 Plan, which will include the unexercised
portion of canceled or terminated options granted under the 1993 or 1998
Plans. Each non-employee director receives an automatic grant of NSOs to
purchase 9,000 shares of common stock on the date he or she becomes a
non-employee director and an additional 9,000 options on the third
anniversary of the date of the non-employee director was last granted an
option.
D16
The following is a summary of the status of the Plans as of December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000 and changes during the years ending on those dates:
Outstanding Exercisable
--------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Weighted Weighted Available
Average Average for
Exercise Exercise Grant
Shares Price Shares Price Shares
December 31, 1999 5,067,368 $ 15.72 2,401,523 $ 14.95 4,436,916
Authorized (Lapsed) - 15,957
Granted 1,377,600 24.43 (1,377,600)
Exercised (501,531) 14.75 -
Expired/Canceled (151,194) 16.65 151,194
December 31, 2000 5,792,243 17.85 2,989,478 15.64 3,226,467
Authorized (Lapsed) - (83,444)
Granted 1,605,900 30.43 (1,605,900)
Exercised (497,813) 16.01 -
Expired/Canceled (167,087) 18.47 167,087
December 31, 2001 6,733,243 20.97 3,732,179 16.76 1,704,210
Authorized (Lapsed) - 7,023,106
Granted 1,574,550 36.91 (1,574,550)
Exercised (515,565) 17.33 -
Expired/Canceled (100,639) 19.08 100,639
December 31, 2002 7,691,589 $ 24.50 4,649,889 $ 18.99 7,253,405
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding under the Plans at December 31, 2002:
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------
Weighted
Number Average Number
Outstanding Remaining Weighted Exercisable Weighted
at Contractual Average at Average
December 31 Life Exercise December 31 Exercise
Exercise Price Range 2002 (in years) Price 2002 Price
$10.01 - $15.00 738,515 2.1 $ 13.34 738,515 $ 13.34
15.01 - 20.00 2,596,019 6.1 16.52 2,577,019 16.51
20.01 - 25.00 1,341,693 7.8 24.59 856,343 24.60
25.01 - 30.00 86,750 8.5 27.89 25,850 27.92
30.01 - 35.00 1,383,012 8.9 31.22 452,162 31.17
35.01 - 40.00 1,545,600 9.9 36.96 - -
7,691,589 7.3 $ 24.50 4,649,889 $ 18.99
D16
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value option
awards. The per share weighted average fair value of stock options and the
weighted average assumptions used to determine these values are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
Per share fair value $ 12.69 $ 11.47 $ 9.01
Expected dividend yield 0.50% 0.61% 0.75%
Risk-free interest rate 3.35% 5.01% 5.37%
Expected volatility 34% 33% 32%
Expected life (years) 5.50 5.50 5.50
The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for tradable options
with short exercise periods and is therefore not necessarily an accurate
measure of the fair value of compensatory stock options.
NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES
The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
United States ("U.S.") $121,901 $136,135 $120,149
Foreign 99,084 48,992 31,647
$220,985 $185,127 $151,796
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Current:
U.S. federal $ 46,919 $ 44,237 $ 34,291
U.S. state 2,520 1,331 1,330
Foreign 29,613 11,612 10,910
Total 79,052 57,180 46,531
Deferred:
U.S. federal (5,164) 13,813 7,356
U.S. state (590) 1,141 669
Foreign (265) (8,503) (3,776)
Total (6,019) 6,451 4,249
$ 73,033 $ 63,631 $ 50,780
D16
The reconcilation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the
effective rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
Statutory federal income tax rate 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
Effect of:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 0.6 0.9 0.9
Nondeductible amortization of goodwill - 1.0 1.2
Foreign earnings at various rates (4.1) (2.7) (2.3)
Foreign tax credit - (0.8) (0.5)
Foreign losses with no tax benefit 1.9 0.5 0.8
Extraterritorial income (1.1) (0.9) (1.0)
Tax exempt income - - (0.7)
Other 0.7 1.4 0.1
Effective income tax rate 33.0 % 34.4 % 33.5 %
D16
The tax effect of temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax
assets and liabilities are as follows:
December 31, 2002 December 31, 2001
Current Noncurrent Current Noncurrent
Asset Asset Asset Asset
(Liability) (Liability) (Liability) (Liability)
(in thousands)
Employee benefit accruals $ 1,795 $ 10,090 $ 1,725 $ 7,711
Product warranty accruals 2,018 -- 2,055 --
Facility relocation accruals 360 217 107 217
Insurance premium accruals 4,029 -- 4,145 --
Restructuring and other cost accruals 7,573 13,921 3,025 5,602
Differences in financial reporting and tax basis for:
Inventory 7,106 -- 5,418 --
Property, plant and equipment -- (30,605) -- (23,866)
Identifiable intangible assets -- (39,353) -- (16,151)
Unrealized losses (gains) included in other
comprehensive income -- 18,324 (2,054) (4,210)
Other 18,638 5,515 13,159 3,199
Tax loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions -- 9,521 -- 2,864
Valuation allowance for tax loss carryforwards -- (5,342) -- (2,864)
$ 41,519 $(17,712) $ 27,580 $(27,498)
Current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities are
included in the following balance sheet captions:
December 31,
2002 2001
(in thousands)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets $ 42,096 $ 29,069
Income taxes payable (577) (1,489)
Other noncurrent assets 9,327 5,028
Deferred income taxes (27,039) (32,526)
D16
Certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company have tax loss carryforwards of
$54.0 million at December 31, 2002, of which $18.6 million expire through
2010 and $35.4 million may be carried forward indefinitely. The tax benefit
of these tax loss carryforwards has been partially offset by a valuation
allowance. The valuation allowance of $5.3 million and $2.9 million at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, relates to foreign tax loss
carryforwards for which realizability is uncertain. The change in the
valuation allowances for 2002 and 2001 results primarily from the generation
of additional foreign tax loss carryforwards.
The Company has provided for the potential repatriation of certain
undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and considers earnings
above the amounts on which tax has been provided to be permanently
reinvested. Income taxes have not been provided on $260 million of
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which will continue to be
reinvested. If remitted as dividends, these earnings could become subject to
additional tax, however such repatriation is not anticipated. Any additional
amount of tax is not practical to estimate, however, the Company believes
that U.S. foreign tax credits would largely eliminate any U.S. tax payable.
NOTE 13 - BENEFIT PLANS
Substantially all of the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are
covered by government or Company-sponsored benefit plans. Total costs for
Company-sponsored defined benefit, defined contribution and employee stock
ownership plans amounted to $11.5 million in 2002, $7.9 million in 2001 and
$5.1 million in 2000.
Defined Contribution Plans
The DENTSPLY Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") is a non-contributory
defined contribution plan that covers substantially all of the United States
based non-union employees of the Company. Contributions to the ESOP were
$2.2 million for 2002 and $2.1 million for both 2001 and 2000. The Company
makes annual contributions to the ESOP of not less than the amounts required
to service ESOP debt. In connection with the refinancing of ESOP debt in
March 1994, the Company agreed to make additional cash contributions totaling
at least $0.6 million through 2003. Dividends received by the ESOP on
allocated shares are either reinvested in participants' accounts or passed
through to Plan participants, at the participant's election. Most ESOP
shares were initially pledged as collateral for its debt. As the debt is
repaid, shares are released from collateral and allocated to active employees
based on the proportion of debt service paid in the year. At December 31,
2002, the ESOP held 7.7 million shares, of which 7.3 million were allocated
to plan participants and 0.4 million shares were unallocated and pledged as
collateral for the ESOP debt. Unallocated shares were acquired prior to
December 31, 1992 and are accounted for in accordance with Statement of
Position 76-3. Accordingly, all shares held by the ESOP are considered
outstanding and are included in the earnings per common share computations.
The Company sponsors an employee 401(k) savings plan for its United States
workforce to which enrolled participants may contribute up to IRS defined
limits.
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a number of separate contributory and
non-contributory qualified defined benefit pension plans and other
postretirement medical plans for certain union and salaried employee groups
in the United States. Pension benefits for salaried plans are based on
salary and years of service; hourly plans are based on negotiated benefits
and years of service. Annual contributions to the pension plans are
sufficient to satisfy legal funding requirements. Pension plan assets are
held in trust and consist mainly of common stock and fixed income
investments.
The Company maintains defined benefit pension plans for its employees in
Germany, Japan, The Netherlands, and Switzerland. These plans provide
benefits based upon age, years of service and remuneration. The German plans
are unfunded book reserve plans. Other foreign plans are not significant
individually or in the aggregate. Most employees and retirees outside the
United States are covered by government health plans.
Postretirement Healthcare
The plans for postretirement healthcare have no plan assets. The
postretirement healthcare plan covers certain union and salaried employee
groups in the United States and is contributory, with retiree contributions
adjusted annually to limit the Company's contribution for participants who
retired after June 1, 1985. The Company also sponsors unfunded
non-contributory postretirement medical plans for a limited number of union
employees and their spouses and retirees of a discontinued operation.
D16
Reconciliations of changes in the above plans' benefit obligations, fair
value of assets, and statement of funded status are as follows:
Other Postretirement
Pension Benefits Benefits
---------------------------- ------------------------------
December 31, December 31,
2002 2001 2002 2001
(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 81,134 $ 60,781 $ 7,877 $ 7,552
Service cost 3,428 1,877 419 205
Interest cost 4,464 3,548 833 539
Participant contributions 972 813 442 391
Actuarial losses 2,877 1,561 2,537 268
Amendments -- -- -- --
Acquisitions -- 19,540 -- --
Effects of exchange rate changes 14,955 (3,126) -- --
Benefits paid (4,119) (3,860) (1,373) (1,078)
Benefit obligation at end of year $ 103,711 $ 81,134 $ 10,735 $ 7,877
Reconciliation of Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $ 43,348 $ 41,183 $ -- $ --
Actual return on assets (10) (471) -- --
Acquisitions -- 4,751 -- --
Effects of exchange rate changes 7,716 (1,395) -- --
Employer contributions 3,331 2,327 931 687
Participant contributions 972 813 442 391
Benefits paid (4,119) (3,860) (1,373) (1,078)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $ 51,238 $ 43,348 $ -- $ --
Reconciliation of Funded Status
Actuarial present value of projected
benefit obligations $ 103,711 $ 81,134 $ 10,735 $ 7,877
Plan assets at fair value 51,238 43,348 -- --
Funded status (52,473) (37,786) (10,735) (7,877)
Unrecognized transition obligation 1,581 1,590 -- --
Unrecognized prior service cost 590 678 34 --
Unrecognized net actuarial loss (gain) 7,499 1,482 25 (2,450)
Net amount recognized $ (42,803) $ (34,036) $ (10,676) $ (10,327)
D16
The amounts recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets are as follows:
Other Postretirement
Pension Benefits Benefits
------------------------- -----------------------
December 31, December 31,
2002 2001 2002 2001
(in thousands)
Other noncurrent liabilities $(55,063) $(43,589) $(10,676) $(10,327)
Other noncurrent assets 10,498 8,669 -- --
Accumulated other
comprehensive loss 1,762 884 -- --
Net amount recognized $(42,803) $(34,036) $(10,676) $(10,327)
The aggregate benefit obligation for those plans where the accumulated
benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of plan assets was $55.1 million
and $43.6 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Components of the net periodic benefit cost for the plans are as follows:
Other Postretirement
Pension Benefits Benefits
----------------------------------- ----------------------------------
2002 2001 2000 2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Service cost $ 3,428 $ 1,877 $ 1,960 $ 419 $ 205 $ 182
Interest cost 4,464 3,548 3,072 833 539 542
Expected return on plan assets (2,706) (2,525) (2,020) -- -- --
Net amortization and deferral 445 287 (2,368) 27 (63) 174
Net periodic benefit cost $ 5,631 $ 3,187 $ 644 $ 1,279 $ 681 $ 898
The weighted average assumptions used in accounting for the Company's
plans, principally in foreign locations, are as follows:
Other Postretirement
Pension Benefits Benefits
------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
2002 2001 2000 2002 2001 2000
Discount rate 5.1% 5.4% 5.7% 6.8% 7.3% 7.0%
Expected return on plan assets 5.5% 5.0% 5.7% n/a n/a n/a
Rate of compensation increase 3.0% 2.5% 3.5% n/a n/a n/a
Initial health care cost trend n/a n/a n/a 10.0% 7.0% 7.0%
Ultimate health care cost trend n/a n/a n/a 5.0% 7.0% 7.0%
Years until ultimate trend is reached n/a n/a n/a 10.0 n/a n/a
Assumed health care cost trend rates have an impact on the amounts
reported for postretirement benefits. A one percentage point change in
assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects for
the year ended December 31, 2002:
Other Postretirement
Benefits
---------------------------
1% Increase 1% Decrease
(in thousands)
Effect on total of service and interest cost components $ 123 $ (154)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 1,001 (836)
D16
NOTE 14 - RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER COSTS (INCOME)
Restructuring and other costs (income) consists of the following:
Year Ended December 31,
2002 2001 2000
(in thousands)
Restructuring and other costs $ 1,669 $ 17,774 $ 2,702
Reversal of restructuring charges due to
changes in estimates (3,687) (802) --
Gain on pension plan termination -- (8,486) --
Gain on insurance settlement associated with fire (714) (5,758) --
Costs related to the Oraqix agreement -- 2,345 --
German property settlement -- -- (2,758)
Total restructuring and other costs (income) $ (2,732) $ 5,073 $ (56)
On January 25, 2001, the Company suffered a fire at its Maillefer facility
in Switzerland. The fire caused severe damage to a building and to most of
the equipment it contained. During the third quarter of 2002, the Company
received insurance proceeds for settlement of the damages caused to the
building. These proceeds resulted in the Company recognizing a net gain on
the damaged building of approximately $0.7 million. The Company also received
insurance proceeds on the destroyed equipment during the fourth quarter of
2001 and recorded the related disposal gains of $5.8 million during that
period.
During the second quarter of 2002, the Company recorded a charge of $1.7
million for restructuring and other costs. The charge primarily related to
the elimination of duplicative functions created as a result of combining the
Company's Ceramed and U.S. Friadent divisions. Included in this charge were
severance costs of $0.6 million, lease/contract termination costs of $0.9
million and $0.2 million of impairment charges on fixed assets that will be
disposed of as a result of the restructuring plan. This restructuring plan
resulted in the elimination of approximately 35 administrative and
manufacturing positions in the United States and was substantially complete
as of December 31, 2002.
As part of combining Austenal with the Company, $4.4 million of liabilities
were established through purchase price accounting for the restructuring of
the acquired companies' operations, primarily in the United States and
Germany. Included in this liability were severance costs of $2.9 million,
lease/contract termination costs of $1.4 million and other restructuring
costs of $0.1 million. This restructuring plan will result in the elimination
of approximately 90 administrative and manufacturing positions in the United
States and Germany, 50 of which remain to be eliminated as of December 31,
2002. The Company anticipates that most aspects of this plan will be
completed by the fourth quarter of 2003.
The major components of the 2002 restructuring charges and the amounts
recorded through purchase price accounting and the remaining outstanding
balances at December 31, 2002 are as follows:
Amounts
Recorded
Through Amounts Change Balance
2002 Purchase Applied in Estimate December 31,
Provisions Accounting 2002 2002 2002
Severance $ 541 $ 2,927 $ (530) $ (164) $ 2,774
Lease/contract terminations 895 1,437 (500) 120 1,952
Other restructuring costs 38 60 (60) (36) 2
Fixed asset impairment charges 195 -- (195) -- --
$ 1,669 $ 4,424 $(1,285) $ (80) $ 4,728
D16
The Company's subsidiary in the United Kingdom restructured its pension
plans in the fourth quarter of 2001, simplifying its structure by
consolidating its two separate defined contribution plans into one plan and
terminating the other plan. An unallocated surplus of approximately $8.5
million existed in the terminated plan. As a result, these unallocated funds
reverted back to the Company.
As discussed in Note 3, the Company agreed in 2001 to a payment of $2.0
million to AstraZeneca related to the submission of the Oraqix product New
Drug Application in the U.S. and a Marketing Authorization Application in
Europe. Under the terms of the agreement, this payment and related estimated
application costs were accrued during the fourth quarter of 2001.
In the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a charge of $12.3
million for restructuring and other costs. The charge included costs of $6.0
million to restructure the Company's existing operations, primarily in
Germany, Japan and Brazil, as a result of the integration with Degussa
Dental. Included in this charge were severance costs of $2.1 million,
lease/contract termination costs of $1.1 million and other restructuring
costs of $0.2 million. In addition, the Company recorded $2.6 million of
impairment charges on fixed assets that will be disposed of as a result of
the restructuring plan. The remaining charge of $6.3 million involves
impairment charges on intangible assets. During 2002, the Company determined
that the costs to complete this plan were lower than originally estimated and
as a result $1.0 million of these costs were reversed as a change in
estimate. This restructuring plan will result in the elimination of
approximately 160 administrative and manufacturing positions in Germany,
Japan and Brazil, 10 of which remain to be eliminated as of December 31,
2002. As part of these reorganization activities, some of these positions
were replaced with lower-cost outsourced services. The Company anticipates
that most aspects of this plan will be completed by the first quarter of
2003.
In the first quarter of 2001, the Company recorded a charge of $5.5 million
related to reorganizing certain functions within Europe, Brazil and North
America. The primary objectives of this reorganization were to consolidate
duplicative functions and to improve efficiencies within these regions.
Included in this charge were severance costs of $3.1 million, lease/contract
termination costs of $0.6 million and other restructuring costs of $0.8
million. In addition, the Company recorded $1.0 million of impairment charges
on fixed assets that will be disposed of as a result of the restructuring
plan. This restructuring plan resulted in the elimination of approximately
310 administrative and manufacturing positions in Brazil and Germany. As part
of these reorganization activities, some of these positions were replaced
with lower-cost outsourced services. During the first quarter of 2002, this
plan was substantially completed and the remaining accrual balances of $1.9
million were reversed as a change in estimate.
As part of combining Friadent and Degussa Dental with the Company, $14.1
million of liabilities were established through purchase price accounting for
the restructuring of the acquired companies' operations in Germany, Brazil,
the United States and Japan. Included in this liability were severance costs
of $11.9 million, lease/contract termination costs of $1.1 million and other
restructuring costs of $1.1 million. This restructuring plan will result in
the elimination of approximately 200 administrative and manufacturing
positions in Germany, Brazil and the United States, 38 of which remain to be
eliminated as of December 31, 2002. The Company anticipates that most aspects
of this plan will be completed during 2003.
The major components of the 2001 restructuring charges and the amounts
recorded through purchase price accounting and the remaining outstanding
balances at December 31, 2002 are as follows:
Change
Amounts in Estimate
Recorded Recorded
Through Amounts Amounts Change Through Balance
2001 Purchase Applied Applied in Estimate Purchase December 31,
Provisions Accounting 2001 2002 2002 Accounting 2002
Severance $ 5,270 $ 11,929 $ (1,850) $ (6,257) $ (655) $ (174) $ 8,263
Lease/contract terminations 1,682 1,071 (563) (579) (721) 203 1,093
Other restructuring costs 897 1,062 -- (552) (759) 458 1,106
Fixed asset impairment charges 3,634 -- (3,634) 223 (747) 524 --
Intangible asset impairment charges 6,291 -- (6,291) -- -- -- --
$ 17,774 $ 14,062 $ (12,338) $ (7,165) $ 2,882 $ 1,011 $ 10,462
D16
In the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of
$2.7 million related to the reorganization of its French and Latin American
businesses. The primary focus of the reorganization was consolidation of
operations in these regions in order to eliminate duplicative functions. The
restructuring plan resulted in the elimination of approximately 40
administrative positions, mainly in France. The Company also added positions
as a result of these reorganization activities. During 2002, the Company
determined that the costs to complete this plan were lower than originally
estimated, and as a result, $0.2 million of these costs were reversed as a
change in estimate. As of December 31, 2002, this plan was substantially
complete.
During the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company recorded a settlement of
$2.8 million related to a claim against the German government in connection
with the confiscation and subsequent sale of a property formally owned by the
Company in Berlin, Germany.
In the second quarter of 1998, the Company rationalized and restructured
its worldwide laboratory business, primarily for the closure of the Company's
German tooth manufacturing facility. All major aspects of the plan were
completed in 1999, except for the disposition of the property and plant
located in Dreieich, Germany, which has been written-down to its estimated
fair value, but which has not yet been sold. During 2002, the carrying value
of this property was written-up by $0.5 million to reflect the Company's
revised estimate of its fair value.
In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company recorded a restructuring charge
of $42.5 million related to the discontinuance of the intra-oral camera
business at the Company's New Image division located in Carlsbad,
California. The charge included the write-off of certain intangible assets,
including goodwill associated with the business, write-off of discontinued
products, write-down of fixed assets and other assets, and severance and
other costs associated with the discontinuance of the New Image division and
closure of its facility. During 2001 this plan was completed and the
remaining accrual balances of $0.8 million were reversed as a change in
estimate.
NOTE 15 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND DERIVATIVES
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of financial instruments is determined by reference to
various market data and other valuation techniques as appropriate. The
Company believes the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts), prepaid expenses and
other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, income taxes
payable and notes payable approximate fair value due to the short-term nature
of these instruments. The Company estimates the fair value of its total
long-term debt was $774.0 million versus its carrying value of $769.8 million
as of December 31, 2002. The fair value approximated the carrying value since
much of the Company's debt is variable rate and reflects current market
rates. The fixed rate Eurobonds are effectively converted to variable rate as
a result of an interest rate swap and the interest rates on revolving debt
and commercial paper are variable and therefore the fair value of these
instruments approximates their carrying values. The Company has fixed rate
Swiss franc and Japanese yen denominated notes with estimated fair values
that differ from their carrying values. At December 31, 2002, the fair value
of these instruments was $235.6 million versus their carrying values of
$231.4 million. The fair values differ from the carrying values due to lower
market interest rates at December 31, 2002 versus the rates at issuance of
the notes. The Company holds equity securities, classified as
available-for-sale, within "Other noncurrent assets". The carrying value of
these securities was $12.4 which includes $7.9 million of unrealized losses
which the Company deems to be temporary. In accordance with SFAS 115, the
Company records the unrealized losses related to these securities within
"Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)" until sold.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company's activities expose it to a variety of market risks which
primarily include the risks related to the effects of changes in foreign
currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. These financial
exposures are monitored and managed by the Company as part of its overall
risk-management program. The objective of this risk management program is to
reduce the potentially adverse effects that these market risks may have on
the Company's operating results.
D16
A portion of the Company's borrowings and certain inventory purchases are
denominated in foreign currencies which exposes the Company to market risk
associated with exchange rate movements. The Company's policy generally is
to hedge major foreign currency transaction exposures through foreign
exchange forward contracts. These contracts are entered into with major
financial institutions thereby minimizing the risk of credit loss. In
addition, the Company's investments in foreign subsidiaries are denominated
in foreign currencies, which creates exposures to changes in exchange rates.
The Company uses debt denominated in the applicable foreign currency as a
means of hedging a portion of this risk.
With the Company's significant level of long-term debt, changes in the
interest rate environment can have a major impact on the Company's earnings,
depending upon its interest rate exposure. As a result, the Company manages
its interest rate exposure with the use of interest rate swaps, when
appropriate, based upon market conditions.
The manufacturing of some of the Company's products requires a significant
volume of commodities with potentially volatile prices. In order to limit
the unanticipated earnings fluctuations from such volatility in commodity
prices, the Company selectively enters into commodity price swaps to convert
variable raw material costs to fixed costs.
Cash Flow Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its variable
rate debt to fixed rate debt. In January 2000 and February 2001, the Company
entered into interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling 180
million Swiss francs converting a portion of the Company's variable rate
financing to fixed rate debt. These agreements effectively convert the
underlying debt's interest rate to an average fixed rate of to 3.3% for an
average period of 4 years. In February 2002, the Company entered into
interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling 12.6 billion
Japanese yen converting a portion of its variable rate financing to fixed
rate debt. These agreements effectively convert the underlying debt's
interest rate to an average fixed rate of 1.6% for a term of ten years. As
part of this transaction, the Company offset a portion of its Swiss franc
swaps (115 million Swiss francs) by entering into reverse swap agreements
with identical terms.
The Company selectively enters into commodity price swaps to effectively
fix certain variable raw material costs. In November 2001, the Company
entered into a commodity price swap agreement with notional amounts totaling
270,000 troy ounces of silver bullion throughout calendar year 2002. The
average fixed rate of this agreement was$4.20 per troy ounce. In November
2002, the Company entered into a commodity price swap agreement with notional
amounts totaling 300,000 troy ounces of silver bullion to hedge forecasted
purchases throughout calendar year 2003. The average fixed rate of this
agreement is $4.65 per troy ounce. The Company generally hedges between 33%
and 67% of its projected annual silver needs.
The Company enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge the foreign
currency exposure of its anticipated purchases of certain inventory from
Japan. The forward contracts that are used in this program mature in twelve
months or less. The Company generally hedges between 33% and 67% of its
anticipated purchases from Japan.
During 2002 and 2001, the Company recognized a net losses of $0.1 million
and $0.4 million, respectively, in "Other expense (income), net", which
represented the total ineffectiveness of all cash flow hedges.
As of December 31, 2002, $0.6 million of deferred net gains on derivative
instruments recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)" are
expected to be reclassified to current earnings during the next twelve
months. Transactions and events that are expected to occur over the next
twelve months that will necessitate such a reclassification include the sale
of inventory that includes previously hedged purchases of silver and
purchases made in Japanese yen. The maximum term over which the Company is
hedging exposures to variability of cash flows (for all forecasted
transactions, excluding interest payments on variable-rate debt) is eighteen
months.
D16
Fair Value Hedges
The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert a portion of its fixed rate
debt to variable rate debt. In addition, cross currency basis swaps are used
to convert debt denominated in one currency to another currency. In December
2001, the Company completed two integrated transactions where it entered into
an interest rate swap agreement with notional amounts totalling Euro 350
million which converted its 5.75% coupon, fixed rate Eurobond financing into
variable rate Euro denominated financing and it then entered into a cross
currency basis swap which converted this variable based Euro denominated
financing to variable based U.S. dollar financing at a current rate of 2.8%.
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
The Company has numerous investments in foreign subsidiaries. The net
assets of these subsidiaries are exposed to the volatility in currency
exchange rates. Currently, the Company uses non-derivative financial
instruments (debt at the parent company level) to hedge some of this
exposure. The translation gains and losses related to the net assets of the
foreign subsidiaries are offset by gains and losses in the parent company's
debt obligations. At December 31, 2002, the Company had Swiss franc
denominated and Japenese yen denominated debt (at the parent company level)
to hedge the currency exposure related to the net assets of its Swiss and
Japanese subsidiaries. The translation gains and losses related to this
foreign currency denominated debt are included in "Accumulated other
comprehensive gain (loss)".
Other
The Company holds stock warrants which are classified as derivative
financial instruments as defined under SFAS No. 133. These warrant holdings
are valued under a Black-Scholes option pricing model and any fair value
adjustments are reflected in current income each quarter until sold. For the
year ended December 31, 2002, the unrealized loss on the stock warrants was
$2.5 million. These unrealized losses were included in "Other expense
(income), net".
As of December 31, 2002, the Company had recorded the fair value of
derivative instrument assets of $4.6 million in "Prepaid expenses and other
current assets" and $59.7 million in "Other noncurrent assets" on the balance
sheet. The Company recorded the fair value of derivative instrument
liabilities of $2.3 million in "Accrued liabilites" and $7.9 million in
"Other noncurrent liabilities" on the balance sheet.
In accordance with SFAS 52, "Foreign Currency Translation", the Company
utilizes long-term intercompany loans to eliminate foreign currency
transaction exposures of certain foreign subsidiaries. Net gains or losses
related to these long-term intercompany loans, those for which settlement is
not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future, are included in the
Company's "Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)" on the balance sheet.
NOTE 16 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases automobiles and machinery and equipment and certain
office warehouse, and manufacturing facilities under non-cancelable operating
leases. These leases generally require the Company to pay insurance, taxes
and other expenses related to the leased property. Total rental expense for
all non-precious metals operating leases was $18.4 million for 2002, $12.7
million for 2001, and $10.5 million for 2000.
Rental commitments, principally for real estate (exclusive of taxes,
insurance and maintenance), automobiles and office equipment are as follows
(in thousands):
2003 $ 16,233
2004 11,506
2005 7,636
2006 4,351
2007 3,313
2008 and thereafter 9,081
$ 52,120
D16
As of December 31, 2002, the Company had leased $59.3 million of precious
metals. Under this arrangement the Company leases fixed quantities of
precious metals which are used in producing alloys and pays a lease rate (a
percent of the value of the leased inventory) to the lessor. These precious
metal leases are accounted for as operating leases and the lease fee is
recorded in "Cost of products sold". The terms of the leases are less than
one year and the average lease rate at December 31, 2002 was 2.5%. The
Company's objective for using these operating lease arrangements to supply its
precious metals needs is to free up working capital and reduce the Company's
exposure to commodity price volatility.
Litigation
DENTSPLY and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to lawsuits
arising out of their respective operations. The Company believes it is
remote that pending litigation to which DENTSPLY is a party will have a
material adverse effect upon its consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
In June 1995, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of
Justice initiated an antitrust investigation regarding the policies and
conduct undertaken by the Company's Trubyte Division with respect to the
distribution of artificial teeth and related products. On January 5, 1999,
the Department of Justice filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S.
District Court in Wilmington, Delaware alleging that the Company's tooth
distribution practices violate the antitrust laws and seeking an order for
the Company to discontinue its practices. Three follow on private class
action suits on behalf of dentists, laboratories and denture patients in
seventeen states, respectively, who purchased Trubyte teeth or products
containing Trubyte teeth, were filed and transferred to the U.S. District
Court in Wilmington, Delaware. The class action filed on behalf of the
dentists has been dismissed by the plaintiffs. The private party suits seek
damages in an unspecified amount. The Court has granted the Company's motion
on the lack of standing of the laboratory and patient class actions to pursue
damage claims. Four private party class actions on behalf of indirect
purchasers were filed in California state court. These cases are based on
allegations similar to those in the Department of Justice case. In response
to the Company's motion, these cases have been consolidated in one Judicial
District in Los Angeles. A similar private party action has been filed in
Florida. The trial in the government's case was held in April and May 2002,
the post-trial briefing occurred during the summer and the final arguments
were made in September of 2002. The case is pending a decision by the
Federal District Court Judge who heard the case. It is the Company's
position that the conduct and activities of the Trubyte division do not
violate the antitrust laws.
Other
The Company has no material non-cancelable purchase commitments.
The Company has employment agreements with its executive officers. These
agreements generally provide for salary continuation for a specified number
of months under certain circumstances. If all of the employees under
contract were to be terminated by the Company without cause (as defined in
the agreements), the Company's liability would be approximately $14.0 million
at December 31, 2002.
D16
NOTE 17 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
First Second Third Fourth Total
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Year
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2002
Net sales $ 354,868 $ 381,013 $ 366,037 $ 411,824 $ 1,513,742
Gross profit 169,372 184,540 178,932 200,055 732,899
Operating income 56,913 64,801 61,156 73,630 256,500
Net income 33,096 36,820 35,766 42,270 147,952
Earnings per common share-basic $ 0.4246 $ 0.4711 $ 0.4571 $ 0.5397 $ 1.8925
Earnings per common share-diluted 0.4157 0.4598 0.4464 0.5276 1.8495
Cash dividends declared per common share 0.04600 0.04600 0.04600 0.04600 0.18400
2001
Net sales $ 245,695 $ 254,676 $ 253,528 $ 379,069 $ 1,132,968
Gross profit 129,669 133,597 132,241 173,013 568,520
Operating income 34,340 43,762 43,827 54,116 176,045
Net income 34,326 27,404 25,919 33,847 121,496
Earnings per common share-basic $ 0.4431 $ 0.3530 $ 0.3334 $ 0.4347 $ 1.5642
Earnings per common share-diluted 0.4373 0.3472 0.3275 0.4264 1.5384
Cash dividends declared per common share 0.04583 0.04583 0.04583 0.04584 0.18333
D16
Supplemental Stock Information
The common stock of the Company is traded on the NASDAQ National Market
under the symbol "XRAY". The following table sets forth high, low and
closing sale prices of the Company's common stock for the periods indicated
as reported on the NASDAQ National Market:
Market Range of Common Stock Period-end Cash
Closing Dividend
High Low Price Declared
2002
First Quarter $ 37.93 $ 31.60 $ 37.06 $0.04600
Second Quarter 40.95 35.25 36.91 0.04600
Third Quarter 43.50 31.25 40.17 0.04600
Fourth Quarter 43.10 31.89 37.20 0.04600
2001
First Quarter $ 26.67 $ 21.67 $ 24.33 $0.04583
Second Quarter 31.07 23.33 29.57 0.04583
Third Quarter 31.63 26.01 30.63 0.04583
Fourth Quarter 34.69 28.62 33.47 0.04584
2000
First Quarter $ 19.25 $ 15.42 $ 18.92 $0.04167
Second Quarter 21.75 16.75 20.54 0.04167
Third Quarter 24.92 19.67 23.29 0.04167
Fourth Quarter 28.92 20.59 26.08 0.04582
All amounts reflect the 3-for-2 stock split effective January 31, 2002.
The Company estimates, based on information supplied by its transfer
agent, that there are approximately 25,000 holders of common stock,
including 489 holders of record.
D16
Subsidiaries of the Company
I. Direct Subsidiaries of the Company
A. Dentsply Research & Development Corp. ("Dentsply R&D")
(Delaware)
B. Ceramco Inc. (Delaware)
a) Dentsply West (Nevada)
C. Ceramco Manufacturing Co. (Delaware)
D. CeraMed Dental, L.L.C. (Delaware)
E. GAC International Inc. (New York)
a) Old Country Road Sales Consultants, Inc.
b) Orthodental International, Inc.
c) Orthodental S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
F. DENTSPLY Finance Co. (Delaware)
a) Dentsply International, Inc. (Chile) Limitada (Chile)
G. ESP, LLC (Delaware)
H. DENTSPLY North America Inc. (Delaware)
I. PDEX Acquisition Corp. (Delaware)
J. Austenal Holdings Inc. (Nevada)
a) Austenal, Inc. (Illinois)
K. Dentsply Argentina S.A.C.e.I. (Argentina)
L. Dentsply Industria e Comercio Ltda. (Brazil)
M. DeTrey do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. (Brazil)
N. Dentsply Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)
O. Dentsply India Pvt. Ltd. (India)
P. Dentsply (Philippines) Inc. (Philippines)
R. Dentsply (Thailand) Ltd. (Thailand)
S. Dentsply Dental (Tianjin) Co. Ltd. (China)
T. Dentsply Tianjin International Trading Co. Ltd. (China)
U. Ceramco Europe Limited (Cayman Islands)
a) Ceramco UK Limited (Dormant)
D17
II. Indirect Subsidiaries of the Company
A. Subsidiaries of Dentsply Research & Development Corp.
1. Ransom & Randolph Company (Delaware)
2. Tulsa Dental Products Inc. (Delaware)
a) Tulsa Finance Co. (Delaware)
b) Tulsa Manufacturing Inc. (Delaware)
3. Dentsply Export Sales Corporation (Barbados)
4. Dentsply SE Limited (Gibraltar)
5. Dentsply EU S.a.r.L (Luxembourg)
6. Dentsply Australia Pty. Ltd. (Australia (Victoria))
a) Dentsply (NZ) Limited (New Zealand)
7. Dentsply Canada Ltd. (Canada (Ontario))
8. PT Dentsply Indonesia (Indonesia)
9. The International Tooth Co. Limited (United Kingdom)
10. Dentsply Espana SL (Spain)
11. Sankin Kogyo K.K. (Japan)
a) Sankin Laboratories K.K. (Japan)
12. Degussa Dental Ltda. (Brazil)
a) Degussa Dental da Amazonia Ltda. (Brazil)
b) Degpar Participacoes e Empreendimentos S.A. (Brazil)
c) Problem Laboratorio de Produtos Farmaceuticos e
Odontonlogicos S.A. (Brazil)
B. Subsidiaries Dentsply EU S.a.r.L.
1. Dentsply Capital Ltd. (U.K.)
2. Dentsply Capital II Ltd. (U.K.)
3. Dentsply DeTrey Sarl. (Switzerland)
4. Maillefer Instruments Holding S.A. (Switzerland)
a) Maillefer Instruments Trading Sarl (Switzerland)
b) Maillefer Instruments Consulting Sarl (Switzerland)
c) Maillefer Instruments Manufacturing Sarl (Switzerland)
d) Maillefer Plastiques Sarl (Switzerland)
D17
5. Dentsply Europe S.a.r.L. (Luxembourg)
C. Subsidiaries of Dentsply Europe S.a.r.L.
1. Dentsply Germany Holdings GmbH (Germany)
a) VDW GmbH (Germany)
b) RoyDent, Inc.(Michigan)
c) Dentsply DeTrey GmbH (Germany)
d) Friadent GmbH (Germany)
i) Friadent Brasil Ltda. (Brazil)
ii) Friadent Denmark ApS (Denmark)
iii) Friadent France Sarl (France)
iv) Friadent N.V. (Belgium)
v) Friadent Scandinavia AB(Sweden)
vi) Friadent Schweiz AG (Switzerland)
e) Degussa Dental GmbH (Germany)
i) Bios Dental GmbH (Germany)
ii) Ducera Dental Verwaltungs-ges.m.b.H. (Germany)
f) Austenal GmbH (Germany)
i) Laboratoires de Produits Dentaires Odoncia S.A.
(France)
g) Elephant Dental GmbH (Germany)
2. Elephant Dental B.V. (Netherlands)
a) Cicero Dental Systems B.V. (Netherlands)
b) Degussa Dental Benelux B.V. (Netherlands)
c) Elephant Danmark ApS (Denmark)
d) Dental Trust B.V. (Netherlands)
3. Degussa Dental Austria GmbH (Austria)
4. Dentsply Limited (Cayman Islands)
a) Dentsply Holdings Unlimited (U.K.)
b) Dentsply Russia Limited (U.K.)
c) Amalco Holdings Ltd (U.K., Dormant)
d) Keith Wilson Limited (U.K., Dormant)
e) Oral Topics Limited (U.K., Dormant)
f) AD Engineering Limited (Dormant)
5. Dentsply Italia SrL (Italy)
6. Dentsply France S.A.S. (France)
7. Dentsply South Africa (Pty) Limited (South Africa)
8. Dentsply Benelux S.a.r.L. (Luxembourg)
9. Dentsply A.G. (Switzerland)
D17
Consent of Independent Accountants
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (33-71792, 33-79094, 33-89786, 333-56093, and
333-101548) and Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-76089) of
DENTSPLY International Inc. of our report dated January 23, 2003, relating
to the financial statements, which appears in the Annual Report to
Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We
also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated January
23, 2003 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this
Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, PA
March 28, 2003
D18
Exhibit 99.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the
"Company") on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
John C. Miles II, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of
Directors of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best
of my knowledge and belief:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and result of
operations of the Company as of the date of the Report.
/s/ John C. Miles II
John C. Miles II
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 28, 2003
D19
Exhibit 99.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of DENTSPLY International Inc. (the
"Company") on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2002 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
Bret W. Wise, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge and
belief:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and result of
operations of the Company as of the date of the Report.
/s/ Bret W. Wise
Bret W. Wise
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
March 28, 2003
D20